Note: Descriptions are shown in the official language in which they were submitted.
DEMANDE OU BREVET VOLUMINEUX
LA PRESENTE PARTIE DE CETTE DEMANDE OU CE BREVET COMPREND
PLUS D'UN TOME.
CECI EST LE TOME 1 DE 2
CONTENANT LES PAGES 1 A 292
NOTE : Pour les tomes additionels, veuillez contacter le Bureau canadien des
brevets
JUMBO APPLICATIONS/PATENTS
THIS SECTION OF THE APPLICATION/PATENT CONTAINS MORE THAN ONE
VOLUME
THIS IS VOLUME 1 OF 2
CONTAINING PAGES 1 TO 292
NOTE: For additional volumes, please contact the Canadian Patent Office
NOM DU FICHIER / FILE NAME:
NOTE POUR LE TOME / VOLUME NOTE:
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
OXAZOLOPYRIDINE DERIVATIVES AS SIRTUIN MODULATORS
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Nos.
60/705,612, filed August 4, 2005, 60/741,783, filed December 2, 2005,
60/779,370,
filed March 3, 2006 and 60/792,276, filed April 14, 2006, the contents of
which are
incorporated by reference in their entirety.
BACKGROUND
The Silent Infonnation Regulator (SIR) family of genes represents a highly
conserved group of genes present in the genomes of organisms ranging from
archaebacteria to a variety of eukaryotes (Frye, 2000). The encoded SIR
proteins are
involved in diverse processes fiom regulation of gene silencing to DNA repair.
The
proteins encoded by members of the SIR gene family show high sequence
conservation
in a 250 amino acid core domain. A well-characterized gene in this family is
S.
cerevisiae SIR2, which is involved in silencing HM loci that contain
information
specifying yeast mating type, telomere position effects and cell aging
(Guarente, 1999;
Kaeberlein et al., 1999; Shore, 2000). The yeast Sir2 protein belongs to a
family of
histone deacetylases (reviewed in Guarente, 2000; Shore, 2000). The Sir2
homolog,
CobB, in Salmonella typhimurium, fiinctions as an NAD (nicotinamide adenine
dinucleotide)-dependent ADP-ribosyl transferase (Tsang and Escalante-Semerena,
1998).
The Sir2 protein is a class III deacetylase which uses NAD as a cosubstrate
(Imai et al., 2000; Moazed, 2001; Smitll et al., 2000; Tanner et al., 2000;
Taimy and
Moazed, 2001). Unlike other deacetylases, many of which are involved in gene
silencing, Sir2 is insensitive to class I and II histone deacetylase
inhibitors like
trichostatin A (TSA) (Iinai et al., 2000; Landry et al., 2000a; Smith et al.,
2000).
Deacetylation of acetyl-lysine by Sir2 is tightly coupled to NAD hydrolysis,
producing nicotinamide and a novel acetyl-ADP ribose compound (Tanner et al.,
2000;
Landry et al., 2000b; Tanny and Moazed, 2001). The NAD-dependent deacetylase
activity of Sir2 is essential for its fitnctions which can coiulect its
biological role with
cellular metabolism in yeast (Guarente, 2000; Imai et al., 2000; Lin et al.,
2000; Smith
et al., 2000). Mammalian Sir2 hoinologs have NAD-dependent histone deacetylase
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
activity (Imai et al., 2000; Smith et al., 2000). Most information about Sir2
mediated
functions comes from the studies in yeast (Gartenberg, 2000; Gottschling,
2000).
Biochemical studies have shown that Sir2 can readily deacetylate the amino-
terminal tails of histones H3 and H4, resulting in the formation of 1-O-acetyl-
ADP-
ribose and nicotinamide. Strains with additional copies of SIR2 display
increased
rDNA silencing and a 30% longer life span. It has recently been shown that
additional
copies of the C. elegans SIR2 homolog, sir-2. 1, and the D. melanogaster dSir2
gene
greatly extend life span in those organisms. This implies that the SIR2-
dependent
regulatory pathway for aging arose early in evolution and has been well
conserved.
Today, Sir2 genes are believed to have evolved to enhance an organism's health
and
stress resistance to increase its chance of suiviving adversity.
SIRT3 is a homolog of SIRT1 that is conserved in prokaryotes and eukaryotes
(P. Onyango et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99: 13653-13658 (2002)). The
SIRT3
protein is targeted to the mitochondrial cristae by a unique domain located at
the N-
terminus. SIRT3 has NAD+-dependent protein deacetylase activity and is
upbiquitously expressed, particularly in metabolically active tissues. Upon
transfer to
the mitochondria, SIRT3 is believed to be cleaved into a smaller, active form
by a
mitochondrial matrix processing peptidase (MPP) (B. Schwer et al., J. Cell
Biol. 158:
647-657 (2002)).
Caloric restriction has been known for over 70 years to improve the health and
extend the lifespan of mammals (Masoro, 2000). Yeast life span, like that of
metazoans, is also extended by interventions that resemble caloric
restriction, such as
low glucose. The discovery that both yeast and flies lacking the SIR2 gene do
not live
longer when calorically restricted provides evidence that SIR2 genes mediate
the
beneficial health effects of this diet (Anderson et al., 2003; Helfand and
Rogina, 2004).
Moreover, mutations that reduce the activity of the yeast glucose-responsive
cAMP
(adenosine 3',5'-monophosphate)-dependent (PE-A) pathway extend life span in
wild
type cells but not in mutant sir2 strains, demonstrating that SIR2 is likely
to be a key
downstream coinponent of the caloric restriction pathway (Lin et al., 2001).
SUMMARY
Provided herein are novel sirtuin-modulating compounds and inetliods of use
thereof.
2
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of Forrnula
o
g I
N
H
A
/ (I)~
or a salt thereof, where:
Ring A is optionally substituted, fused to another ring or both; and
Ring B is substituted with at least one carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted
arylcarboxamine, substituted or unsubstituted aralkylcarboxamine, substituted
or
unsubstituted heteroaryl group, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclylcarbonylethenyl, or polycyclic aryl group or is fused to an aryl
ring and is
optionally substituted by one or more additional groups.
In another aspect, the inventionprovides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Formula (II):
R3
Ra R2
O
N R,
A H
O OH (II),
or a salt thereof, where:
Ring A is optionally substituted;
Rl, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of -H,
halogen, -OR5, -CN, -C02R5, -OCOR5, -OCO2R5, -C(O)NR5R6, -OC(O)NR5R6,
-C(O)R5, -COR5, -SR5, -OSO3H, -S(O)nR5, -S(O)nOR5, -S(O)nNR5R6, -NR5R6,
-NRSC(O)OR6, -NR5C(O)R6 and -NO2i
R5 and R6 are independently -H, a substituted or unsubstituted allcyl group, a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic
group; and
3
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
n is l or 2.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Fonnula (III):
Rlo
Rll R9
~ N R$
I A H
R7
or a salt thereof, where:
Ring A is optionally substituted;
R5 and R6 are independently -H, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic
group;
R7, R9, Rio and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of H,
halogen, -R5, -OR5, -CN, -C02R5, -OCOR5, -OC02R5, -C(O)NR5R6, -OC(O)NR5R6,
-C(O)R5, -COR5, -SR5, -OSO3H, -S(O)õRs, -S(O)õOR5, -S(O)õNR5R6, -NR5R6,
-NR5C(O)OR6, -NR5C(O)R6 and -NO2;
R8 is a polycyclic aryl group; and
nislor2.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Formula (IV):
Ar L J M K Ar' (IV)
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each Ar and Ar' is independently an optionally substituted carbocyclic or
heterocyclic aryl group;
L is an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic arylene group;
each J and K is independently NRI', 0, S, or is optionally independently
absent;
or when J is NRl', RI' is a C1-C4 alkylene or C2-C4 alkenylene attached to Ar'
to form
4
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
a ring fused to Ar'; or when K is NRl', Rl' is a C1-C4 alkylene or C2-C4
alkenylene
attached to L to form a ring fused to L;
each M is C(O), S(O), S(O)2, or CRl'Rl';
each Rl' is independently selected from H, Cl-C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-
C10 alkynyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; aryl; R5'; halo;
haloalkyl; CF3;
SRa'; OR2'; NR2'R2'; NRZ'R3'; COOR2 ; NO2; CN; C(O)R2'; C(O)C(O)R2';
C(O)NR2'R2';
OC(O)R2'; S(O)2R2'; S(O)2NRa'R2'; NR2'C(O)NRZ'R2'; NR2'C(O)C(O)R2';
NR2'C(O)R2';
NRZ (COORZ'); NR2'C(O)R5'; NR2'S(O)2NR2'R2'; NR2'S(O)2R2'; NR2'S(O)2R5';
NR2'C(O)C(O)NR2'R2'; NR2'C(O)C(O)NR2'R3'; C1-C10 alkyl substituted with aryl,
R4'
or R$'; or C2-Cl0 alkenyl substituted with aryl, R4' or R5';
each RZ' is independently H; CI-Cl0 alkyl; C2-Cl0 alkenyl; C2-Cl0 alkynyl;
C3-Cl0 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; aryl; R6'; Cl-C10 alkyl substituted
with 1-3
independent aryl, R4' or R6' groups; C3-C10 cycloalkyl substituted with 1-3
independent aryl, R4' or R6' groups; or C2-C10 alkenyl substituted with 1-3
independent
aryl, R4' or R6';
each R3' is independently C(O)R2', COOR2', or S(O)2R2';
each R4' is independently halo, CF3, SR7', OR7', OC(O)R7', NR7'R7', NR7'R8',
NR81R81, COOR7', NO2, CN, C(O)R7, or C(O)NR7'R7';
each R5' is independently a 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered
bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system comprising 1-3 heteroatoms
if
monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said
heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S, wliich may be saturated or unsaturated,
and
wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent
independently selected from Cl-C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl; C3-
C10
cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; aryl; R6'; halo; sulfur; oxygen; CF3;
haloalkyl; SRZ';
OR2'; OC(O)R2'; NRa'R2'; NR2'R3'; NR3'R3'; COOR2'; NO2; CN; C(O)R2';
C(O)NR2'R2';
C 1-C 10 alkyl substituted with 1-3 independent R4', R6', or aryl; or C2-C 10
alkenyl
substituted with 1-3 independent R4', R6', or aryl;
each R6' is independently a 5-8 meinbered monocyclic, 8-12 ineinbered
bicyclic, or 11-14 ineinbered tricyclic ring system comprising 1-3 heteroatoms
if
monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said
heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S, whicll may be saturated or unsaturated,
and
wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent
independently selected fiom C1-C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl; C3-
C10
5
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
cycloalkyl; C4-Cl 0 cycloalkenyl; halo; sulfur; oxygen; CF3; haloalkyl; SR7';
OR7';
NR7'R7'; NR7'R8'; NRg'R$'; COOR7'; NO2; CN; C(O)R7'; or C(O)NR7'R7';
each R7'is independently H, Cl-C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl;
C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; haloalkyl; C1-C10 alkyl optionally
substituted with 1-3 independent C1-C10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl,
C3-
C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C10 cycloalkenyl, halo, CF3, ORIo', SR1n , NRio Rio ,
COORIo',
NO2, CN, C(O)Rlo', C(O)NRIO Rlo', NHC(O)Rlo', or OC(O)Rlo'; or phenyl
optionally
substituted with 1-3 independent C1-C10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl,
C3-
C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C10 cycloalkenyl, halo, CF3, ORlo', SR1Q, NRIo'Rlo, COORIO,
NO2, CN, C(O)Rio', C(O)NRIO Rlo', NHC(O)Rio', or OC(O)Rlo ;
each R8' is independently C(O)R7, COOR7', or S(O)2R7';
each R9 is independently H, C1-Cl0 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-Cl0 alkynyl,
C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C10 cycloalkenyl, or phenyl optionally substituted with
1-3
independent C1-C10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl,
C4-
C10 cycloalkenyl, halo, CF3, ORIo', SRIo', NRIo'Rlo', COORIO', NO2, CN,
C(O)Rio,
C(O)NRIo'Rlo', NHC(O)Rlo', or OC(O)Rlo ;
each Rlo is independently H; C1-C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl;
C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted
with
halo, CF3, OR11', SRl1', NRII'Rii', COORl1', NO2, CN; or phenyl optionally
substituted
with halo, CF3, OR11', SR11', NRl l'Rl l', COOR11', NO2, CN;
each Rll' is independently H; C1-C10 alkyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl or phenyl;
each haloalkyl is independently a C1-C10 alkyl substituted with one or inore
halogen atoins, selected from F, Cl, Br, or 1, wherein the number of halogen
atoms may
not exceed that number that results in a perlialoalkyl group; and
each aryl is independently optionally substituted with 1-3 independent Cl-C10
allcyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10
cycloalkenyl; R6';
halo; haloalkyl; CF3; ORg'; SR9'; NR9'R9 ; COOR9'; NO2i CN; C(O)R9';
C(O)C(O)Rg';
C(O)NR9 Rg'; S(O)2R4 ; N(R9')C(O)R9'; N(R4')(COORq'); N(R9')S(O)2R9';
S(O)2NR9'R9'; OC(O)R9'; NR9'C(O)NR9'R9'; NR9'C(O)C(O)R9'; NR9'C(O)R6';
NR9'S(O)2NR9'Rg ; NR9'S(O)2R6 ; NR9'C(O)C(O)NR9'R9 ; C1-C10 alkyl substituted
with 1-3 independent R6', halo, CF3, OR9', SR9', NR9'Rg', COORg', NO2, CN,
C(O)Rg',
C(O)NR9'R9', NHC(O)R9', NH(COORg'), S(O)2NR9'R9', OC(O)R9'; C2-C10 alkenyl
substituted with 1-3 independent R6', halo, CF3, ORg', SR9', NR9'R9', COOR9',
NO2,
CN, C(O)Rg', C(O)NR9'R9 , NHC(O)R9 , NH(COOR9'), S(O)2NR9'R9', OC(O)R9'; or
R9'.
6
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In a further aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Formula (IVa):
Het-L-Q-Ar' (IVa)
or a salt thereof, where:
Het is an optionally substituted heterocyclic aryl group;
L is an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic arylene group;
Ar' is an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl group; and
Q is selected from NRl'-C(O)-, -NR1'-S(O)2-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRi'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-NR1'-, -NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-,
-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRi'-S(O)2-NRi'-
,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -CR1'R11-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRi'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NR1'-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-,
O
N-N N~O N'
N ~N
R~' / 0 NRj' or-NRI' \ and
> > >
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted Ci-C3
straight or branched alkyl, wherein:
when Het is a polycyclic heteroaryl, L is an optionally substituted phenylene,
Q and
Het are attached to L in a meta orientation, and Ar' is optionally substituted
phenyl;
then Q is not -NH-C(O)-.
In still yet another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating
compounds
of Formula (V):
Y4
Y5 Ys
0
I
N Y2
A H
Y,
(V),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Ring A is optionally substituted with at least one Rl' group;
Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are independently Rl';
7
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each Rl' is independently selected from H, C 1-C 10 alkyl; C2-C 10 alkenyl; C2-
C10 alkynyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; aryl; R5'; halo;
haloalkyl; CF3;
SRZ'; OR2'; NRZ'R2'; NR2'R3'; COOR2'; NO2; CN; C(O)R2'; C(O)C(O)R2';
C(O)NR2'R2';
OC(O)R2'; S(O)2R2'; S(O)2NR2'RZ'; NR2'C(O)NR2'R2'; NRZ'C(O)C(O)R2';
NR2'C(O)R2';
NR2'(COOR2'); NR2'C(O)R5'; NR2'S(O)2NR2'RZ'; NR2'S(O)2R2'; NR2'S(O)2R5';
NR2'C(O)C(O)NR2'R2'; NR2'C(O)C(O)NR2'R3'; C1-C10 alkyl substituted with aryl,
R4'
or R5'; or C2-C10 alkenyl substituted with aryl, R4' or R5';
each R2' is independently H; C 1-C 10 alkyl; C2-C 10 alkenyl; C2-C 10 alkynyl;
C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; aryl; R6'; Cl-C10 alkyl substituted
with 1-3
independent aryl, R4' or R6' groups; C3-C10 cycloalkyl substituted with 1-3
independent aryl, R4' or R6' groups; or C2-C10 alkenyl substituted with 1-3
independent
aryl, R4' or R6';
each R3' is independently C(O)R2', COOR2', or S(O)2R2';
each R4' is independently halo, CF3, SR7', OR7OC(O)R7', NR7'R7', NR7'Rg',
NR8'R8', COOR7', NO2, CN, C(O)R7', or C(O)NR7'R7';
each R5' is independently a 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered
bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system comprising 1-3 heteroatoms
if
monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said
heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S, which may be saturated or unsaturated,
and
wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent
independently selected from C1-C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl; C3-
C10
cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; aryl; R6'; halo; sulfur; oxygen; CF3;
haloalkyl; SR2';
OR2'; OC(O)R2'; NR2'Ra'; NRZ'R3'; NR3'R3'; COORZ'; NOZ; CN; C(O)R2';
C(O)NR2'R2';
C 1-C 10 alkyl substituted with 1-3 independent R4', R6', or aryl; or C2-C 10
alkenyl
substituted with 1-3 independent R4 , R6', or aryl;
each R6' is independently a 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered
bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system comprising 1-3 heteroatoms
if
monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said
heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S, which may be saturated or unsaturated,
and
wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent
independently selected from C 1-C 10 alkyl; C2-C 10 alkenyl; C2-C 10 alkynyl;
C3-C 10
cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; halo; sulfur; oxygen; CF3; haloalkyl; SR7';
OR7';
NR7'R7'; NR7 R8'; NR8'R8'; COOR7'; NOa; CN; C(O)R7'; or C(O)NR7'R7';
8
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each R7' is independently H, C1-C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl;
C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; haloalkyl; C1-C10 alkyl optionally
substituted with 1-3 independent C1-C10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl,
C3-
C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C10 cycloalkenyl, halo, CF3, ORIO', SRIo', NRIo'Rio',
COORIo',
NOZ, CN, C(O)Rlo', C(O)NRIo'Rlo, NHC(O)Rio', or OC(O)Rio; or phenyl optionally
substituted with 1-3 independent C1-C10 allcyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10
alkynyl, C3-
C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C10 cycloalkenyl, halo, CF3, ORto', SRio', NRIo'Rlo',
COORIo',
NO2, CN, C(O)Rlo', C(O)NRIo'Rlo', NHC(O)Rlo', or OC(O)Rlo';
each Rs' is independently C(O)R7', COOR7', or S(O)2R7';
each R9' is independently H, C 1-C 10 alkyl, C2-C 10 alkenyl, C2-C 10 alkynyl,
C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C10 cycloalkenyl, or phenyl optionally substituted with
1-3
independent C1-C10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl,
C4-
C10 cycloalkenyl, halo, CF3, ORIo', SRio', NRIo'Rlo', COORIo', NO2, CN,
C(O)Rlo',
C(O)NRIo'R1o', NHC(O)Rlo', or OC(O)Rlo ;
each Rlo' is independently H; Cl-ClO allcyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl;
C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; Cl-C10 alkyl optionally substituted
with
halo, CF3, OR11', SRI 1', NRI 1'Rl1', COORI 1', NO2, CN; or phenyl optionally
substituted
witll halo, CF3, OR11', SRl 1', NRi l'Rl i', COORI 1', NO2, CN;
each Rl' is independently H; Cl-C10 alkyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl or phenyl;
each haloalkyl is independently a C1-C10 alkyl substituted with one or more
halogen atoms, selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, wherein the number of halogen
atoms may
not exceed that number that results in a perhaloalkyl group; and
each aryl is independently a 5- to 7-membered monocyclic ring system or a 9-
to 12-membered bicyclic ring systein optionally substituted with 1-3
independent Cl-
C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-Cl0 alkynyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10
cycloalkenyl;
R6'; halo; haloalkyl; CF3; OR9'; SR4'; NR9'R9'; COOR9'; NO2, CN; C(O)Rg';
C(O)C(O)R4'; C(O)NR9'R9'; S(O)2R9'; N(R9')C(O)R9 ; N(Rg')(COOR9');
N(R9')S(O)2R9 ;
S(O)2NR9'Rg'; OC(O)R9'; NR9'C(O)NR9 R9'; NR9'C(O)C(O)Rg'; NR9'C(O)R6';
NR9'S(O)2NR9'Rg'; NR9'S(O)2R6'; NR9'C(O)C(O)NR9'R9'; C1-C10 allcyl substituted
with 1-3 independent R6 , halo, CF3, OR9', SR9', NR9'R9', COORg, NO2, CN,
C(O)Rg',
C(O)NR9'Rg', NHC(O)Rg', NH(COOR9'), S(O)2NR9'Rg', OC(O)R9'; C2-C10 alkenyl
substituted with 1-3 independent R6', halo, CF3, OR91, SR9', NR9 Rg', COOR9 ,
NO2,
CN, C(O)Rg', C(O)NR9'R9', NHC(O)Rg', NH(COORg'), S(O)2NR9'Rg', OC(O)R9'; or
R9'.
9
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (VI):
Het\ N NH-Ar'
0 (VI),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Het is an optionally substituted heterocyclic aryl group; and
Ar' is an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl group.
The invention also includes prodrugs and metabolites of the compounds
disclosed herein.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (VII):
R31
/
X/X7 O R21
8 I
I R19
X9
1-1 N
Xio (VII),
or a salt thereof , wherein:
each of X7, X8, X9 and X10 is independently selected from N, CR20, or CRl',
wherein:
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-
C3 straight or branched alkyl;
one of X7, X8, X9 and X10 is N and the others are selected from CR20 or
CRI'; and
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
R19 is selected from:
z10 Z14 ys
I ir Q~- I Z14
Z13 ~ Z11 Z13 Z11 Z \ ~ z116-~
Z12 Z12 Z15 or Z15
wherein:
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRI'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRl', wherein:
zero to two of Zlo, Zl l, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRI', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRi';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted CI-C3 straight or branched
alkyl; and
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'RI'-NRI'-,
-NR1'-C(=NR1')-NR1'-, -C(O)-NR1'-, -C(O)-NR1'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)i-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)Z-,
-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NR1'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CRi'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(0)-CRl'R1'-0-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-CR1'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRI'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N', O N'~
N'
R1l 0 N1R1' N~ --NR1, N
or ; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that said
coinpound is not:
o c -
HN l~ _
QN
N ~ ~
or
11
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
that when R19 is and R2' is -NHC(O)-, R31 is not an
optionally substituted phenyl.
In certain embodiments, compounds of Structural Formula (VII) have the
following values:
eacll of X7, X8, X9 and X10 is independently selected from N, CR20, or CRl',
wherein:
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl;
one of X7, X8, X9 and X10 is N and the others are selected from CR20 or CRl';
and
zero to one R2 is a solubilizing group;
R19 is selected from:
~ s
Z10 /\ Z14 ss"
I ~10 rc i~ O/ Z14
I Z13 Z11 Z13" ~ Z11 Z~ Z
Z Z12 16~ Z15 16~~15
Z12 or 15 wherein:
each Zl , Zl l, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRl'; and
each Z14, Zis and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR2 , or CRi', wherein:
zero to two of Z10, Z>>, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRI';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl; and
12
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRI'-, -NRI'-C(S)-NR1'-CRl'RI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRi'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NRl'-CRi'RI'-C(O)-NRj'-, -CR1'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'=CR1'-CRi'Rl'-,
-NRj'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRi'-S(O)Z-CRl'Rl'-, -NR1'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-;
and
R31 is selected fioin an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl,
or an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
said coinpound is not:
't; /
'HtN~ . \ 1
~ _
CN
~ \ /
N and
when X$ and X9 are each independently selected from CR20 or CRl', R19 is
/ Z10 zz,
l \
Z1311~ ~ Z11
Z12 , and each of Zlo, Zl l, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from
CR~0, or CRl', tlien:
a) at least one of X$ and X9 is not CH; or
b) at least one of Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is CR20, wherein R2 is a
solubilizing group.
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating
compounds of Structural Formula (VIII):
R31
/
R21
N 0
4 ~ \ \
N R1 (VIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
allcyl;
13
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRI'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(S)-NRl'-CRI'RI'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(=NR1')-NRI'-, -C(O)-NRI'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRI'-, -CR1'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S (O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S (O)2-,
-NRl'-CRI'R,'-C(O)-NRI'-, -CRl'RI'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRI'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CR1'RI'- CRl'Rl'-, -NRr'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'R'I-CRI'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CR1'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N"7-:_0 N
N'\
Rll O NR N '-NR ' N d
or an
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
when Rl' is metllyl, and R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is not
ci
o
; 1-methoxynaphthyl; 2-methoxynaphthyl; or
unsubstituted 2-thienyl;
when Rl' is methyl, and R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH-, R31 is not
ci
when RI' is methyl, and R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH-O-, R31 is not unsubstituted
naphthyl; 2-methoxy, 4-nitrophenyl; 4-chloro, 2-methylphenyl; or 4-t-
butylphenyl; and
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is not optionally substituted phenyl.
In a further embodiment, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds
of Structural Formula (IX):
O
NH-C-R5o
O
N N Rll (IX),
14
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
and
R50 is selected from 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl, phenoxyphenyl, 2-methyl-3-
methoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl, or phenyl substituted with 1 to 3
substituents, wherein one of said substituents is a solubilizing group; with
the provisos
that R50 is not substituted siinultaneously with a solubilizing group and a
nitro group,
and R50 is not singly substituted at the 4-position with cyclic solubilizing
group or at
the 2-position with a morpholino group.
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (X):
O
NH-C'-R51
0
N Rl,
tX),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted CI-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
and
R51 is selected from an ooptionally substituted monocyclic heteroaryl, an
optionally substituted bicyclic heteroaryl, or an optionally substituted
naphthyl,
wherein R51 is not chloro-benzo(b)thienyl, unsubstituted benzodioxolyl,
unsubstituted
benzofuranyl, methyl- benzofuranyl, unsubstituted furanyl, phenyl-, bromo-, or
nitro-
furyl, chlorophenyl- isoxazolyl, oxobenzopyranyl, unsubstituted naphthyl,
methoxy-,
methyl-, or halo- naphthyl, unsubstituted thienyl, unsubstituted pyridinyl, or
chloropyridinyl.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating coinpounds of
Structural Formula (XI):
R31
R22
O
--Ilk
N N Rl (XI),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
R22 is selected from -NRa3-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-, -NRI '-S(O)Z-NRI'-, -NRi'-C(O)-NRi'-S(O)2-,
-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRI'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'RI'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'RI'-, -NRj'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-
CRl'R'1-,
-NRi'-C(S)-NRi'-CRi'R'i-CRi'R'i-, -NRi'-C(O)-O- or -NRi'-C(O)-CRi'Rl'-,
wherein R23
is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
when R22 is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH-, R31 is not unsubstituted furyl, 5-(2-methyl-3-
chlorophenyl)-furanyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichloro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-
nitrophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-cliloro-3-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 4-
methoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-5-bromophenyl, or unsubstituted phenyl;
when R22 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, R31 is not 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,
or unsubstituted phenyl;
when R22 is -NH-C(O)-CHZ-O-, R31 is not 2,4-diinethyl-6-nitrophenyl, 2- or 4-
nitrophenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, or
unsubstituted phenyl, or phenyl monosubstituted, disubstituted or
trisubstituted solely
with substituents selected from straight- or branched-chain alkyl or halo;
when R22 is -NH-C(O)-CH(CH3)-0-, R31 is not 2,4-dicl-dorophenyl, 4-
chlorophenyl, or unsubstituted phenyl; and
when R22 is -NH-S(O)Z-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl:
In yet another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XII):
R31
/
X R21
X8
7 I
1 ( /> R19
X9Xin N (XII
),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
16
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each of X7, X8, X9 and Xlo is independently selected from N, CR20, or CRi',
wherein:
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Ri' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted Cl-
C3 straight or branched alkyl;
one of X7, X8, X9 and Xlo is N and the others are selected from CR20 or
CRi'; and
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
R19 is selected from:
Z10 A
sss \ Z10 I\ ~ Z14
l l Z14
Z13 z11 Z13 ~ Z11 ~ O/
\Z~ \Z12 Z16~Z15 16~Z15
12 or
wherein:
each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRI'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRl', wherein:
zero to two of Zlo, Zli, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', 0 or S;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl; aild
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NR1'-, -NRI'-C(S)-NRt'-CR1'Ri'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(-NR1')-NRI'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRI'-S(O)2-, -NRI'-, -CR1'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'-CRI'-, -NRt'-S(0)2-NRl'-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRI'-S(O)2-,
-NRI'-CRI'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CR1'Ri'-C(0)-NRl'-, -NRI'-C(0)-CRl'-CR1'-CRI'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRj'-C(0)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-CR1'Rj'-0-,
-NRI '-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRt'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Ri'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
17
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'I-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRI'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N~O N~
~N~ N
O
R1' , NR1' , orrNR1' ; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl,
/ IZ10
Z13~ ~11
with the proviso that when R19 is Z12 , Zl , Z1l, Z12 and Z13 are
each CH, and R2' is -NHC(O)-, R31 is not an optionally substituted phenyl.
In certain embodiments, the compounds of Structural Formula (XI) have the
following values:
each of X7, X8, Xg and X10 is independently selected from N, CR'0, or CRl',
wherein:
each R' is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each RI' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-
C3 straight or branched alkyl;
one of X7, X8, X.9 and X10 is N and the others are selected from CR20 or
CRl'; and
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
R19 is selected from:
~ys'S z1 s'
ss
Z10 ~ Z14
1 o\~ Q~- I O Z14
Z93 Z 711 ~13 Z11 Z ~ Z12 1 Z
15 or 16-= Z15
12
wherein:
each Z10a Z11, Zt2 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRl'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRl', wlierein:
zero to two of Zl , Zl 1, Z12 or Z13 are N;
18
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Zi6 is N, NRI', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z1S and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Zl$ and ZI 6 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl; and
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRi'-C(O)-NRi'-,
-NRI'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRt'Rl'-, -NR1'-C(0)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(0)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NR1'-CRi'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRi'-, -NRl'-C(0)-CRi'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CR1'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-
,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NR1'-C(O)-O- or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the proviso
that:
I Zi o
I \
Z13-, -5~111
when X7 is N, R19 is Z12 , and each of Zlo, Zl l, Z12 and Z13 is
independently selected from CR20, or CRl', then:
a) at least one of X8, Xg or X10 is C-(C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl) or C-(solubilizing group); or
b) at least one of Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is CRZO, wherein R20 is a
solubilizing group.
In a further aspect, the invention provides compounds of Structural Formula
(XIII):
R31
R21
N S
N R
(XIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
19
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCTIUS2006/030661
Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted Cl-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRI'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'RI'-, -NRt'-C(O)-CRi'Rl'-NRI'-,
-NR1 '-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRI'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)z-,
-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRi'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRi'R1'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'RI'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRI'-C(S)-NRI'-CRi'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N"r:- O N
~-N\ N
RI O NRj ~ or-NR,' ; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
when R'1 is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is not unsubstituted fiiryl, 5-bromofuryl,
unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl monosubstituted with halo or methyl, 3- or 4-
methoxyphenyl, 4-butoxyphenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-
benzoylphenyl, 2- or 4-ethoxyphenyl, 2,3-, 2,4-, 3,4-, or 3,5-
diinethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-
trimethoxyphenyl, 2,4- or 2-6 difluorophenyl, 3,4-dioxyinethylene phenyl, 3,4-
or 3,5-
dimethlyphenyl, 2-chloro-5-bromophenyl, 2-methoxy-5-chlorophenyl,
unsubstituted
quinolinyl, thiazolyl substituted simultaneously with inethyl and phenyl, or
ethoxy-
substituted pyridinyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH(CH2-CH3)-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl;
when R2' is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl, 3-inethylphenyl,
4-chlorophenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl or 4-methoxyphenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-O-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl or 4-
chlorophenyl; and
when R21 is -NH-S(0)2-, R3r is not 3,4-dioxymethylene phenyl, 2,4,5-
trimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2,4- or 3,4-diinethylphenyl, 2,5-
difluorophenyl,
2,5- or 3,4-diinethoxyphenyl, fluorophenyl, 4-clilorophenyl, 4-bromophenyl, 4-
ethylphenyl, 4-methyiphenyl, 3-methyl-4-metlloxyphenyl, unsubstituted phenyl,
unsubstituted pyridinyl, unsubstituted thienyl, chloro-substituted thienyl, or
inetllyl-
substituted benzothiazolyl.
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Fonnula (XIV):
R31
R23 ~
R21
R24 / R1s
N
R26 (XIV)
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each of R23 and R24 is independently selected from H, -CH3 or a solubilizing
group;
R25 is selected from H, or a solubilizing group; and
Rl9 is selected froin:
'UVLR~
i10
0 z14
Z13 Z / Z13 Z11
~ 11 Z16 ~
Z12 Z15 Z12
OT
~ Z14
O
Z16 ---10 zI5 , wherein:
each Z 10, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRl'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRI', S, 0,
CR20, or CRI', wherein:
zero to two of Z1 , Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', 0 or S;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group; and
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
21
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(S)-NRz'-CRi'RI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRI'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRi'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)z-,
-NRi'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRI'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRI'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRi'Ri'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'RI'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-;
-NRj'-C(O)-CRl1R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NR1'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N~O N~
\N~ ~ ~N ~N
Rl' 0 NRI' , or- NRI'
each Ri' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl,
wherein when R19 is / , R21 is NH-C(O)- and RZS
is -H, R31 is not an optionally substituted phenyl group, and wherein said
compound is
not 2-chloro-N-[3-[3-(cyclohexylamino)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl]phenyl]-4-
nitrobenzamide.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XV):
R32
I
N
NiX/ (XV),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R2' is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRI'-C(S)-NRI'-CRj'Rl'-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRz'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(=NR1')-NRI'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRI'-S(O)2-, -NR1'-, -CRl'RI'-,
22
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRl'-CR1'-CRl'Rl1-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRj'RI'-CRt'Ri'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRI'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NRl'-C(O)-CRI'R11-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CR1'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N"-r~-O
N\ N
O
Rll , NRj' , or-NR,' ; and
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted Cl-C3
straight or branched alkyl; and
R32 is selected from an optionally substituted bicyclic aryl, or an optionally
substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R32 is not unsubstituted 2-furyl, 2-(3-bromofuryl),
unsubstituted 2-thienyl, unsubstituted 3-pyridyl, unsubstituted 4-pyridyl,
Ci
O' \ g
\ \ / ~ \
~ , or \ 'N ; and
when R21 is -NRl'-S(O)2-, R32 is not unsubstituted 2-thienyl or unsubstituted
naphthyl.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XVI):
R33
R2~
N
N
(XVI),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'RI'-, -NRi'-C(O)-CR1'R1'-NR2'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRI'-, -C(O)-NRI'-S(O)a-, -NR1'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CRI'-, -NRI'-S(O)2-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NRi'-CRi'Ri'-C(O)-NRi'-, -CRi'Ri'-C(O)-NRi'-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRi'=CRi'-CRi'Ri'-,
23
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-NRI'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CR1'Rl'-0-,
-NR1'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'I-, -NRI'-C(S)-NRl'-CRI'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRI'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N NO N'
N
N ~
~ O
R~ -NRj' or--NR,, ; and
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl; and
R33 is an optionally substituted phenyl, wherein:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R33 is a substituted phenyl other than phenyl singly
substituted with halo, methyl, nitro or methoxy; 2-carboxyphenyl; 4-n-
pentylphenyl; 4-
ethoxyphenyl; 2-carboxy-3-nitrophenyl; 2-chloro-4-nitrophenyl; 2-methoxy-5-
ethylphenyl; 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl; 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl; 2,4 dichlorophenyl;
2,6-
difluorophenyl; 3,5-dinitrophenyl; or 3,4-diinethylphenyl;
when R21 is -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'- or -NH-C(O)-CH(CH3)-O, R33 is a substituted
phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, R33 is not unsubstituted phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl;
3,4-dimethoxyphenyl or 4-chlorophenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-O, R33 is not 2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylpropyl)phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-NH-, R33 is not 4-methoxyphenyl; and
when R21 is -NH-S(0)2-, R33 is a substituted phenyl other than 3-methylphenyl,
3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2,4,5- or 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2,4- or 3,4-
dimethylphenyl,
2,5- or 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,5-dimethoxy-4-chlorophenyl, 3,6-dimethoxy, 4-
methylphenyl, 2,5- or 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-diethoxyphenyl, 2-methyl-5-
nitrophenyl,
2-ethoxy-5-bromophenyl, 2-methoxy-5-bromophenyl, 2-methoxy-3,4-dichlorophenyl,
2-methoxy-4-methyl-5-bromophenyl, 3,5-dinitro-4-methylphenyl, 3-methyl-4-
methoxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-methylphenyl, 3-inetlloxy-4-halophenyl, 3-inethoxy-5-
chlorophenyl, 4-n-butoxyphenyl, 4-halophenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-
nitrophenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-acetylaminophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-t-
butylphenyl,
or pccr=a-biphenyl.
In a further ascept, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating coinpounds of
Structural Formula (XVII):
24
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
0
R24 HN \-~(
R23 29
N R
~ /
\ N
(XVII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each of R23 and R24 is independently selected from H or -CH3, wherein at least
one of R23 and R 24 is H; and
R29 is phenyl substituted with:
a) two -O-CH3 groups;
b) three -O-CH3 groups located at the 2,3 and 4 positions; or
c) one N(CH3)2 group; and;
d) when R23 is CH3, one -0-CH3 group at the 2 or 3 position,
wherein R29 is optionally additionally substituted with a solubilizing group.
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XVIII):
R31
~
S N R21
r5-
N
R20/~ (XVIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein
R19 is selected from:
Z1 ~
z10 ~ Z14
lI a O~I ~ jZ14
Z13 ~11 z13 ~ Z11 ZZ "'~~~--~~~
Z12 Z12 16~Z15 OT. 16 ~ Z15
wherein:
each Zlo, Zl I, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRI'; and
eacli Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR2 , or CR,',
wherein:
zero to two of Zlo, Z>>, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, ZI 5 and ZI 6 is N, NRl', S or 0;
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group; and
zero to one RI' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRI'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-NRi'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NRl'-CRl'R1'-C(O)-NR1'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'R1'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRI'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'RI'- CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NR1'-C(O)-CRi'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N"-~ O
N ~N
O
R1, NR1' -NR1'
I , or ; wherein each R1' is independently selected
from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic
aryl, or an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the
proviso
/ IZ10
Z13~ ~ Z11
that when R19 is Z12 , Zl , Z11, Z12 and Z13 are each CH, R20 is H,
and R2' is -NHC(O)-, R31 is not an optionally substituted phenyl.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XX):
/ R31
R21
/N I
\'S R19
/~/N
R20a (XX1 l
or a salt thereof, wherein J
R19 is selected from:
26
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
~ Z1o ~
Z14
Z13 z O
\ 11 Z16---
Z12 or Z15 , wherein:
each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRI'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRl',
wherein:
zero to two of Zlo, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', 0 or S;
zero to one of Zl 4, ZI 5 and ZI 6 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group; and
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branclled
alkyl;
each R2 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRI'-CRl'Rl'-, -NR1'-C(0)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NRi'-CRI'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(0)-CRl'=CR1'-CRz'Rl'-,
-NR1'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(0)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRr'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'RI'-0-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CR1'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CR1'Ri'- CR1'Rl'-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NRl'-C(0)-CRl'R'I-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRi'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N~O N~
N-\. ~N ~N
R1' O --NR1' , or-NR1' ; wherein
eacll Rl' is independently selected froin H or optionally substituted C1-
C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein when R19 is
27
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
ys~ Z10 ~
Z13~ Z11
z12 and Zio, ZI1, Z12 and Z13 are each CH, R20a is a solubilizing
group.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating coinpounds of
Structural Formula (XXI):
R21 _R32
S'/N
IN / (XXI),
or a salt thereof, wherein
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CR1'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'RI'-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRI'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NR1'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NRl'-CR1'Ri'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRj'-C(O)-CRI'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'R,'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NR1'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NR1'-S(0)2-CRl'RI'- CRl'Ri'-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NRl'-C(O)-CR1'R'I-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRI'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N"?--- O
N ~N
Rl' O ~-NRI' or-NR,' wherein
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted CI-
C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R32 is an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, or an
optionally substituted bicyclic aryl, wherein:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, R 32 is not unsubstituted thien-2-yl;
when R2' is -NH-C(O)-, R 32 is not furan-2-yl, 5-bromofuran-2-yl, or 2-phenyl-
4-methylthiazol-5-yl;
when R21 is -NH-S(0)2-, R32 is not unsubstituted naphthyl or 5-chlorothien-2-
yl.
In a further aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXII):
28
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R33
R21
S\ rN
\ N / \ / (XXII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R21 is selected from NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'RI'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NRl'-CRI'Rl'-C(O)-NRi'-, -CRI'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRi'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRI'R1'-, -NR1'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Ri'-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRI'Ri'-;
-NRl'-C(O)-CRI'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRI'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRi'R'1-, -NRI'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N NO N~
\N'\ ~' ~
Rlv 0 --NRj' N -NR1' N
or , wherein each R1,is independently selected
from H or optionally substituted Ci-C3 straight or branclzed alkyl; and
R33 is an optionally substituted phenyl, wlierein:
when R21 is NRl'-C(O)-, Rl' is not H;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CHZ or -NH-C(O)-CH2-O-, R33 is not unsubstituted
phenyl or 4-halophenyl; and
when R21 is -NH-S(O)2-, R33 is not unsubstituted phenyl, 2,4- or 3,4-
dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethyl-5-methoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-
methoxy, 5-broinophenyl-3,4-dioxyethylenephenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-
dichlorophenyl, 3,4-diinethylphenyl, 3- or 4-methylphenyl, 4-alkoxyphenyl, 4-
phenoxyphenyl, 4-halophenyl, 4-biphenyl, or 4-acetylaininophenyl.
In one aspect, the invention provides sirluin-inodulating compounds of
Structural Forinula (XXII):
R33
R21
S\/N
< IN (XXII),
29
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
or a salt thereof wherein:
R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)-, or -NH-C(O)-CH2-; and
R33 is phenyl substituted with
a) one -N(CH3)2 group;
b) one CN group at the 3 position;
c) one -S(CH3) group; or
o~ o
d) or ~"' ~ bridging the 3 and 4 positions.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXIII):
R31
R1 R21
~ N R20
R1' I
~ N
R20a
R1
(XXIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R''0a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl', Rl" and Rl"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted
C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R21 is selected from -NRI'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'=CRI'-, -NRi'-S(O)2-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRl'R'i-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-
,
-NRI'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R' 1-0-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)Z-CRl'R'i-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRj'RI'-;
and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is not is not 3,5-dinitrophenyl, 4-
F F
F
N/N
butoxyphenyl,
O N
or v
when R21 is -NH-C(O)- and each of R20, R'0a, RI', Rl" and RI"' is hydrogen,
R31
0
0
N NH
is not , unsubstituted phenyl, 2- or 4-nitrophenyl, 2,4-
dinitrophenyl, 2- or 4-chlorophenyl, 2-bromophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-
dichlorophenyl, 2-carboxyphenyl, 2-azidophenyl, 2- or 4-aminophenyl, 2-
acetainidophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, or 4-methoxyphenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, RI" is methyl; and each of R20, R21a, Rl' and Rl"' is
O
hydrogen, R31 is not 2-methylaminophenyl, or
ON/N
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2- or NH-C(S)-NH-, and each of R20, RZOa, Rl', R,"
and R1"' is hydrogen, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-S(O)2-, R1" is hydrogen or methyl, and each of R20, R20a, RI'
and R1"' is hydrogen, R31 is not 4-inethylphenyl; and
31
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
when R21 is -NH-S(0)2-, R20a is hydrogen or -CH2-N(CH2CH3)2, and each of
O
R 20, Ri', Rl" and Rl"' is hydrogen, R31 is not or
O
HO O \ / ~
In a particular aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXIII):
R31
/ R1 R21
N R20
R1'
N
20a
R R1
(XXIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl', Rl" and Rl"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted
C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRi'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRi'-,
-NR1'-C(=NR1')-NR1'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRI'-S(O)Z-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRj'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRj'=CRj'-CRl'Rl'-
,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'R'1-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-CRI'R1'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-CRI'Rl'-CRl'R,'-, or -NRi'-C(O)-CRI'R1'-;
and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl,
wherein:
i)20 at least one R20 is a solubilizing group or at least one R1"' is an
optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl or both; or
ii) R20a is a solubilizing group other than CH2-N(CH2CH3)Z.
32
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In yet another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXIV):
R31
\
R1 R21
/
~ N R2o
R1' I
~ N
R20a I
R1 (XXIV),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl', R, " and R,"' is independeiitly selected from H or optionally
substituted
C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R21 is selected from -NR23-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRj'-C(S)-NRi'-CRl'R'1-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-
,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-0-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRi'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'R'I-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-CRl'RI'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, R31 is not 2-methylphenyl, or 3,4-
dimethoxyphenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH-, R31 is not 2-chlorophenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-NH-, R31 is not unsubstituted benzimidazolyl;
when R21 is -NH-S(0)2-, and each of R2 , R20a, Rl', R1" and Rl"' is hydrogen,
R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, or 4-
acetoainidophenyl;
when R21 is -NH-S(0)2-, eacli of Ri' and R1"' is methyl or hydrogen, and each
of
R20, R20a, and R1" is hydrogen, R31 is not 4-nitrophenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-O-, Rl"' is methyl or hydrogen, and each of R20,
R20a, Rr', and R, " is hydrogen, R31 is not 2,3-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4- or 3,5-
dimethylphenyl,
2,4-dichloroinethyl, 2,4-dimethyl-6-bromophenyl, 2- or 4-chlorophenyl, 2-(1-
33
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
methylpropyl)phenyl, 5-methyl-2-(1-methylethyl)phenyl, 2- or 4-methylphenyl,
2,4-
dichloro-6-methylphenyl, nitrophenyl, 2,4-dimethyl-6-nitrophenyl, 2- or
4-methoxyphenyl, 4-acetyl-2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 3-
ethylphenyl, 4-bromophenyl, 4-cyclohexyphenyl, 4-(1-methylpropyl)phenyl, 4-(1-
methylethyl)phenyl, 4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)phenyl, or unsubstituted phenyl;
when R2' is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, Rl"' is methyl or hydrogen, and each of Rzo, R2oa,
Rl', and Rl" is hydrogen, R31 is not unsubstituted naphthyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-
nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted thienyl
o
N/ CF3 N
or
when RZI is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, Rl' is methyl, and each of R20, R20a, Rl", and Ri"'
is hydrogen, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH, Ri"' is methyl or hydrogen, and each of R20,
R20a, Rl', and Rl" is hydrogen, R31 is not unsubstituted furyl, nitrophenyl-
substituted
furyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichloro-2-inethoxyphenyl, 3- or 4-nitrophenyl,
4-
methoxyphenyl, unsubstituted phenyl, or nitro-substituted thienyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH(CH2CH3)-, and each of R20, R20a, R1', Rl", and Rl"'
is hydrogen, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH(CH3)-0-, Rl"' is metlhyl or hydrogen, and each of
R2 , R20a, Rl', and Rl" is hydrogen, R31 is not 2,4-dichlorophenyl.
In a particular aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXIV):
R31
R1 R21
/
~ N R2o
R1' I /
R20a f
R1 (XXIV),
or a salt thereof, wlierein:
34
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group and
at least one of R20 and R20a is a solubilizing group;
each Rl', Rl" and Rl"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted
C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R21 is selected from -NR23-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NR1'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRi'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-
,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-0-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CR1'RI'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-, or -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-,
wherein
R23 is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl.
In a further aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXV):
O -,-k R1õ HN R32
N R2o
Rl' ~
N
20a
R R
, (XXV),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group,
wherein at least one of R20 and R20a is a solubilizing group;
each Rl', Rl" and R,"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted
C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R 32 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Fonnula (XXVI):
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
O
/ R1 " HN Rs3
N R2o
/
Ri' /
'~ N \ !
20a
Rill' (XXVI),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected froin H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl', Rl" and Rl"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted
Cl-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R33 is selected from an optiorially substituted heteroaryl or an optionally
substituted bicyclic aryl, with the provisos that:
when each of Ri' and Rl"' is hydrogen or methyl and each of RI", R20 and R20a
is
hydrogen, R331s not 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyl, unsubstituted benzofuryl,
unsubstituted benzothiazolyl, chloro- or nitro-substituted benzothienyl,
unsubstituted
furyl, phenyl-, bromo- or nitro-substituted furyl, dimethyl-substituted
isoxazolyl,
unsubstituted naphthyl, 5-bromonaphthyl, 4-methylnaphthyl, 1- or 3-
methoxynaphthyl,
azo-substituted naphthyl, unsubstituted pyrazinyl, S-methyl-substituted
pyridyl,
unsubstituted pyridyl, thienyl- or phenyl-substituted quinolinyl, chloro-,
bromo- or
N N
nitro-substituted thienyl, unsubstituted thienyl, or 02N
In a particular aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating coinpounds
of
Structural Formula (XXVI):
36
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
O
/ R1ll HN R33
N R2o
/
R1' \ I
N
R20a
R1 l" (XXVI),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group,
wherein at least one of R20 or RZOa is a solubilizing group;
each RI', RI" and RI"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted
C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R33 is selected from an optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally
substituted bicyclic aryl.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXVII):
/ R R31
N R21~
Rl' R19
~\ \ N
R2oa (XXVII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing
group;
each Rl' and R1" is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted CI -C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R19 is selected from:
Z10 Z14
I I Q~- I O
13 Z11 Z14
Z
Z13 Z11 Z 1Z16--
Z12 Z12 Z15 or Z15
a a a
wherein:
37
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCTIUS2006/030661
each Zi 6, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRI'; and
each Z14, Z1S and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRI', wherein:
zero to two of Z1D, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is a.n optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl; and
R2' is selected from -NR1'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRi'-C(S)-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NR1'-C(0)-CRl'Rl1-NRl1-,
-NR11-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(0)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NRl'-CRr'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRi'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-,
-NRi'-C(0)-CRl'RI'-0-, -NRl'-C(0)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Ri'-0-, -NRi'-S(O)Z-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'- CR1'R'1-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl,
provided that when R21 is NH-C(O)- and R' 9 is
/ , R31 is not unsubstituted pyridyl, 2,6-
dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl or unsubstituted furyl.
In a particular aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating coinpounds
of
Structural Formula (XXVII):
38
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R 1 R31
/
N R21~,
/
R1' I ~R19
R20a (XXVII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R2 and R21a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing
group;
each Rl' and Rl" is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R19 is selected from:
Z10 / \ ~ Z14
I izw\
Z14
O I O/
Z13 411 Z13 Z11 Z~ ~
16~ 16-~
Z12 Z12 Z15 or Z15
wherein:
each Z10, Zli, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or CRl';
and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NR1', S, 0, CR20, or
CRl', wherein:
zero to two of Zl , Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NR1';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
and
R21 is selected from -NRI'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
NR1'-C(S)-NR1'-, -NRI'-C(S)-NR1'-CRl'R'1-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRI'Ri'-NR1'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NR1'-, -C(O)-NR1'-, -C(O)-NR1'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CR1'R'I-,
-NRl'-C(0)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)a-,
-NRl'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRj'-, -CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'=CR1'-CRI'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRi'R'1-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRI'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CR1'R'1-, -NR1'-S(0)2-CR1'R,'-CRi'RI'-, or -NR1'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-;
and
39
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R19 is not pyrazolyl;
when R21 is -NH-, and R19 is thiazolyl, R31 is not optionally substituted
phenyl
or optionally substituted pyridyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, and R19 is pyrazolyl, R31 is not unsubstituted
indolyl or unsubstituted phenyl;
Rj C~ CR1'
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, and R19 is Rl' , R31 is not 2-
methylphenyl or 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl;
Rl'C~ CR1'
when R''1 is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH-, and R'9 is Rl' , R31 is not
2-chlorophenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-NH-, and R19 is pyrazolyl, R31 is not unsubstituted
isoxazolyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, unsubstituted phenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl,
2,5-
dimethylphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, or 4-chlorophenyl;
RI C~ CR1'
C
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-NH-, and R19 is Rlt , R31 is not
unsubstituted benziinidazolyl;
when R21 is -NH-, and R19 is pyrazolyl, R31 is not unsubstituted pyridyl;
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is 1-methylpyiTolyl and R21 is
-NH-C(O)-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted furyl, unsubstituted
pyrrolyl,
unsubstituted pyrazolyl, unsubstituted isoquinolinyl, unsubstituted
benzothienyl,
chloro-substituted benzothienyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyl or phenyl singly
substituted
with a solubilizing group;
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is thienyl and R2' is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is
not
unsubstituted phenyl;
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is methylimidazolyl and R21 is
-NH-C(O)-, R31 is not 1-methyl-4-(1,1-dimethylethyloxycarbonylamino)pyrrol-2-
yl or
phenyl singly substituted with a solubilizing group;
when R21 is -NH- and Rl9 is pyridyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl, R31 is not
unsubstituted phenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl or 4-methoxyphenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R19 is thiazolyl or pyrimidinyl, R31 is not
unsubstituted phenyl;
R,'C\ CR1'
when R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R'9 is Rlv , R31 is not
unsubstituted pyridyl, unsubstituted thienyl, unsubstituted phenyl, 2-
methylphenyl, 4-
fluorophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 3,4-dioxyethylenephenyl, 3-
acetylamino-4-methylphenyl, 3-[(6-ainino-l-oxohexyl)amino]-4-methylphenyl, 3-
amino-4-methylphenyl, 2,6-diinethoxyphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 3-halo-4-
methoxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-methylphenyl, 4-propoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl
or
unsubstituted furyl;
I \ I R1'
Ri'C~ CR1'
when R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R19 is Rl' , R3l is not 3,5-
F F
F
\N/N
dinitrophenyl, 4-butoxyphenyl,
O N
or 41
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In a more particular embodiment, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating
compounds of Structural Formula (XXVII):
/ R1 R31
N / Rz1 /
R1 R19
N
R20a (xXVII),
or a salt tliereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl' and Rl" is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-
C3 straight or branched allcyl;
R19 is selected from:
Z10 ~ Z1 \ Z14
~
1 ~ I~ rcI nZ14
Z13 Z11 Z13 Z11 Z Z
\ \ ~ 116--
712 Z12 Z15 or Z15
wherein:
each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRI'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0, CR20, or
CRl', wherein:
one to two of Zlo, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Zls and Z16 are N or NRI';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl"' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
and
R21 is selected from -NRI'-C(O)-, -NRI'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(S)-NR1'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRj'R'1-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NRi')-NR1'-, -NR1'-C(0)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-S(O)2-, -NR1'-CRl'R'1-C(0)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-
,
42
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-NR1'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'R'1-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
when R2' is -NH-C(O)-, R19 is not pyrazolyl;
when R2' is -NH-C(O)-CHZ-, and R' 9 is pyrazolyl, R31 is not unsubstituted
indolyl or unsubstituted phenyl;
when R2' is -NH-C(O)-NH-, and R19 is pyrazolyl, R31 is not unsubstituted
isoxazolyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, unsubstituted phenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl;
2,5-
diinethylphenyl; 3,4-dichlorophenyl; or 4-chlorophenyl;
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is 1-methylpyrrolyl and R21 is
-NH-C(O)-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl; unsubstituted furyl; unsubstituted
pyrrolyl;
unsubstituted pyrazolyl; unsubstituted isoquinolinyl; unsubstituted
benzothienyl;
chloro-substituted benzothienyl; 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyl or phenyl singly
substituted
with a solubilizing group;
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is thienyl and R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is
not
unsubstituted phenyl;
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is methylimidazolyl and R21 is
-NH-C(O)-, R31 is not 1-methyl-4-(l,l-dimethylethyloxycarbonylamino)pyrrol-2-
yl or
phenyl singly substituted with a solubilizing group; and
when R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R19 is thiazolyl or pyrimidinyl, R31 is not
unsubstituted phenyl.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Structural Forinula
(XXVIII):
/ Ri R31
N R21~
R1' R 29
N
R20a (XXVIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R2Oa is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
eacll RI' and Rl" is independently selected from H or optionally substituted
Ct-
C3 straight or branched alkyl;
43
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R29 is selected from:
Z1\ ~
I I I
Z13~ Z11 Z13"~ '5~Z11
Z12 or Z12 , wherein:
each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or CRl',
wherein one of Zlo, Z11, Z12 or Z13 is N; and
5 zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl"' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
and
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(S)-NR1'-CR1'R'1-, -NR1'-C(O)-CR1'R1'-NR1'-,
10 -NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRi'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(6)2-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NR1'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-CR1'RI'-
,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-0-, ; NRI'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-CRl'R1'-0-,
-NR1'-S(O)2-CR1'R'1-, -NR1'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl.
Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more
compounds of Forinulas (I)-(XXVIII) or a salt, prodrug or metabolite thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides methods for using sirtuin-modulating
compounds, or compostions comprising sirtuin-modulating compounds. In certain
embodiments, sirtuin-modulating coinpounds that increase the level and/or
activity of a
sirtuin protein may be used for a variety of therapeutic applications
including, for
exainple, increasing the lifespan of a cell, and treating and/or preventing a
wide variety
of diseases and disorders including, for example, diseases or disorders
related to aging
or stress, diabetes, obesity, neurodegenerative diseases, cllemotherapeutic
induced
neuropathy, neuropathy associated with an ischemic event, ocular diseases
and/or
disorders, cardiovascular disease, blood clotting disorders, inflainination,
and/or
flushing, etc. Sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or
activity of a
sirtuin protein may also be used for treating a disease or disorder in a
subject that would
benefit from increased mitocliondrial activity, for enhancing inuscle
performance, for
increasing muscle ATP levels, or for treating or preventing inuscle tissue
damage
44
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
associated with hypoxia or ischemia. In other embodiments, sirtuin-modulating
compounds that decrease the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be
used for a
variety of therapeutic applications including, for example, increasing
cellular sensitivity
to stress, increasing apoptosis, treatment of cancer, stimulation of appetite,
and/or
stimulation of weight gain, etc. As described further below, the methods
comprise
administering to a subject in need thereof a pharinaceutically effective
amount of a
sirtuin-modulating compound.
In certain aspects, the sirtuin-modulating compounds may be administered alone
or in combination with other compounds, including other sirtuin-modulating
coinpounds, or other therapeutic agents.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure 1 shows a scheinatic of the Cellular ATP Assay described in Exainple 5.
Figure 2 shows a dose-response curve for ATP levels in cells following
resveratrol treatment.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
1. Definitions
As used herein, the following terms and phrases shall have the meanings set
forth below. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used
herein
have the same meaning as commonly understood to one of ordinary skill in the
art.
The singular forins "a," "an," and "the" include plural reference unless the
context clearly dictates otherwise.
The term "agent" is used herein to denote a chemical compound, a mixture of
cliemical compounds, a biological macromolecule (such as a nucleic acid, an
antibody,
a protein or portion thereof, e.g., a peptide), or an extract made from
biological
materials such as bacteria, plants, fungi, or animal (particularly maminalian)
cells or
tissues. The activity of such agents may render it suitable as a "therapeutic
agent"
which is a biologically, physiologically, or pharmacologically active
substance (or
substances) that acts locally or systemically in a subject.
The term "bioavailable" when referring to a compound is art-recognized and
refers to a form of a coinpound that allows for it, or a portion of the amount
of
compound administered, to be absorbed by, incorporated to, or otherwise
physiologically available to a subject or patient to whom it is adininistered.
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
"Biologically active portion of a sirtuin" refers to a portion of a sirtuin
protein
having a biological activity, such as the ability to deacetylate. Biologically
active
portions of a sirtuin may comprise the core domain of sirtuins. Biologically
active
portions of SIRT1 having GenBank Accession No. NP_036370 that encompass the
NAD+ binding domain and the substrate binding domain, for example, may include
without limitation, amino acids 62-293 of GenBank Accession No. NP_036370,
which
are encoded by nucleotides 237 to 932 of GenBailk Accession No. NM 012238.
Therefore, this region is sometimes referred to as the core domain. Other
biologically
active portions of SIRT1, also sometimes referred to as core domains, include
about
amino acids 261 to 447 of GenBank Accession No. NP_036370, which are encoded
by
nucleotides 834 to 1394 of GenBank Accession No. NM 012238; about amino acids
242 to 493 of GenBank Accession No. NP_036370, which are encoded by
nucleotides
777 to 1532 of GenBank Accession No. NM 012238; or about amino acids 254 to
495
of GenBank Accession No. NP_036370, which are encoded by nucleotides 813 to
1538 of GenBank Accession No. NM 012238.
The term "companion animals" refers to cats and dogs. As used herein, the term
"dog(s)" denotes any member of the species Canis familiaris, of which there
are a large
nuinber of different breeds. The term "cat(s)" refers to a feline animal
including
domestic cats and other members of the family Felidae, genus Felis.
The terms "comprise" and "coinprising" are used in the inclusive, open sense,
meaning that additional elements may be included.
The term "conserved residue" refers to an amino acid that is a member of a
group of amino acids having certain common properties. The terin "conservative
amino acid substitution" refers to the substitution (conceptually or
otherwise) of an
amino acid from one sucli group witli a different amino acid from the same
group. A
functional way to define cominon properties between individual amino acids is
to
analyze the nonnalized frequencies of amino acid changes between corresponding
proteins of homologous organisins (Schulz, G. E. and R. H. Schirmer.,
Principles of
Protein Structure, Springer-Verlag). According to such analyses, groups of
ainino acids
may be defined where amino acids within a group exchange preferentially with
each
other, and tllerefore reseinble eac11 other most in their iinpact on the
overall protein
structure (Schulz, G. E. and R. H. Schirmer, Principles of Protein Structure,
Springer-
Verlag). One example of a set of amino acid groups defined in this manner
include: (i)
46
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
a charged group, consisting of Glu and Asp, Lys, Arg and His, (ii) a
positively-charged
group, consisting of Lys, Arg and His, (iii) a negatively-charged group,
consisting of
Glu and Asp, (iv) an aromatic group, consisting of Phe, Tyr and Trp, (v) a
nitrogen ring
group, consisting of His and Trp, (vi) a large aliphatic nonpolar group,
consisting of
Val, Leu and Ile, (vii) a slightly-polar group, consisting of Met and Cys,
(viii) a small-
residue group, consisting of Ser, Thr, Asp, Asn, Gly, Ala, Glu, Gln and Pro,
(ix) an
aliphatic group consisting of Val, Leu, Ile, Met and Cys, and (x) a small
hydroxyl
group consisting of Ser and Thr.
"Diabetes" refers to high blood sugar or ketoacidosis, as well as chronic,
general metabolic abnormalities arising from a prolonged high blood sugar
status or a
decrease in glucose tolerance. "Diabetes" encompasses both the type I and type
II
(Non Insulin Dependent Diabetes Mellitus or NIDDM) forms of the disease. The
risk
factors for diabetes include the following factors: waistline of more than 40
inches for
men or 35 inches for women, blood pressure of 130/85 mmHg or higher,
triglycerides
above 150 mg/dl, fasting blood glucose greater than 100 mg/dl or higll-density
lipoprotein of less than 40 mg/dl in men or 50 mg/dl in women.
A "direct activator" of a sirtuin is a molecule that activates a sirtuin by
binding
to it. A "direct inhibitor" of a sirtuin is a molecule inhibits a sirtuin by
binding to it.
The term "ED50" is art-recognized. In certain embodiments, ED50 means the
dose of a drug which produces 50% of its maximum response or effect, or
alternatively,
the dose which produces a pre-determined response in 50% of test subjects or
preparations. The term "LD50" is art-recognized. In certain embodiments, LD50
means
the dose of a drug which is lethal in 50% of test subjects. The term
"therapeutic index"
is an art-recognized term which refers to the therapeutic index of a drug,
defined as
LD50/ED50=
The term "hyperinsulineinia" refers to a state in an individual in which the
level
of insulin in the blood is higher than normal.
The term "including" is used to mean "including but not limited to".
"Including" and "including but not limited to" are used interchangeably.
The term "insulin resistance" refers to a state in which a normal amount of
insulin produces a subnormal biologic response relative to the biological
response in a
subject that does not have insulin resistance.
47
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
An "insulin resistance disorder," as discussed herein, refers to any disease
or
condition that is caused by or contributed to by insulin resistance. Examples
include:
diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, insulin-resistance syndromes, syndrome
X,
insulin resistance, high blood pressure, hypertension, high blood cholesterol,
dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia, dyslipidemia, atherosclerotic disease including
stroke,
coronary artery disease or myocardial infarction, hyperglycemia,
hyperinsulinemia
and/or hyperproinsulinemia, impaired glucose tolerance, delayed insulin
release,
diabetic complications, including coronary heart disease, angina pectoris,
congestive
heart failure, stroke, cognitive functions in dementia, retinopathy,
peripheral
neuropathy, nephropathy, glomerulonepliritis, glomerulosclerosis, nephrotic
syndrome,
hypertensive nephrosclerosis some types of cancer (such as endometrial,
breast,
prostate, aiid colon), complications of pregnancy, poor feinale reproductive
health
(such as menstrual iiregularities, infertility, irregular ovulation,
polycystic ovarian
syndrome (PCOS)), lipodystrophy, cholesterol related disorders, such as
gallstones,
cholescystitis and cholelithiasis, gout, obstructive sleep apnea and
respiratory problems,
osteoarthritis, and prevention and treatment of bone loss, e.g. osteoporosis.
The term "livestock animals" refers to domesticated quadrupeds, which includes
those being raised for meat and various byproducts, e.g., a bovine animal
including
cattle and other members of the genus Bos, a porcine animal including domestic
swine
and other members of the genus Sus, an ovine animal including sheep and other
meinbers of the genus Ovis, domestic goats and other members of the genus
Capra;
domesticated quadrupeds being raised for specialized tasks such as use as a
beast of
burden, e.g., an equine animal including domestic horses and other meinbers of
the
family Equidae, genus Equus.
The tenn "mammal" is known in the art, and exemplary mammals include
humans, primates, livestock animals (including bovines, porcines, etc.),
companion
animals (e.g., canines, felines, etc.) and rodents (e.g., mice and rats).
The term "naturally occurring form" when referring to a compound means a
compound that is in a form, e.g., a coinposition, in which it can be found
naturally. For
exainple, since resveratrol can be found in red wine, it is present in red
wine in a fonn
that is naturally occurring. A compound is not in a forin that is naturally
occurring if,
e.g., the compound has been purified and separated from at least some of the
other
molecules that are found with the coinpound in nature. A "naturally occurring
compound" refers to a compound that can be found in nature, i.e., a compound
that has
48
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCTIUS2006/030661
not been designed by man. A naturally occurring compound may have been made by
man or by nature.
A "naturally occurring compound" refers to a compound that can be found in
nature, i.e., a compound that has not been designed by man. A naturally
occurring
coinpound may have been made by man or by nature. For example, resveratrol is
a
naturally-occurring compound. A "non-naturally occurring compound" is a
compound
that is not known to exist in nature or that does not occur in nature.
"Obese" individuals or individuals suffering from obesity are generally
individuals having a body mass index (BMI) of at least 25 or greater. Obesity
may or
may not be associated with insulin resistance.
The tenns "parenteral administration" and "administered parenterally" are art-
recognized and refer to modes of administration other than enteral and topical
administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation,
intravenous,
intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital,
intracardiac,
intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intra-
articulare,
subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal, and intrastemal injection and
infusion.
A "patient", "subject", "individual" or "host" refers to either a human or a
non-
human animal.
The term "percent identical" refers to sequence identity between two amino
acid
sequences or between two nucleotide sequences. Identity can each be determined
by
comparing a position in each sequence which may be aligned for purposes of
comparison. When an equivalent position in the compared sequences is occupied
by
the same base or amino acid, then the molecules are identical at that
position; when the
equivalent site occupied by the same or a similar amino acid residue (e.g.,
similar in
steric and/or electronic nature), then the molecules can be referred to as
homologous
(similar) at that position. Expression as a percentage of homology,
similarity, or
(identity refers to a function of the number of identical or siinilar atnino
acids at
positions shared by the compared sequences. Expression as a percentage of
homology,
similarity, or identity refers to a function of the number of identical or
similar ainino
acids at positions shared by the compared sequences. Various alignment
algorithms
and/or prograins may be used, including FASTA, BLAST, or ENTREZ. FASTA and
BLAST are available as a part of the GCG sequence analysis package (University
of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.), and can be used with, e.g., default settings.
ENTREZ is
49
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information, National
Library
of Medicine, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD. In one embodiment,
the
percent identity of two sequences can be determined by the GCG program with a
gap
weight of 1, e.g., each amino acid gap is weighted as if it were a single
amino acid or
nucleotide mismatch between the two sequences.
Other techniques for alignment are described in Methods in Enzymology, vol.
266: Computer Methods for Macromolecular Sequence Analysis (1996), ed.
Doolittle,
Academic Press, Inc., a division of Harcourt Brace & Co., San Diego,
California, USA.
Preferably, an alignment program that pennits gaps in the sequence is utilized
to align
the sequences. The Sinith-Waterman is one type of algorithm that permits gaps
in
sequence aligiunents. See Meth. Mol. Biol. 70: 173-187 (1997). Also, the GAP
program using the Needleman and Wunsch aligninent method can be utilized to
align
sequences. An alternative search strategy uses MPSRCH software, which runs on
a
MASPAR computer. MPSRCH uses a Smith-Waterman algorithm to score sequences
on a massively parallel computer. This approach improves ability to pick up
distantly
related matches, and is especially tolerant of small gaps and nucleotide
sequence errors.
Nucleic acid-encoded amino acid sequences can be used to searcll both protein
and
DNA databases.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is art-recognized and refers to
a
pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid
or solid
filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in
carrying or
transporting any subject composition or component thereof. Each carrier inust
be
"acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the subject composition and
its
components and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which
may
serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as
lactose,
glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3)
cellulose,
and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose
and
cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc;
(8) excipients,
such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil,
cottonseed oil,
safflower oil, sesaine oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols,
such as
propylene glycol; (11) polyols, sucli as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and
polyethylene
glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14)
buffering
agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid;
(16)
pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl
alcohol; (20)
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances
employed
in pharmaceutical formulations.
The terms "polynucleotide", and "nucleic acid" are used interchangeably. They
refer to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either
deoxyribonucleotides or
ribonucleotides, or analogs thereof. Polynucleotides may have any three-
dimensional
structure, and may perform any function, known or unknown. The following are
non-
limiting examples of polynucleotides: coding or non-coding regions of a gene
or gene
fragment, loci (locus) defined from linkage analysis, exons, introns,
messenger RNA
(mRNA), transfer RNA, ribosomal RNA, ribozymes, cDNA, recombinant
polynucleotides, branched polynucleotides, plasmids, vectors, isolated DNA of
any
sequence, isolated RNA of any sequence, nucleic acid probes, and primers. A
polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated
nucleotides and
nucleotide analogs. If present, modifications to the nucleotide structure may
be
imparted before or after assembly of the polymer. The sequence of nucleotides
may be
interrupted by non-nucleotide components. A polynucleotide may be fiirther
modified,
such as by conjugation with a labeling component. The term "recombinant"
polynucleotide means a polynucleotide of genomic, cDNA, semisynthetic, or
synthetic
origin which either does not occur in nature or is linked to another
polynucleotide in a
nonnatural arrangement.
The term "prophylactic" or "therapeutic" treatment is art-recognized and
refers
to administration of a drug to a host. If it is administered prior to clinical
manifestation
of the unwanted condition (e.g., disease or other unwanted state of the host
animal)
then the treatment is prophylactic, i.e., it protects the host against
developing the
unwanted condition, whereas if administered after manifestation of the
unwanted
condition, the treatment is therapeutic (i.e., it is intended to diminish,
ameliorate or
maintain the existing unwanted condition or side effects therefrom).
The term "protecting group" is art-recognized and refers to temporary
substituents that protect a potentially reactive functional group from
undesired cheinical
transformations. Examples of such protecting groups include esters of
carboxylic
acids, silyl ethers of alcohols, and acetals and ketals of aldehydes and
ketones,
respectively. The field of protecting group cliemistry has been reviewed by
Greene and
Wuts in Protective Groups in Or ag nic Synthesis (2"d ed., Wiley: New York,
1991).
51
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
The term "pyrogen-free", with reference to a composition, refers to a
composition that does not contain a pyrogen in an amount that would lead to an
adverse
effect (e.g., irritation, fever, inflammation, diarrhea, respiratory distress,
endotoxic
shoclc, etc.) in a subject to which the composition has been administered. For
example,
the term is meant to encompass compositions that are free of, or substantially
free of,
an endotoxin such as, for example, a lipopolysaccharide (LPS).
"Replicative lifespan" of a cell refers to the number of daughter cells
produced
by an individual "mother cell." "Chronological aging" or "chronological
lifespan," on
the other hand, refers to the length of time a population of non-dividing
cells remains
viable when deprived of nutrients. "Increasing the lifespan of a cell" or
"extending the
lifespan of a cell," as applied to cells or organisms, refers to increasing
the number of
daughter cells produced by one cell; increasing the ability of cells or
organisms to
cope with stresses and combat damage, e.g., to DNA, proteins; and/or
increasing the
ability of cells or organisms to survive and exist in a living state for
longer under a
particular condition, e.g., stress (for example, heatshock, osmotic stress,
high energy
radiation, chemically-induced stress, DNA damage, inadequate salt level,
inadequate
nitrogen level, or inadequate nutrient level). Lifespan can be increased by at
least
about 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60% or between 20% and 70%, 30% and 60%, 40% and
60% or more using methods described herein.
"Sirtuin-activating coinpound" refers to a compound that increases the level
of
a sirtuin protein and/or increases at least one activity of a sirtuin protein.
In an
exemplary embodiment, a sirtuin-activating compound may increase at least one
biological activity of a sirtuin protein by at least about 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%,
100%,
or more. Exeinplary biological activities of sirtuin proteins include
deacetylation, e.g.,
of histones and p53; extending lifespan; increasing genomic stability;
silencing
transcription; and controlling the segregation of oxidized proteins between
mother and
daughter cells.
"Sirtuin-inhibiting coinpound" refers to a coinpound that decreases the level
of
a sirtuin protein and/or decreases at least one activity of a sirtuin protein.
In an
exemplary embodiment, a sirtuin-inhibiting coinpound may decrease at least one
biological activity of a sirtuin protein by at least about 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%,
100%,
or more. Exemplary biological activities of sirtuin proteins include
deacetylation, e.g.,
of histones and p53; extending lifespan; increasing genoinic stability;
silencing
52
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
transcription; and controlling the segregation of oxidized proteins between
mother and
daughter cells.
"Sirtuin-modulating compound" refers to a compound of Formulas (I)-
(XXVIII) as described herein. In exemplary embodiments, a sirtuin-modulating
compound may either up regulate (e.g., activate or stimulate), down regulate
(e.g.,
inhibit or suppress) or otherwise change a functional property or biological
activity of
a sirtuin protein. Sirtuin-modulating compounds may act to modulate a sirtuin
protein
either directly or indirectly. In certain einbodiments, a sirtuin-modulating
colnpound
may be a sirtuin-activating compound or a sirtuin-iiihibiting compound.
"Sirtuin protein" refers to a member of the sirtuin deacetylase protein
family, or
preferably to the sir2 fainily, which include yeast Sir2 (GenBank Accession
No.
P53685), C. elegans Sir-2.1 (GenBank Accession No. NP_501912), and human SIRT1
(GenBank Accession No. NM 012238 and NP036370 (or AF083106)) and SIRT2
(GenBank Accession No. NM 012237, NM 030593, NP_036369, NP_085096, and
AF083107) proteins. Other family members include the four additional yeast
Sir2-like
genes termed "HST genes" (homologues of Sir two) HSTl, HST2, HST3 and HST4,
and the five other human homologues hSIRT3, hSIRT4, hSIRT5, hSIRT6 and hSIRT7
(Brachmann et al. (1995) Genes Dev. 9:2888 and Frye et al. (1999) BBRC
260:273).
Preferred sirtuins are those that share more similarities with SIRT1, i.e.,
hSIRT1,
and/or Sir2 than with SIRT2, such as those members having at least part of the
N-
terminal sequence present in SIRT1 and absent in SIRT2 such as SIRT3 has.
"SIRT1 protein" refers to a meinber of the sir2 family of sirtuin
deacetylases.
In one embodiment, a SIRT1 protein includes yeast Sir2 (GenBank Accession No.
P53685), C. elegans Sir-2.1 (GenBanlc Accession No. NP_501912), human SIRT1
(GenBank Accession No. NM 012238 or NP_036370 (or AF083106)), and human
SIRT2 (GenBank Accession No. NM 012237, NM_030593, NP_036369, NP_085096,
or AF083107) proteins, and equivalents and fraginents thereof. In another
embodiment, a SIRT1 protein includes a polypeptide coinprising a sequence
consisting
of, or consisting essentially of, the ainino acid sequence set fortli in
GenBanlc
Accession Nos. NP_036370, NP_501912, NP085096, NP_036369, or P53685. SIRT1
proteins include polypeptides coinprising all or a portion of the amino acid
sequence set
forth in GenBanlc Accession Nos. NP_036370, NP_501912, NP_085096, NP_036369,
or P53685; the amino acid sequence set forth in GenBank Accession Nos.
NP_036370,
53
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
NP501912, NP085096, NP_036369, or P53685 with 1 to about 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15,
20,
30, 50, 75 or more conservative amino acid substitutions; an amino acid
sequence that
is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to
GenBank
Accession Nos. NP036370, NP_501912, NP_085096, NP_036369, or P53685, and
functional fiagments thereof. Polypeptides of the invention also include
homologs
(e.g., ortlzologs and paralogs), variants, or fragments, of GenBank Accession
Nos.
NP_036370, NP501912, NP085096, NP 036369, or P53685.
"SIRT3 protein" refers to a meinber of the sirtuin deacetylase protein family
and/or to a hoinolog of a SIRT1 protein. In one embodiment, a SIRT3 protein
includes
human SIRT3 (GenBanls Accession No. AAH01042, NP_036371, or NP_001017524)
and mouse SIRT3 (GenBank Accession No. NP071878) proteins, and equivalents and
fragments thereof. In another embodiment, a SIRT3 protein includes a
polypeptide
comprising a sequence consisting of, or consisting essentially of, the amino
acid
sequence set forth in GenBank Accession Nos. AAH01042, NP_036371,
NP_001017524, or NP071878. SIRT3 proteins include polypeptides comprising all
or
a portion of the amino acid sequence set forth in GenBank Accession AAH01042,
NP036371, NP_001017524, or NP 071878; the amino acid sequence set forth in
GenBank Accession Nos. AAH01042, NP_036371, NP_001017524, or NP_071878
with 1 to about 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 75 or more conservative amino
acid
substitutions; an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%,
95%, 96%,
97%, 98%, or 99% identical to GenBank Accession Nos. AAH01042, NP 036371,
NP001017524, or NP 071878, and functional fragments thereof. Polypeptides of
the
invention also include homologs (e.g., orthologs and paralogs), variants, or
fraginents,
of GenBank Accession Nos. AAH01042, NP_036371, NP001017524, or NP_071878.
In one einbodiment, a SIRT3 protein includes a fragment of SIRT3 protein that
is
produced by cleavage with a mitochondrial matrix processing peptidase (MPP)
and/or a
mitochondrial intermediate peptidase (MIP).
The term "substantially homologous" when used in connection with ainino acid
sequences, refers to sequences which are substantially identical to or similar
in
sequence with each other, giving rise to a homology of confonnation and thus
to
retention, to a useful degree, of one or more biological (including
iininunological)
activities. The tenn is not intended to imply a cominon evolution of the
sequences.
The term "syntlzetic" is art-recognized and refers to production by in vitro
chemical or enzymatic synthesis.
54
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
The terms "systemic administration," "administered systemically," "peripheral
administration" and "administered peripherally" are art-recognized and refer
to the
administration of a subject composition, therapeutic or other material other
than
directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's
system and,
thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes.
The term "therapeutic agent" is art-recognized and refers to any chemical
moiety that is a biologically, physiologically, or pharmacologically active
substance
that acts locally or systemically in a subject. The term also means any
substance
intended for use in the diagnosis, cure, initigation, treatment or prevention
of disease or
in the enhancement of desirable physical or mental development and/or
conditions in an
animal or human.
The term "therapeutic effect" is art-recognized and refers to a local or
systemic
effect in animals, particularly mammals, and more particularly humans caused
by a
pharmacologically active substance. The phrase "therapeutically-effective
amount"
means that amount of suclz a substance that produces some desired local or
systemic
effect at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any treatment. The
therapeutically
effective amount of such substance will vary depending upon the subject and
disease
condition being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of
the disease
condition, the manner of adininistration and the like, which can readily be
determined
by one of ordinary skill in the art. For exainple, certain compositions
described herein
may be administered in a sufficient amount to produce a desired effect at a
reasonable
benefit/risk ratio applicable to such treatinent.
"Transcriptional regulatory sequence" is a generic term used throughout the
specification to refer to DNA sequences, such as initiation signals,
enhancers, and
promoters, which induce or control transcription of protein coding sequences
with
which they are operable linked. In preferred embodiments, transcription of one
of the
recoinbinant genes is under the control of a promoter sequence (or other
transcriptional
regulatory sequence) which controls the expression of the recombinant gene in
a cell-
type which expression is intended. It will also be understood that the
recombinant gene
can be under the control of transcriptional regulatory sequences which are the
saine or
which are different from those sequences which control transcription of the
naturally-
occurring fonns of genes as described herein.
"Treating" a condition or disease refers to curing as well as aineliorating at
least
one symptom of the condition or disease.
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
A "vector" is a self-replicating nucleic acid molecule that transfers an
inserted
nucleic acid molecule into and/or between host cells. The term includes
vectors that
function primarily for insertion of a nucleic acid molecule into a cell,
replication of
vectors that function primarily for the replication of nucleic acid, and
expression
vectors that function for transcription and/or translation of the DNA or RNA.
Also
included are vectors that provide more than one of the above functions. As
used
herein, "expression vectors" are defined as polynucleotides which, when
introduced
into an appropriate host cell, can be transcribed and translated into a
polypeptide(s).
An "expression system" usually connotes a suitable host cell comprised of an
expression vector that can function to yield a desired expression product.
The term "vision impairment" refers to diminished vision, which is often only
partially reversible or irreversible upon treatment (e.g., surgery).
Particularly severe
vision impairment is termed "blindness" or "vision loss", which refers to a
complete
loss of vision, vision worse than 20/200 that cannot be improved with
corrective lenses,
or a visual field of less than 20 degrees diameter (10 degrees radius).
2. Sirtuin Modulators
In one aspect, the invention provides novel sirtuin-modulating compounds for
treating and/or preventing a wide variety of diseases and disorders including,
for
example, diseases or disorders related to aging or stress, diabetes, obesity,
neurodegenerative diseases, ocular diseases and disorders, cardiovascular
disease,
blood clotting disorders, inflamination, cancer, and/or flushing, etc. Sirtuin-
modulating
compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may
also be used
for treating a disease or disorder in a subject that would benefit from
increased
mitochondrial activity, for enhancing muscle performance, for increasing
muscle ATP
levels, or for treating or preventing muscle tissue damage associated with
hypoxia or
ischemia. Otlier compounds disclosed herein may be suitable for use in a
pharmaceutical composition and/or one or more methods disclosed herein.
In one embodiment, sirtuin-modulating coinpounds of the invention are
represented by Structural Fonnula (I):
56
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
O
B
N
H
A
~ (I)~
or a salt thereof, where:
Ring A is optionally substituted; and
Ring B is substituted with at least one carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted
arylcarboxamine, substituted or unsubstituted aralkylcarboxamine, substituted
or
unsubstituted heteroaryl group, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclylcarbonylethenyl, or polycyclic aryl group or is fused to an aryl
ring and is
optionally substituted by one or more additional groups.
In certain embodiments, Ring B is substituted with at least a carboxy group.
In certain embodiments, Ring B is substituted with at least a substituted or
u.nsubstituted arylcarboxamine, a substituted or unsubstituted
aralkylcarboxainine or a
polycyclic aryl group.
In certain embodiments, Ring B is substituted with at least a substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclylcarbonylethenyl group.
In another embodiment, sirtu.in-modulating compounds of the invention are
represented by Structurral Formula (II):
R3
O
R4 y R2 1 ly
I
N R,
H
A
O OH (II),
or a salt tllereof, where:
Ring A is optionally substituted;
Rl, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of -H,
halogen, -OR5, -CN, -C02R5, -OCOR5, -OC02R5, -C(O)NRSR6, -OC(O)NR5R6,
57
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-C(O)R5, -COR5, -SR5, -OSO3H, -S(O)õR5, -S(O)õOR5, -S(O)õNR5R6, -NR5R6,
-NR5C(O)OR6, -NR5C(O)R6 and -NO2;
R5 and R6 are independently -H, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic
group; and
nis 1 or2.
In a further einbodiment, sirtuin-modulating compounds of the invention are
represented by Structural Formula (IIa):
R3
R4 R2
O
ly
OH
N
A H
R, O
(IIa),
or a salt thereof, where:
Ring A is optionally substituted;
Rl, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of -H,
halogen, -OR5, -CN, -C02R5, -OCOR5, -OC02R5, -C(O)NR5R6, -OC(O)NR5R6,
-C(O)R5, -COR5, -SR5, -OSO3H, -S(O)õRs, -S(O)õOR5, -S(O)õNR5R6, -NR5R6,
-NR5C(O)OR6, -NR5C(O)R6 and -NO2;
R5 and R6 are independently -H, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic
group; and
n is 1 or 2.
In yet another embodiment, sirtuin-modulating compounds of the invention are
represented by Structural Formula (II):
58
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R3 O
R4
O ~ OH
I
N \ R2
H
A
R,
(Im),
or a salt thereof, where:
Ring A is optionally substituted;
Rl, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of -H,
halogen, -OR5, -CN, -C02R5, -OCOR5, -OC02R5, -C(O)NR5R6, -OC(O)NR5R6,
-C(O)R5, -COR5, -SR5, -OSO3H, -S(O)õR5, -S(O),lOR5, -S(O)õNR5R6, -NR5R6,
-NR5C(O)OR6, -NR5C(O)R6 and -NO2;
R5 and R6 are independently -H, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic
group; and
nis 1 or2.
In certain embodiments, Rl, R2, R3 and R4 in Structural Formulas (II)-(IIb)
are
independently selected from the group consisting of -H, -OR5 and -SR5,
particularly -
H and -OR5 (e.g., -H, -OH, -OCH3).
Ring A is preferably substituted. Suitable substituents include halogens
(e.g.,
bromine), acyloxy groups (e.g., acetoxy), aminocarbonyl groups (e.g.,
arylaminocarbonyl such as substituted, particularly carboxy-substituted,
phenylaminocarbonyl groups) and alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy) groups.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides novel sirtuin-modulating
compounds of Formula (III):
Rlo
Rll / R9
O
I
N \ R$
A H
R7
(III),
59
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
or a salt thereof, where:
Ring A is optionally substituted;
R5 and R6 are independently -H, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic
group;
R7, R9, Rlo and Rl l are independently selected from the group consisting of -
H,
halogen, -R5, -OR5, -CN, -COZR5, -OCOR5, -OCOZR5, -C(O)NR5R6, -OC(O)NR5R6,
-C(O)R5, -COR5, -SR5, -OSO3H, -S(O)nR5, -S(O)nOR5, -S(O)nNR5R6, -NR5R6,
-NR5C(O)OR6, -NR5C(O)R6 and -NO2;
R8 is a polycyclic aryl group; and
nis1or2.
In certain embodiments, one or more of R7, R9, Rlo and Rll are -H. In
particular embodiments, R7, R9, Rlo and Rl l are each -H.
In certain embodiments, R8 is a heteroaryl group, such as an oxazolo[4,5-
b]pyridyl group. In particular embodiments, R8 is a heteroaryl group and one
or more
of R7, R9, Rlo and Rl i are -H.
Ring A is preferably substituted. Suitable substituents include halogens
(e.g.,
bromine), acyloxy groups (e.g., acetoxy), aminocarbonyl groups (e.g.,
arylaminocarbonyl, such as substituted, particularly carboxy-substituted,
phenylaminocarbonyl groups) and alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy) groups,
particularly
alkoxy groups. In certain embodiments, Ring A is substituted with at least one
alkoxy
or halo group, particularly methoxy.
In certain embodiments, Ring A is optionally substituted with up to 3
substituents independently selected from (C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl), O-
(C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl), N(C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl)2, halo, or a
5 to 6-
membered heterocycle.
In certain embodiments, Ring A is not substituted with a nitrile or pyrrolidyl
group.
In certain embodiments, R8 is a substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic
heteroaryl
group, such as a bicyclic heteroaryl group that includes a ring N atom and 1
to 2
additional ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0 or S. Preferably,
R8 is
attached to the reinainder of the compound by a carbon-carbon bond. In certain
such
embodiments, 2 additional ring heteroatoms are present, and typically at least
one of
said additional ring heteroatoms is 0 or S. In certain such embodiments, 2
total ring
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
nitrogen atoms are present (with zero or one 0 or S present), and the nitrogen
atoms are
typically each in a different ring. In certain such einbodiments, R8 is not
substituted
with a carbonyl-containing moiety, particularly when R$ is thienopyrimidyl or
thienopyridinyl.
In certain such embodiments, R8 is selected from oxazolopyridyl, benzothienyl,
benzofuryl, indolyl, quinoxalinyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl,
benzimidazolyl,
quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or isoindolyl. In certain such embodiments, R8 is
selected
from thiazolopyridyl, imidazothiazolyl, benzoxazinonyl, or imidazopyridyl.
Particular examples of R8, where indicates attachment to the remainder of
Structural Formula (III), include:
N N ao N O N O
> > >
< S
N S N
S
> > > >
N\
\ \ / 0 N
N or where up to 2 ring
carbons not immediately adjacent to the indicated attachment point are
independently
substituted with O-C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl, C1-C3 straight or
branched alkyl or
halo, particularly C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl or halo. In certain
embodiments, R8
N N
I ~-- I
is O .
In certain embodiments (e.g., when the modulator is a sirtuin activator), R8
is
N N
(cIH... O a nd Rng A s optonally substituted with up to 3 substituents
independently selected from (CI-C3 straight or branched alkyl), 0-(C1-C3
straight or
branclied alkyl), N(CI-C3 straight or branclled alkyl)2, halo, or a 5 to 6-
membered
61
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
heterocycle. In certain such embodiments, Ring A is not simultaneously
substituted at
the 2- and 6-positions with O-(C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl). In certain
such
embodiments, Ring A is not simultaneously substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-
positions
with 0-(CI-C3 straight or branched alkyl). In certain such embodiments, Ring A
is not
simultaneously substituted at the 2-, 3-, and 4-positions with O-(C1-C3
straight or
branched alkyl). In certain such embodiments, Ring A is not substituted at the
4-
position with a 5 to 6-membered heterocycle. In certain such embodiments, Ring
A is
not singly substituted at the 3- or 4-position (typically 4-position) with 0-
(CI-C3
straight or branched alkyl). In certain sucll einbodiinents, Ring A is not
substituted at
the 4-position with O-(Cl-C3 straight or branched alkyl) and at the 2- or 3-
position with
C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl.
N N
I ~- I
In certain embodiments, R8 is 0 and Ring A is optionally
substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from (C1-C3
straight or
branched alkyl), (C1-C3 straight or branched haloalkyl, where a haloalkyl
group is an
alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms), O-(C1-C3 straight or
branched
alkyl), N(C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl)2, halo, or a 5 to 6-membered
heterocycle. In
certain such embodiments, Ring A is not singly substituted at the 3- or 4-
position with
O-(C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl). In certain such embodiments, Ring A is
not
substituted at the 4-position with 0-(CI-C3 straight or branched alkyl) and at
the 2- or
3-position with C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl.
halo N
I
~ O
In certain embodiments, R8 is halo (e.g., where one
or both halo is chlorine) and Ring A is optionally substituted with up to 3
substituents
independently selected from (C1-C3 straigllt or branched alkyl), O-(C1-C3
straight or
branched alkyl), N(Cl-C3 straigllt or branched alkyl)2, halo, or a 5 to 6-
membered
heterocycle, but not singly substituted at the 3-position with 0-(CI-C3
straight or
branclied alkyl).
In certain einbodiments, such as when R$ has one of the values described
above,
Ring A is substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from
chloro,
62
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
methyl, 0-methyl, N(CH3)2 or inorpholino. In certain such embodiments, R8 is
selected
N N N
from 0 N 0 0
\ \ \ H
O N
cq aN
N
N or , where up to 2 ring
carbons not immediately adjacent to the indicated attachinent point are
independently
substituted with C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl or halo; each of R7, R9, and
Rl l is -H;
and Rlo is selected from -H, -CH2OH, -COZH, -CO2CH3, -CH2-piperazinyl,
CH2N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH-(CHZ)2-N(CH3)Z, or -C(O)-piperazinyl. In certain such
N N
I ~-- I
embodiments, when R8 is 0 and Ring A is 3-dimethylaininophenyl,
none of R7, R9, Rio and Rl l is -CH2-N(CH3)2 or -C(O)-NH-(CH2)2-N(CH3)2,
and/or
N N
I ~-- I
when R8 is 0 and Ring A is 3,4 dimethoxyphenyl, none of R7, Rg,
Rlo and Rl l is C(O)OCH3 or C(O)OH.
In certain embodiments, such as when R8 has one of the values described above
and/or Ring A is optionally substituted as described above, at least one of
R7, R9, RlO
and Rl l is -H. In certain such embodiments, each of R7, R9, Rlo and R11 is -
H.
In certain embodiments, R7, R9, Rlo or Rl l is selected from -C(O)OH, -
N(CH3)2,
-CH2OH, -CH2OCH3,-CH2-piperazinyl, -CH2-methylpiperazinyl, -CH2-pyrrolidyl,
-CH2-piperidyl, -CH2-morpholino, -CH2-N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH-(CH2)õ_piperazinyl,
-C(O)-NH-(CH2)õ_methylpiperazinyl , -C(0)-NH-(CH2)õ_pyrrolidyl,
-C(O)-NH-(CH2)õ_morpholino, -C(O)-NH-(CH2)õ_piperidyl, or
-C(O)-NH-(CH2)õ_N(CH3)2, wherein n is 1 or 2. In certain such embodiments, Rlo
is
selected from -C(O)OH, -N(CH3)2, -CHaOH, -CH2OCH3,-CH2-piperazinyl,
-CH2-methylpiperazinyl, -CH2-pyrrolidyl, -CH2-piperidyl, -CH2-morpholino,
63
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-CH2-N(CH3)Z, -C(O)-NH-(CHa)õ_piperazinyl, -C(O)-NH-(CH2)õ_methylpiperazinyl ,
-C(O)-NH-(CH2)õ_pyrrolidyl, -C(O)-NH-(CH2)õ_morpholino,
-C(O)-NH-(CH2)õ_piperidyl, or -C(O)-NH-(CH2)õ_N(CH3)2, wherein n is 1 or 2,
and
each of R7, R9, and Rl l is H.
In certain embodiments, Ring A is substituted with a nitrile group or is
substituted at the para position with a 5- or 6-ineinbered heterocycle.
Typical examples
of the heterocycle include pyrrolidyl, piperidinyl and morpholinyl.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides novel sirtuin-modulating
compounds of Formula (IV):
Ar L J M K Ar' (IV)
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each Ar and Ar' is independently an optionally substituted carbocyclic or
heterocyclic aryl group;
L is an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic arylene group;
each J and K is independently NRl', 0, S, or is optionally independently
absent;
or when J is NRi', Rl' is a Cl-C4 alkylene or C2-C4 alkenylene attached to Ar'
to form
a ring fused to Ar'; or when K is NRl', Rl' is a Cl-C4 alkylene or C2-C4
alkenylene
attached to L to form a ring fused to L;
each M is C(O), S(O), S(O)2, or CRl'Rl';
each Rl' is independently selected from H, C1-C10 alkyl; C2-ClO alkenyl; C2-
C10 alkynyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; aryl; R5'; halo;
haloalkyl; CF3i
SRZ'; OR2'; NR2'R2'; NR2'R3'; COOR2'; NO2; CN; C(O)R2'; C(O)C(O)R2';
C(O)NR2'RZ';
OC(O)R2'; S(O)2R2'; S(O)2NR2'R2'; NR2'C(O)NRZ'R2'; NR2'C(O)C(O)R2';
NR2'C(O)R2';
NR2'(COOR2'); NR2'C(O)R5'; NR2'S(O)ZNR2'R2'; NR2'S(O)ZR2'; NR2'S(O)2R5';
NR2'C(O)C(O)NR2'R2'; NR2'C(O)C(O)NR,-)'R3'; C1-C10 alkyl substituted with
aryl, R4'
or R5'; or C2-C10 alkenyl substituted with aryl, R4' or R5';
each R2' is independently H; C1-Cl0 alkyl; C2-ClO alkenyl; C2-ClO alkynyl;
C3-ClO cycloalkyl; C4-ClO cycloalkenyl; aryl; R6'; C1-C10 alkyl substituted
with 1-3
independent aryl, R4' or R6' groups; C3-C10 cycloalkyl substituted with 1-3
independent aryl, R4' or R6' groups; or C2-C10 alkenyl substituted with 1-3
independent
aryl, R4' or R6';
each R3' is independently C(O)R2', COOR2', or S(O)2R2';
64
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each R4' is independently halo, CF3, SR7', OR7', OC(O)R7', NR7'R7', NR7'R$',
NR$'Rg', COOR7', NO2, CN, C(O)R7', or C(O)NR7'R7';
eacli R5' is independently a 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered
bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system comprising 1-3 heteroatoms
if
monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said
heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S, which may be saturated or unsaturated,
and
wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of eac11 ring may be substituted by a substituent
independently selected from C1-C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl; C3-
C10
cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; aryl; R6'; halo; sulfur; oxygen; CF3;
haloalkyl; SRZ';
OR2'; OC(O)R2'; NR2'R2'; NR2'R3'; NR3'R3'; COOR2'; NO2, CN; C(O)R2';
C(O)NR2'R2';
C 1-C 10 alkyl substituted with 1-3 independent R4', R6', or aryl; or C2-C 10
alkenyl
substituted with 1-3 independent R4', R6', or aryl;
each R6' is independently a 5-8 meinbered monocyclic, 8-12 membered
bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system comprising 1-3 heteroatoms
if
monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said
heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S, which may be saturated or unsaturated,
and
wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent
independently selected from C1-C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl; C3-
C10
cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; halo; sulfur; oxygen; CF3; haloalkyl; SR7';
OR7';
NR7'R7'; NR7'R8'; NR8'R8'; COOR7'; NO2; CN; C(O)R7'; or C(O)NR7'R7';
each R7' is independently H, C 1-C 10 allcyl; C2-C 10 alkenyl; C2-C 10
alkynyl;
C3-C 10 cycloalkyl; C4-C 10 cycloalkenyl; haloalkyl; C 1-C 10 alkyl optionally
substituted with 1-3 independent C1-C10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl,
C3-
C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C10 cycloalkenyl, halo, CF3, ORIo', SRIo', NRio'Rlo',
COORIo',
NO2, CN, C(O)Rlo', C(O)NRIO'Rlo', NHC(O)Rlo', or OC(O)Rlo'; or phenyl
optionally
substituted with 1-3 independent C1-C10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl,
C3-
C10 cycloalkyl, C4-C10 cycloalkenyl, halo, CF3, ORIo', SRIo', NRto'Rlo',
COORIo',
NO2, CN, C(O)Rlo', C(O)NRIo'Rlo', NHC(O)Rlo', or OC(O)Rio';
each R8' is independently C(O)R7', COOR7', or S(O)ZR7';
each Rg' is independently H, C 1-C 10 alkyl, C2-C 10 alkenyl, C2-C 10 alkynyl,
C3-C10 cycloallcyl, C4-C10 cycloalkenyl, or phenyl optionally substituted with
1-3
independent Cl-ClO alkyl, C2-Cl0 alkenyl, C2-ClO alkynyl, C3-C10 cycloallcyl,
C4-
C10 cycloalkenyl, halo, CF3, ORIo', SRIo', NRjo'Rlo', COORIO', NO2, CN,
C(O)Rlo',
C(O)NRIo'Rlo', NHC(O)Rlo', or OC(O)Rlo';
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each Rlo' is independently H; Cl-ClO alkyl; C2-ClO alkenyl; C2-ClO alkynyl;
C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl; Cl-C10 alkyl optionally substituted
with
halo, CF3, ORl l', SRl1', NRl l'Rl1', COORI l', NO2, CN; or phenyl optionally
substituted
with halo, CF3, ORl1', SRl1', NRl l'Rl1', COOR11', NO2, CN;
each R11' is independently H; C1-C10 alkyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl or phenyl;
each haloalkyl is independently a C1-C10 alkyl substituted with one or more
halogen atoms, selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, wherein the number of halogen
atoms may
not exceed that number that results in a perhaloalkyl group; and .
each aryl is independently optionally substituted with 1-3 independent C1-C10
alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10 cycloalkenyl;
R6';
halo; haloalkyl; CF3i OR9'; SR9'; NR9'R9'; COOR9'; NO2; CN; C(O)R9';
C(O)C(O)R9';
C(O)NR9'R9'; S(O)2R9'; N(R9')C(O)R9'; N(R9')(COOR9'); N(R9')S(O)ZR9';
S(O)2NR9'Rq'; OC(O)R9'; NR9'C(O)NR9'R9'; NR9'C(O)C(O)R9'; NR9'C(O)R6';
NR9'S(O)2NR9'R9'; NR9'S(O)2R6'; NR9'C(O)C(O)NR9'R9'; C1-C10 alkyl substituted
with 1-3 independent R6', halo, CF3, OR9', SR9', NR9'R9', COOR9', NO2, CN,
C(O)R9',
C(O)NR9'R9', NHC(O)R9', NH(COOR9'), S(O)2NR9'R9', OC(O)Rg'; C2-C10 alkenyl
substituted with 1-3 independent R6', halo, CF3, OR9', SR9', NR9'R9', COOR9',
NO2,
CN, C(O)R9', C(O)NR9'R9', NHC(O)R9', NH(COOR9'), S(O)2NR9'R9', OC(O)R9'; or
R9'.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, each Ar, L, and Ar' is
independently an optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered monocyclic ring
system or
an optionally substituted 9- to 12-membered bicyclic ring system.
According to another preferred embodiment,
~ 3
~ i XZ X
X6 X4
Ar is X5
X1, X2, X3, X4, and X5 are independently selected from CRl' and N; and
X6 is selected fioin NRI', 0, and S=,
According to yet another preferred embodiment, Xl and X2 are N; X3, X4, and
X5 are CRI'; and X6 is O.
According to still yet another preferred embodiment, Xi and X3 are N; X?, X4,
and X5 are CRI'; and X6 is O.
According to still yet anotlier preferred embodiment, Xl and X4 are N; X2, X3,
and X5 are CRl'; and X6 is O.
66
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
According to still yet another preferred embodiment, Xl and X5 are N; X2, X3,
and X4 are CRI'; and X6 is O.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the formula above are those wherein
J is NRI', K is absent, and M is C(O).
In yet another embodiment, the compounds of the formula above are those
wherein J is absent, K is NRI', and M is C(O).
In a further einbodiment, compounds of formula (IV) are those where when J is
absent and K is NRI', M is not C(O) and when J is NRI' and K is absent, M is
not C(O).
In a preferred embodiment, the compounds above are those wherein L is an
optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl
group.
In yet another preferred embodiment, the compounds are those wherein L is an
optionally substituted phenylene, pyridinylene, imidazolylene, oxazolylene, or
thiazolylene.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, L is an optionally substituted
phenylene.
In another particularly preferred embodiment, L is an optionally substituted
pyridinylene.
In an even more preferred embodiment, L is phenylene.
In another even more preferred embodiment, L is pyridinylene.
In eitller of these embodiments, Ar and J may be attached to L at the ortho-,
meta-, or para- positions. Particularly preferred are those embodiments where
attachment is at the meta- position.
In certain embodiments, L is not phenylene when Ar' is phenyl. Examples of
such embodiments include embodiments where L is' an optionally substituted
heterocyclic aryl group and Ar' is an optionally substituted carbocyclic or
heterocyclic
aryl group, or wherein L is an optionally substituted carbocyclic or
heterocyclic aryl
group and Ar' is an optionally substituted heterocyclic aryl group.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides novel sirtuin-modulating
compounds of Formula (I) or a salt thereof, wherein
Ring A is substituted with at least one R1' group;
' R5% R6a ' R7', R8% R9', R10', and RI 1' are as defined above;
R1', R2% R3> ' R4>
each haloalkyl is independently a C1-C10 alkyl substituted with one or more
halogen atoms, selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, wherein the number of halogen
atoms may
not exceed that nuinber that results in a perhaloalkyl group;
67
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each aryl is independently a 5- to 7-membered monocyclic ring system or a 9-
to 12-membered bicyclic ring system optionally substituted with 1-3
independent C1-
C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10
cycloalkenyl;
R6'; halo; haloalkyl; CF3; OR9'; SR9'; NR9'R9'; COOR9'; NOZ; CN; C(O)Rg';
C(O)C(O)R9'; C(O)NR9'R9'; S(O)2R9'; N(R9')C(O)R9'; N(R9')(COOR9');
N(R9')S(O)2R9';
S(O)2NR9'R9'; OC(O)R9'; NR9'C(O)NR9'R9'; NR9'C(O)C(O)R9'; NR9'C(O)R6';
NR9'S(O)2NR9'R9'; NR9'S(O)2R6'; NR9'C(O)C(O)NR9'R9'; C1-C10 allcyl substituted
with 1-3 independent R6', halo, CF3, OR9', SR9', NR9'R9', COORg', NO2, CN,
C(O)R9',
C(O)NR9'R9', NHC(O)Rg', NH(COOR9'), S(O)ZNR9'R9', OC(O)R9'; C2-ClO alkenyl
substituted with 1-3 independent R6', halo, CF3, OR9', SR9', NR9'R9', COOR9',
NO2,
CN, C(O)R9', C(O)NR9'R9', NHC(O)R9', NH(COOR9'), S(O)2NR9'R9', OC(O)R9'; or
R9'; and
I 13
/ X2
X6 X4
Ring B is substituted with at least one X5 wherein
Xl, X2, X3, X4, and X5 are independently selected from CRl' and N; and
X6 is selected from NRl', 0, and S.
In a preferred embodiment, Ring B is phenyl or pyridinyl.
In a further aspect, the invention provides novel sirtuin-modulating compounds
of Formula (IVa):
Het-L-Q-Ar' (IVa)
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Het is an optionally substituted heterocyclic aryl group;
L is an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic arylene group;
Ar' is an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl group; and
Q is selected from NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NR1'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NR1'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NR1'-,
-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CR1'R'I-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRt'=CR1'-, -NRi'-S(O)2-NRl'-
,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-C(O)-NR1'-,
68
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CRI'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-,
O
N-N N~O N~
N~ ~N\ N
O
Ril NRj' , or-NRI' ; and
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl, wherein:
when Het is a polycyclic heteroaryl, L is an optionally substituted phenylene,
Q and
Het are attached to L in a meta orientation, and Ar' is optionally substituted
phenyl;
then Q is not -NH-C(O)-.
In certain embodiments, when Het is a polycyclic heteroaryl, L is optionally
substituted phenylene, and Ar' is optionally substituted phenyl; then Q is not
-
NH-C(O)-.
In certain embodiments (e.g., when the compound is a sirtuin activator), Het
and
Q are attached to L in a 1-, 2- or 1-,3- configuration (e.g., when L is
phenylene, Het and
Q are attached in an ortho or a meta orientation). In certain embodiments
where Het
and Q are attached to L in a 1-,3- configuration, if Het is benzoxazolyl, L is
pyridylene
and Q is NH-C(O)-NH, then Ar' is not 3,4 dioxymethlyene phenyl; if Het is
methyl
thiazolyl, L is phenylene and Q is -NH-C(O)-, then Ar' is not 3-diinethylamino
phenyl;
if Het is oxazolopyridyl, L is pyridylene and Q is NH-C(O)-NH, then Ar' is not
4-
dimethylamino phenyl; if Het is oxazolopyridyl or benzoxazolyl and L is
N
or N, then Q is not NH-(SO)2-; and if Het is
N
oxazolopyridyl, L is and Q is -NH-C(O)-, then Ar' is not 3,4
dimethoxyphenyl or pyridyl.
When Het is substituted, it is typically substituted at up to 2 carbon atoms
with a
substituent independently selected from R12, N(R12)2, NH(R12), OR12, C(O)-NH-
Ri2,
C(O)-N(R12)2, N(R12)-OR12, CH2-N(R12)2, C(O)OR12, C(O)OH,
69
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
N NH
/NJ /N /N
-H2C ~-H~C H2C , or
rl"~ O
-H2C J
, where each R12 is independently selected from optionally
substituted Cl-C3 straight or branched alkyl.
In certain embodiments, Het is selected from oxazolopyridyl, benzothienyl,
benzofuryl, indolyl, quinoxalinyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl,
benzimidazolyl,
quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or isoindolyl. In other embodiments, Het comprises
one ring
N heteroatom and 1 to 2 additional ring heteroatoms independently selected
from N, 0
or S, such as thiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolopyridyl,
imidazothiazolyl,
benzoxazinonyl, or imidazopyridyl.
Particular examples of Het include:
N N N N
O O
N O N
> > > >
N
ccs N S N N
N \ ~ ~ S N
> > > >
N~
I ~ N
O N I \ ~
~~ N
N H
N N
\ \ ~ ~
O S N S
N
, > >
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
N N N N
N
\ ~--N
S L
g N N CH3
, , > >
N N/N N N ~
~ ~
E/ ~ ~d \'--O
, ,
where up to 2 ring carbons not immediately adjacent to the indicated
attachment point
are independently substituted with optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or
branched
alkyl, phenyl, halo, N(R12)2, NH(R12), OR12, C(O)-NH-R12, C(O)-N(R12)2, N(R12)-
ORi2, CH2-N(Ri2)2, C(O)OR12, C(O)OH,
~NH C
~ ~ I-hC
or wherein each R12
is independently selected from optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or
branched alkyl.
Z,_~ Z\
~jz2 //Z2
In certain embodiments, L is selected from Z4-Z3 ~ z4 z3
5 O
~
Z6 , or zs wherein:
each of Zl, Z2, Z3 and Z4 is independently selected from CH or N, wherein not
more than three of said Zi, Z2, Z3 or Z4 is N;
each of Z5 and Z6 is independently selected from C, N, 0 or S, provided that
at
least one of Z5 and Z6 is N; and
L is optionally substituted at 1 to 2 carbon atoms with a substituent
independently selected from R12, N(R12)2, NH(R12), OR12, C(O)-NH-RIa, C(O)-
N(R12)Z,
71
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
r'~ N
J
N(R12)-OR12, CH2-N(R12)2, C(O)OR12, C(O)OH, I H2C
C'~ NH 0
I-H2C ' J
N N , or ~ ~ , 1H2C / HZC N\/
In preferred embodiments, L is selected from phenylene or pyridylene, sucli as
unsubstituted phenylene or phenylene substituted with a single substituent
selected
from C(O)OCH3, C(O)OH, CH2OH, N(CH3)2, or CH2N(CH3)2, or unsubstituted
pyridylene.
In certain embodiments, Q is selected from -NH-C(O)-, -NH-S(O)2-,
-NH-C(O)-NH-, -C(O)-NH-, -CH2-, -N(CH3)-C(O)-NH-, -NH-C(O)-N(CH3)-, or
-NH-S(O)2-NH-, particularly -NH-C(O)-, -C(O)-NH-, -NH-, -NH-C(O)-NH, or
-NH-S(O)2-.
In certain einbodiments, Ar' is selected from optionally substituted phenyl,
benzothiazolyl, or benzoxazolyl. When Ar' is phenyl, typical optional
substituents are
1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, (optionally substituted
C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl), O-(optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or
branched alkyl),
S-(optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched allcyl), N(CH3)2 or
optionally
substituted heterocyclyl, or wherein two substituents on adjacent ring atoms
are taken
together to form a dioxymethylene.
N N
I ~- I
In certain einbodiments, Het is selected from 0
N (::CN N
N 0 O N S
> > > >
N a N
~ ~ I N
S N
72
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
N\
N
N
O
[\~N~ N
O N H
~ ~ \
c:I>-H, N N
~
S S
> ,
N N N
N N
C~~ S _~ N
S N N CH3 or
> > > >
N~
~
~O , and wherein up to 2 ring carbons not immediately adjacent to the
indicated attaclunent point are independently substituted with optionally
substituted Cl-
C3 straight or branched alkyl, phenyl or halo;
L is selected from unsubstituted phenylene, phenylene substituted with a
single
substituent selected from C(O)OCH3, C(O)OH, CHzOH, N(CH3)2, or CH2N(CH3)2, or
unsubstituted pyridylene;
Q is selected from -NH-C(O)-, -C(O)-NH-, -NH-, -NH-C(O)-NH, or
-NH-S(0)2-; and
Ar' is selected from optionally substituted phenyl, benzothiazolyl, or
benzoxazolyl, wherein said phenyl is optionally substituted with I to 3
substituents
independently selected from chloro, methyl, 0-methyl, S-methyl, N(CH3)2,
inorpholino, or 3,4 dioxymethylene.
In certain embodiments, Q is selected from -NH-C(O)-, -C(O)-NH-, -NH- or
-NH-C(O)-NH.
In certain embodiinents, the substituents on Ar' are selected from chloro,
metliyl, O-methyl, S-methyl or N(CH3)2. In certain embodiments, the only
substituent
on Ar' is an 0-methyl group, particularly an O-metllyl group ortho or meta to
Q. In
certain embodiments, when there are two or more O-methyl groups or Ar', at
least one
is ortho or meta to Q.
73
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain embodiments, L is pyridyl and Het and Q are at the 1,3- or 2,4-
position with respect to the pyridyl nitrogen atom. In certain such
embodiments, Q is -
NH-S(O)Z-.
In certain embodiments where L is further substituted, the substituent is
typically meta to both Het and Q.
In certain embodiments, Q is -NH- and Het is thiazolyl or oxazolopyridyl.
In certain embodiments, Q is -NH- and Ar is benzothiazolyl or benzoxazolyl.
In certain embodiments, such as when the sirtuin modulator is a sirtuin
N
activator, L is ; and Q is NH-(SO)Z-. In certain sucll embodiments,
Het is oxazolopyridyl. When L, Q and optionally Het have these values, Ar' is
advantageously naphthyl or phenyl, where Ar' is optionally substituted witli 1
to 3
substituents independently selected from CN, halo, (C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl),
O-(C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl), N(C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl)Z, or
a 5 to 6-
membered heterocycle.
In certain embodiments, such as when the sirtuin modulator is a sirtuin
N
activator, L is \ /; and Q is -NH-C(O)-. In certain such embodiments, Het
is oxazolopyridyl. When L, Q and optionally Het have these values, Ar' is
advantageously pyridyl or phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3
substituents
independently selected from CN, halo, (C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl), O-
(C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl), N(C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl)2, or a 5 to 6-
membered heterocycle.
In certain embodiments, such as when the sirtuin modulatory is a sirtuin
inhibitor, Het comprises one N heteroatom and 1 to 2 additional heteroatoms
independently selected from N, 0 or S;
L is and is optionally substituted;
Q is -NH-C(O)-; and
Ar' is phenyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from
74
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
CN, halo, C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl, O-(C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl), N(C1-
C3 straight or branched alkyl)2, or a 5 to 6-membered heterocycle,
N N
I ~-- I
wherein when R8 is unsubstituted 0 , then ring A is:
a) not simultaneously substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with O-(C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl);
b) not simultaneously substituted at the 2-position with Cl-C3 straight or
branched alkyl or O-(C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl) and at the 3-
position with O-(C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl);
c) not substituted at the 4-position with O-(C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl) unless siunultaneously substituted at the 3-position with halo or 0-
(Cl-C3 straight or branched alkyl) and unsubstituted at all other
positions;
not substituted at the 4-position with N(C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl)2,
or said 5 to
6-membered heterocycle. In certain such embodiments, L is unsubstituted and/or
Het is
oxazolopyridyl.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides novel sirtuin-modulating
compounds of Formula (V):
Y4
Y5 Y3
0 I
H Y2
A
Y,
(V),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Ring A is optionally substituted with at least one Rl' group;
Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are independently Rl';
R1', R2', R3'> R4'> R5', R6', R7', R8', R9', R10', andR1 1' are as defined
above;
each haloalkyl is independently a Cl-C10 alkyl substituted with one or more
halogen atoms, selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, wherein the number of halogen
atoms may
not exceed that nuinber that results in a perhaloalkyl group; and
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each aryl is independently a 5- to 7-membered monocyclic ring system or a 9-
to 12-membered bicyclic ring systein optionally substituted with 1-3
independent C1-
C10 alkyl; C2-C10 alkenyl; C2-C10 alkynyl; C3-C10 cycloalkyl; C4-C10
cycloalkenyl;
R6'; halo; haloalkyl; CF3; OR9'; SR9'; NR9'R9'; COOR9'; NO2; CN; C(O)R9';
C(O)C(O)R9'; C(O)NR9'R9'; S(O)ZR9'; N(R9')C(O)R9'; N(R9')(COOR9');
N(R9')S(O)2R9';
S(O)2NR9'R9'; OC(O)R9'; NR9'C(O)NR9'R9'; NR9'C(O)C(O)R9'; NR9'C(O)R6';
NR9'S(O)2NR9'R9'; NR9'S(O)2R6'; NR9'C(O)C(O)NR9'R9'; C1-C10 alkyl substituted
with 1-3 independent R6', halo, CF3, ORg', SR9', NR9'R9', COOR9', NOZ, CN,
C(O)Rg',
C(O)NR9'R9', NHC(O)R9', NH(COOR9'), S(O)2NR9'Rg', OC(O)R9'; C2-C10 alkenyl
substituted with 1-3 independent R6', halo, CF3, OR9', SR9', NR9'R9', COOR9',
NO2,
CN, C(O)R9', C(O)NR9'R9', NHC(O)R9', NH(COOR9'), S(O)2NR9'R9', OC(O)R9'; or
R9'.
In a preferred embodiment of the above compound,
XI X2 -~~X
3
X6 X4
either Y2 or Y3 is X5
Xl, X2, X3, X4, and X5 are independently selected from CRl' and N; and
X6 is selected from NRl', 0, and S.
According to an even more preferred einbodiment, Xl and X2 are N; X3, X4, and
X5 are CRl'; and X6 is O.
According to anotller even more preferred embodiment, Xl and X3 are N; X2,
X4, and X5 are CRl'; and X6 is O.
According to another even more preferred embodiment, Xl and X4 are N; X2,
X3, and X5 are CRl'; and X6 is O.
According to another even more preferred embodiment, Xl and X5 are N; X2,
X3, and X4 are CRl'; and X6 is O.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Fonnula (VII):
R31
/
X7 R21
Xs ~ 1
I / R19
X9 ~ N
X1 o (VII),
or a salt thereof , wherein:
76
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417
PCT/US2006/030661
each of X7, X8, X9 and Xlo is independently selected from N, CR20, or CRl',
wherein:
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted Cl-
C3 straight or branched alkyl;
one of X7, X8, X9 and Xio is N and the others are selected from CR20 or
CRl'; and
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
R19 is selected from:
Z10 ~ Z1 Z14
1, I O/Z14
Z13~z 11 Z13Z11 Z16~Z15 Z16~Z15
1z , Z12 or
wherein:
each Z1o, Zi1, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected fiom N, CR2 , or
CRl'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRl', wherein:
zero to two of Zlo, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Zl6 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl; and
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Ri'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CRi'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)z-,
-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRi'Ri'-C(O)-NRi'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRj'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rj'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)a-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-CRl'R,'- CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-;
and
77
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that said
coinpound is not:
.b
0 '
HN
N )
~ _
~ \ /
\ N or
that when R19 is and R21 is -NHC(O)-, R31 is not an
optionally substituted phenyl.
In certain einbodiments, compounds of Structural Fonnula (VII) have the
following values:
each of X7, X8, Xg and X10 is independently selected from N, CR20, or CRl',
wherein:
each R2 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl;
one of X7, X8, X9 and X1 is N and the others are selected from CR20 or CRl';
and
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
R19 is selected from:
~10
z10 Z14
I I Q~- I O/Z14
Z13 \ Z11 Z13 ~ z11 ZZ\Z1~ 1 Z
Z15 16~
Z15
12 or
wherein:
each Z1 , Z1 1, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRI'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NR1', S, 0,
CR20, or CRl', wherein:
78
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
zero to two of Zlo, Zl l, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branclied
alkyl; and
R21 is selected from -NRI'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRI'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NRr')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-, -CR1'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-NRi'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NR1'-CRi'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CR1'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NR1'-S(0)2-CRl'RI'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Ri'- CR1'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted inonocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
said compound is not:
HN~
N ::~o
C N and
when X8 and X9 are each independently selected from CR2 or CRl', R19 is
I Z10
I \
z13~ ~11
Z12 , and each of Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from
CR20, or CRI', then:
a) at least one of X8 and Xg is not CH; or
b) at least one of Zlo, Z71, Z12 and Z13 is CR20, wherein R20 is a
solubilizing
group.
79
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain einbodiments, when Z12 is CR20 and R20 is a solubilizing group, the
0
N
NH
solubilizing group is not -C(O)OCH2CH3, -COOH, or
o
'Z'ZN
2 H
In certain embodiments, when X8 and X9 are each independently selected from
ys Z10
I \
Z13" ~ Z11
CR20 or CRl', R19 is Z12 , and each of Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is
independently selected from CR2 , or CRi', then:
a) at least one of X8 and X9 is not CH; or
b) at least one of Zlo, Z11 and Z13 is CR20, wlierein R20 is a
solubilizing group.
Z10
Z13~ Z11
In certain embodiments, when Rl9 is Z12 and each of Zlo, Zll, Z12
and Z13 is CR20, or CRl'; X8 and X9 are CR20 or CRl'; R21 is -NHC(O)-; and R31
is
optionally substituted phenyl, then R31 is a substituted phenyl, at least one
Rl' in a CRI'
moiety is optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl, or at least
one R20 in a
CR20 is a solubilizing group, or a coinbination thereof.
In certain embodiments, R19 is selected from phenyl, pyridyl, tliienyl or
furyl.
z10
I I
Z13~ Z11
In certain einbodiments, R19 is z12 , wlierein each of Zlo, Z11, Z12
and Z13 is independently selected from CR20 or CRl'; and
R21 is -NH-C(O)-; and
R31 is a substituted phenyl.
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain such embodiments, when X9 is N, R31 is not 2,4 dimethoxyphenyl
and/or
when Xlo is N, R31 is not halo substituted phenyl; 3,4-dioxoethylenephenyl; or
3,5-
dimethoxyphenyl.
In preferred embodiments, R31 is optionally substituted with 1 to 3
substituents
independently selected from -OCH3, -CH3, -N(CH3)2, pyrazinoxy or a
solubilizing
group. Suitable examples of R31 include 3-methoxy-4-((4-methylpiperazin-l-
yl)methyl)phenyl, 3-methoxy-4-morpholinomethylphenyl, 3-methoxy-4-
diaminomethylphenyl, 3-inethoxy-4-((pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)phenyl, 3,4-
dimethoxyphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,3,4-trimethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-
trimethoxyphenyl, 2-dimethylaminophenyl, 3-dimethylaminophenyl, 4-
dimethylaminophenyl, or 3,5-dimethylphenyl.
In certain embodiinents, R19 is
Z10
S I \
/ I Z13~ Z11
selected from or z~~ , wherein one of Zlo, Zli, Z12,
and Z13 is N and the others are independently selected from CRLO or CRI';
R21 is selected from -NH-, -NH-C(O)-, -NH-C(O)-NH, -NH-C(S)-NH- or
-NH-S(O)2-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted phenyl, an optionally
substituted
naphthyl, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
In certain such einbodiments,
a) when R21 is -NH-S(O)2-, either:
i) Zlo is N; or
ii) Zl l is N and R31 is halophenyl or 2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl;
S
b) when R19 is R31 is not 4-dimethylaminophenyl,
2,3,4-trimethoxyphenyl, or 3,5 dimethoxyphenyl; and/or
c) when R21 is -NH-C(O)-NH- and Z10 is N, R31 is not 4-
dimetliyl aminophenyl.
In certain such einbodiments, R31 is selected from optionally substituted
phenyl,
benzothiazolyl, or benzoxazolyl.
81
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In yet another einbodiment, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating
compounds of Structural Formula (VIII):
R31
/
R21
N 0
~~
N R1v (VIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
allcyl;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRI'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NR1'-S(O)2-,
-NR1'-CRl'RI'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CR1'Rl'-C(O)-NRi'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRI'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRi'Rl'-CR1'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'RI'-, -NRI'-S(O)Z-CRl'Rl'- CRI'Rl'-, or -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Ri'-;
and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
when Rl' is methyl, and R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is not
ci
~
1-methoxynapllthyl, 2-methoxynaphthyl, or
unsubstituted 2-thienyl;
wlien Rl' is metllyl, and R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH-, R31 is not
ci
I \ ~
when Ri' is methyl, and R2' is -NH-C(O)-CH-O-, R31 is not unsubstituted
naphthyl, 2-methoxy, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-cl7loro-2-inethylphenyl, or 4-t-
butylphenyl; and
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is not optionally substituted phenyl.
In certain embodiments, R21 is -NH-C(O)-; and R31 is phenyl optionally
substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from -OCH3, -CH3,
-N(CH3)2, or a solubilizing group.
82
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain such embodiments, R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R31 is selected from
unsubstituted phenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 2,3,4-
trimethoxyphenyl,
3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 2-methyl-3-
methoxyphenyl, 2-morpholinophenyl, 2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl, 2=
NJ
O
- CH3
diinethylaminophenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, or particularly
phenyl; 2-methoxyphenyl; 3-methoxyphenyl; 2,3,4-trimethoxyphenyl; 3,4,5-
trimethoxyphenyl; 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl; 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl; 2-methyl-3-
methoxyphenyl; 2-morpholinophenyl; 2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl; 2-
dimethylaminophenyl; or 4-dimethylaminophenyl.
In a further embodiment, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds
of Structural Formula (IX):
O
NH-CI-R5o
O
N N Rl, (IX),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
and
R50 is selected from 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl, phenoxyphenyl, 2-methyl-3-
methoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl, or phenyl substituted with 1 to 3
substituents, wherein one of said substituents is a solubilizing group; with
the provisos
that R50 is not substituted simultaneously with a solubilizing group and a
nitro group,
and R50 is not singly substituted at the 4-position with cyclic solubilizing
group or at
the 2-position with a morpholino group.
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Fortnula (X):
83
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
O
NH-C-R51
O
~
N N Rl,
(X)l
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
and
R51 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic heteroaryl, an
optionally substituted bicyclic heteroaryl, or an optionally substituted
naphthyl,
wherein R51 is not chloro-benzo(b)thienyl, unsubstituted benzodioxolyl,
unsubstituted
benzofuranyl, inetliyl- benzofuranyl, unsubstituted furanyl, phenyl-, broino-,
or nitro-
furyl, chlorophenyl- isoxazolyl, oxobenzopyranyl, unsubstituted naphthyl,
metlzoxy-,
methyl-, or halo- naphthyl, unsubstituted thienyl, unsubstituted pyridinyl, or
chloropyridinyl.
In certain embodiments, R51 is selected from pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl,
pyrimidinyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, benzopyrazolyl,
benzothiazolyl,
benzoxazolyl, quinoxalinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl,
benzoisoxazolyl,
H
N)-
C
benzotriaziriyl, triazinyl, naphthyl, or O , and wherein R51 is
optionally substituted. In certain such embodiments, R51 is selected from
pyrazolyl,
H
N
I ~O
thiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, or O
and R51 is optionally substituted.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating coinpounds of
Structural Fonnula (XI):
R31
R 22
O
N N Rl,
(XI),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
84
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
R22 is selected from -NR23-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'RI'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRI'-, -C(O)-NR1'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NR1'-CR1'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRI'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Ri'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-CRj'Rl'- CRl'R1'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-,
wherein
R23 is an optionally substituted CI-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, wit11 the provisos
that:
when R22 is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH-, R31 is not unsubstituted furyl, 5-(2-methyl-3-
chlorophenyl)-fiiranyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichloro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-
nitrophenyl, 4-clllorophenyl, 4-chloro-3-nitrophenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 4-
methoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-5-bromophenyl, or unsubstituted phenyl;
when R22 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, R31 is not 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,
or unsubstituted phenyl;
when R22 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-O-, R31 is not 2,4-dimethyl-6-nitrophenyl, 2- or 4-
nitrophenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, or
unsubstituted phenyl, or phenyl monosubstituted, disubstituted or
trisubstituted solely
with substituents selected from straight- or branched-chain alkyl or halo;
when R22 is -NH-C(O)-CH(CH3)-0-, R31 is not 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-
chlorophenyl, or unsubstituted phenyl; and
when R22 is -NH-S(0)2-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl.
In certain einbodiments, RZZ is selected from -C(O)-NH-, -NH-, or
-C(O)-NH-CH3.
In certain embodiments, such as wllen R'2 is selected from -C(O)-NH-, -NH-, or
-C(O)-NH-CH3, R31 is selected from optionally substituted phenyl,
benzothiazolyl,
quinoxalinyl, or benzoxazolyl.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XII):
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R31
/
X7 R21
X~ S
8 1
R19
X9 ~ N
X1 a (XII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each of X7, X8, X9 and Xlo is independently selected from N, CR20, or CRl',
wherein:
eaclz R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-
C3 straight or branched alkyl;
one of X7, X8, X9 and Xlo is N and the others are selected from CR2 or
CRI'; and
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
R19 is selected from:
~ Z10
Z10 ~ Z14
I Q~- ~ O/Z14
Z13 Z11 Z13 Z11 Z Z
\ \ 116~
Z12 Z12 Z15 or Z15
wherein:
each Zio, Zll, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRl'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRi', wherein:
zero to two of ZIo, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', 0 or S;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Zis and Z16 are N or NR1';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl; and
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRI'-S(O)2-, -NR1'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(S)-NRI'-, -NRI'-C(S)-NRl'-CRI'R1'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRI'RI'-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NR1'-, -C(O)-NRI '-S(O)Z-, -NR1'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
86
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CRI'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NR1'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
=NR1'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CR1'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl,
Z10
Y3,1-1 ~ Z11
with the proviso that when R19 is Z12 2 , Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 are
each CH, and R21 is -NHC(O)-, R31 is not an optionally substituted phenyl.
In certain embodiments, the compounds of Structural Formula (XI) have the
following values:
each of X7, X8, X9 and Xlo is independently selected from N, CR20, or CRl',
wherein:
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-
C3 straight or branched alkyl;
one of X7, X8, Xg and X10 is N and the others are selected from CR20 or
CRl'; and
zero to one R2 is a solubilizing group;
R19 is selected from:
~ Z10 ~
Z10 Z14
I I Q~-I D/Z14
Z13~ZZ11 Z13"Z1 Z11 Z1Z15 Z16~Z15
12 or
wherein:
each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CR1'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRl', wherein:
zero to two of Zlo, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRI', S or 0;
87
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl; and
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(S)-NR1'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NR1'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'Rl'-0-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CR1'Rl'-0-,
-NR1'-S(0)2-CR1'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CR1'Ri'-CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the proviso
that:
1 Z10
I \
Z13~ ~ Z11
when X7 is N, R19 is Z12 , and each of Zlo, ZI i, Z12 and Z13 is
independently selected from CR20, or CRl', then:
a) at least one of X8, X9 or Xlo is C-(C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl) or C-(solubilizing group); or
b) at least one of Zlo, Zl l, Z12 and Z13 is CR20, wherein R20 is a
solubilizing group.
In certain embodiments, R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R19is selected from:
Z10 ~ Z14 ys
I 0~--l ~/ Z14
Z13\Z~ Z11 16~Z15 Z16~Z15
,2 or
In certain embodiments, R19 is selected from optionally substituted phenyl,
optionally substituted pyridyl, optionally substituted thienyl or optionally
substituted
furyl.
88
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Z10
z13~ ~ Z11
In certain embodiments, R19 is z12 , wherein each of Zlo, Zll, Z12
and Z13 is independently selected from CR20 or CRl'; and
R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)-, -NH-C(O)-CH(CH3)-O-, -NH-C(O)-CH2-O-,
or -NH-S(O)2-CH2-CH2-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted aryl, or an optionally
substituted
heteroaryl.
In certain such embodiments, R31 is optionally substituted with 1 to 3
substituents independently selected from -OCH3, -CH3, -N(CH3)2, phenyl,
phenoxy,
3,4-dioxymethylene, fluoro, or another solubilizing group. Suitable examples
of R31
include unsubstituted quinolinyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl,
3,5-
dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 2,3,4-trimethoxyphenyl, 2-
dimethylaminophenyl, 3-dimethylaminophenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 3,5-
dimethylphenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, unsubstituted
N~N
-N
quinoxalinyl, unsubstituted benzopyrimidinyl,
0 ~ I \ N N
N N
or . In certain
such embodiments, R31 is not phenyl-substituted furyl.
~ S
In certain embodiments, RI9 is selected from or
~ Z10 't
Z13 Z11
Z12
each of Zlo, Zl l, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from CR20, or CRI';
89
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)-, NH-C(O)-CH2-CH(CH3)-O, -NH-C(O)-NH-,
-NH-C(S)-NH-, -NH-C(S)-NH-CH2-, or -NH-S(O)2-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted phenyl, an optionally
substituted
naphthyl, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
In certain such einbodiments, R31 is selected from phenyl, naphthyl,
pyrazolyl, furyl,
thienyl, pyridyl, isoxazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl,
quinolinyl,
H
N
>== O
benzoisoxazolyl, or O , and R31 is optionally substituted (e.g.,
optionally substituted witli up to three substituents independently selected
from -OCH3,
-CH3, -N(CH3)2, -0-phenyl, or another solubilizing group). Suitable examples
of R31
include unsubstituted phenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2,3
dimethoxyphenyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)plienyl, 3,4-
dimethoxyphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 2,3,4-
trimethoxyphenyl, '2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl, 2-phenoxyphenyl, 3-
dimethylaminophenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, unsubstituted 2-fiiranyl,
unsubstituted
N
P
N
2-thienyl,
CF3
1
O N-O
N
CI N
I O\-
or
In certain embodiments, one or more of the following conditions applies:
when X8 is N, RZI is -NH-C(S)-NH-, and R19 is phenyl, R31 is not 2-methoxy-5-
nitrophenyl, 2-S-methylphenyl or 2-acetylphenyl;
when Xs is N, R21 is -NH-S(O)2-, and R19 is phenyl, R31 is not thiadiazole-
substituted thienyl or 4-methylsulfonylphenyl;
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
when X~ is N, RZl is -NH-CO-, and R19 is phenyl, R31 is not 2,4-
difluorophenyl,
pyridyl-substituted thienyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, or 3-
benzyloxyphenyl;
S
when X9 is N, R21 is-NH-C(O)- and R19 is , R31 is not 2,3,4-
trimethoxyphenyl or 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl; and
when X9 is N, R21 is-NH-C(O)- and R19 is phenyl, R31 is not 3,5-
dimethoxyphenyl.
In a further embodiment, the invention provides compounds of Structural
Formula (XIII):
R31
R21
N S
N R1
(XIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRI'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NRI')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)Z-,
-NRl'-CRl'RI'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRi'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-CRl'R,'- CRI'RI'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Ri'-;
and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is not unsubstituted furyl, 5-bromofuryl,
unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl monosubstituted wit11 halo or methyl, 3- or 4-
methoxyphenyl, 4-butoxyphenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 3-trifluoroinetllylphenyl, 2-
benzoylphenyl, 2- or 4-ethoxyphenyl, 2,3-, 2,4-, 3,4-, or 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl,
3,4,5-
trimethoxyphenyl, 2,4- or 2-6 difluorophenyl, 3,4-dioxymethylene phenyl, 3,4-
or 3,5-
diinethlyphenyl, 2-chloro-5-bromophenyl, 2-methoxy-5-chlorophenyl,
unsubstituted
91
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
quinolinyl, thiazolyl substituted simultaneously with methyl and phenyl, or
ethoxy-
substituted pyridinyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH(CH2-CH3)-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl;
when R2' is -NH-C(O)-CHZ-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl, 3-methylphenyl,
4-chlorophenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl or 4-methoxyphenyl;
when R2' is -NH-C(O)-CH2-O-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl or 4-
chlorophenyl; and
when R21 is -NH-S(O)Z-, R31 is not 3,4-dioxymethylene phenyl, 2,4,5-
trimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2,4- or 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,5-
difluorophenyl,
2,5- or 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-bromophenyl, 4-
ethylphenyl, 4-inethylphenyl, 3-methyl-4-methoxyphenyl, unsubstituted phenyl,
unsubstituted pyridinyl, unsubstituted thienyl, chloro-substituted thienyl, or
methyl-
substituted benzothiazolyl.
In certain embodiments, Rl' is selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl;
R'1 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'Rl'-NR1'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-, -NR1 '-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'R1'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'RI'-CR1'Rl'-0-,
-NR1'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Rl'-, or -NR1'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-;
and
R31 is selected from a monocyclic or bicyclic aryl or a monocyclic or bicyclic
heteroaryl, and comprises a solubilizing group substituent.
In certain embodiments, R31 is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, pyrazolyl,
furyl,
thienyl, pyridyl, isoxazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl,
quinolinyl,
H
N>=
C
benzoisoxazolyl, or C , and R31 is optionally substituted.
In certain einbodiments, R 21 is selected from -NH-C(O)-,
NH-C(O)-CH2-CH(CH3)-O, -NH-C(O)-NH-, -NH-C(S)-NH-, -NH-C(S)-NH-CH2-, or
-NH-S(0)2-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted phenyl, an optionally
substituted
naphthyl, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
92
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain such embodiments, particularly when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is
selected from R31 is selected from unsubstituted phenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-
methoxyphenyl, 2,3 dimethoxyphenyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,5-
bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-
trimethoxyphenyl, 2,3,4-trimethoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl, 2-
phenoxyphenyl, 3-dimethylaminophenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, unsubstituted 2-
N
N~ N
furanyl, unsubstituted 2-thienyl,
X
PN CF3
I
N " O
N
CI N
N--O
\ ,or
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XIV):
R23 R31
~
R21
R24 I / R19
N
R25 (XIV)
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each of R23 and R24 is independently selected from H, -CH3 or a solubilizing
group;
R25 is selected from H or a solubilizing group; and
R19 is selected from:
93
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Z1 0
Z14
Z13 ~ Z11 z / Z13 Z11
~ 16~
Z12 Z15 Z12
or
~r - Z14
co ~
*~
Z16--Z15 , wherein:
each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRl'; and
5 each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRl', wllerein:
zero to two of Zlo, Zl l, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', 0 or S;
zero to one of Z14, Zls and Z16 is S or 0;
10 zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group; and
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R21 is selected from -NRi'-C(O)-, -NR1'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'R'1-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NR1'-S(0)2-,
-NRl'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'R'1-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRI'R'1-0-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CR1'R'l-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'R'i- CRI'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRj'R'1-
CRl'R'1-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-O- or -NRI'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-; and
eacli Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted inonocyclic or bicyclic aryl,
or an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl,
94
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
wherein when R19 is R21 is -NH-C(O)- and RZS
is -H, R31 is not an optionally substituted phenyl group, and wherein said
compound is
not 2-chloro-N-[3-[3-(cyclohexylamino)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl]phenyl]-4-
nitrobenzamide.
In certain embodiments, each of R23 and R24 is independently selected from H,
-CH3 or a solubilizing group;
R25 is selected from H, or a solubilizing group; and
R19 is selected from:
O Z14
Z13~ ~ Z11 Z16 Z/
Z12 or 15 , wherein:
10 each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRl'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRl',
wherein:
zero to two of Z10, Zl l, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', 0 or S;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group; and
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRI'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-NR1'-,
-NRl'-C(=NRi')-NRI'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRI'=CR1'-, -NRI'-S(O)2-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NR1'-CR1'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRI'R'I-C(O)-NRI'-, -NRj'-C(O)-CRl'=CRI'-CRl'Rl'-,
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-0-, -NRl'-C(0)-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-0-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'R'I-, -NRl'-S(O)a-CR1'R'1- CR1'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-
CRI'R'1-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-O- or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Ri'-
(particularly -NH-C(O)-); and
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl.
In certain suc11 embodiments, R31 is not 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl.
H2
CN
Typically, R 25 is selected from H, -CH2-N(CH3)2, or NH
Typically, R23 and R24 are H.
Typically, R19 is selected from phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl or furyl,
particularly
optionally substituted phenyl. Preferably, a phenyl is optionally substituted
with:
a) up to three -0-CH3 groups; or
b) one -N(CH3)2 group.
In certain embodiments, each of R23 and R24 is independently selected from H,
-CH3 or a solubilizing group;
R25 is selected from H, or a solubilizing group; and
R19 is selected from:
Z10
Z14
Z13 Z11 ro
\ -5~ Z16--
Z12 or Z15 , wherein:
each Zio, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRi'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRI', S, 0,
CR20, or CRI', wherein:
zero to two of Zlo, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', 0 or S;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N or NRl';
96
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group; and
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'R'1-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NR1'-CR1'R'I-C(O)-NR1'-, -CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRI'-C(O)-CRI'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'R'1-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRi'R'1-0-,
-NRi'-S(O)2-CR1'R'1-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'R'1- CRI'R'i-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-
CRl'R'1-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-O- or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-
(particularly
-NH-C(O)-); and
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl,
wherein when R19 is phenyl, at least one of R23, R24, or R25 is a solubilizing
group and
wherein said compound is not 2-chloro-N-[3-[3-(cyclohexylamino)imidazo[1,2-
a]pyridin-2-yl]phenyl]-4-nitrobenzamide.
H2
~~C\N
2s i
Typically, R s selected from H, -CH2-N(CH3)2, or NH
Typically, R23 and R24 are H.
Typically, R19 is selected from phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl or furyl,
particularly optionally
substituted phenyl. Preferably, a phenyl is optionally substituted with:
b) up to three -O-CH3 groups; or
b) one -N(CH3)2 group.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating coinpounds of
Structural Formula (XV):
97
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R32
I
R21
JN
(XV),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRi'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(S)-NRl'-CRI'R'1-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'R'I-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)Z-,
-NRl'-CR1'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NR1'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'R'1-0-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-0-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'R'1-, -NRI'-S(O)2-CRl'R'1- CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-
CRl'R'i-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRI'-CRl'R'1-CRI'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-O- or -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'Rl'-
(particularly
NH-C(O)-); and
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl; and
R32 is selected from an optionally substituted bicyclic aryl, or an optionally
substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R 32 is not unsubstituted 2-furyl, 2-(3-bromofuryl),
unsubstituted 2-thienyl, unsubstituted 3-pyridyl, unsubstituted 4-pyridyl,
a
0--N S
~ \ / \)
N ; and
when R21 is -NRI'-S(O)2-, R32 is not unsubstituted 2-tllienyl or unsubstituted
naphthyl.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Fonnula (XVI):
R33
I
RI.
i
(XVI),
98
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRI'-, -CRl'R'I-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NR1'-S(O)2-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NRI'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NR1'-, -CRI'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-0-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-0-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'R'1-
CRl'R'I-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CRi'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRi'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRi'-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-O-
or
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'- (particularly -NH-C(O)-); and
each Ri' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted Cl-C3
straight or branched alkyl; and
R33 is an optionally substituted phenyl, wherein:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R33 is a substituted phenyl otller than phenyl singly
substituted with halo, methyl, nitro or methoxy; 2-carboxyphenyl; 4-n-
pentylphenyl; 4-
ethoxyphenyl; 2-carboxy-3-nitrophenyl; 2-chloro-4-nitrophenyl; 2-methoxy-5-
ethylphenyl; 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl; 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl; 2,4 dichlorophenyl;
2,6-
difluorophenyl; 3,5-dinitrophenyl; or 3,4-dimethylphenyl;
when R21 is -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'- or -NH-C(O)-CH(CH3)-O, R33 is a substituted
phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2, R33 is not unsubstituted phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl;
3,4-dimethoxyphenyl or 4-chlorophenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-O, R33 is not 2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylpropyl)phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-NH-, R33 is not 4-methoxyphenyl; and
when R21 is -NH-S(0)2-, R33 is a substituted phenyl other than 3-methylphenyl,
3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2,4,5- or 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2,4- or 3,4-
dimethylphenyl,
2,5- or 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,5-dimethoxy-4-chlorophenyl, 3,6-dimethoxy, 4-
methylphenyl, 2,5- or 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-diethoxyphenyl, 2-methyl-5-
nitrophenyl,
2-ethoxy-5-broinophenyl, 2-methoxy-5-bromophenyl, 2-inethoxy-3,4-
dichlorophenyl,
2-inethoxy-4-methyl-5-bromophenyl, 3,5-dinitro-4-methylphenyl, 3-inethyl-4-
inethoxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-inethylphenyl, 3-inethoxy-4-halophenyl, 3-methoxy-5-
chlorophenyl, 4-n-butoxyphenyl, 4-halophenyl, 4-ethyiphenyl, 4-inethylphenyl,
4-
nitrophenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-acetylaminophenyl, 4-inethoxyphenyl, 4-t-
butylphenyl,
or para-biphenyl.
99
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain embodiments, R21 is selected from -NRZZ-C(O)-, -NR1'-S(O)2-,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(S)-NR1'-CR1'R'1-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRI'R'1-NR1'-, -NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRI'-S(O)2-
,
-NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-, -NR1'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NR1'-CR1'R'I-C(O)-NR1'-, -CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-0-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CR1'R'1-0-, -NRI'-S(O)Z-CRI'R'1-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'R'1- CR1'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-CR1'R1'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'- ; and
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl;
R22 is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R33 is phenyl comprising a solubilizing group substituent, wherein: when R21
is
-NH-S(0)2 said phenyl comprises an additional substituent.
In certain embodiments, R21 is selected from -NR22-C(O)-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(S)-NR1'-CR1'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'i-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(=NRi')-NRl'-,
-C(O)-NRI'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CR1'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-, -NRt'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRI'-CRI'R'1-C(O)-NR1'-,
-CR1'R'1-C(O)-NR1'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CR1'R'1-CR1'R'1-0-, -NR1'-S(O)2-CR1'R'1-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'R'1- CRl'R'1-, -NR1'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-CR1'R1'-, or
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-,
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl; and
R22 is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straigllt or branched alkyl.
In certain embodiments, R33 is optionally substituted on up to three carbon
atoms with a substituent independently selected from -O-CH3, -CH3, -N(CH3)2,
o
1
-S(CH3), or CN; or substituted on adjacent carbon atoms with or % bridging
said adjacent carbon atoms.
In a further einbodiment, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds
of Structural Foiinula (XVII):
100
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
0
R24
HN 4 R23 N R2s
(XVII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each of R23 and R24 is independently selected fi=oin H or -CH3, wherein at
least
one of R23 and R24 is H; and
R29 is phenyl substituted with:
a) two -0-CH3 groups;
b) three -0-CH3 groups located at the 2,3 and 4 positions; or
c) one N(CH3)2 group; and;
d) when R23 is CH3, one -0-CH3 group at the 2 or 3 position,
wherein R29 is optionally additioiially substituted with a solubilizing group.
In certain ernbodiments, R29 is phenyl substituted with:
a) three -0-CH3 groups located at the 2,3 and 4 positions; or
b) one -N(CH3)2 group.
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Foxmula (XVIII):
R31
d
R21
/S N
\R19
/ /~.i- iN
-
R20 (XVIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein
R19 is selected from:
14-11
~ Z1 ~
z10 ~ Z14
I I ! 0 Z14
/
Z13 ~/ z11 Z13 ~~z11 Z1 Q~-
Z16 ~
~ /~ .
Z12 Z12 Z15 or Z15
wherein:
each Zio, Z21, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRl'; and
each Z14, Zls and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CR,',
101
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
wherein:
zero to two of Z10, Zl l, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group; and
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRi'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'RI'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CR1'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NR1'-C(0)-CRl'Rl'-CR1'Ri'-0-,
-NRi'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRI'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRi'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N~O N'~
p~ ~N\ N
Rl' ~-NRj' ~ oriNRI' ; wherein each Rl' is independently selected
from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the proviso
that when R19
Z10
Z13~ Z11
is Z12 , Zl , Z11, Z12 and Z13 are each CH, R20 is H, and R21 is
-NHC(O)-, R31 is not an optionally substituted phenyl.
In certain einbodiinents, R19 is selected from:
102
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
"uvvlIf
/
n Z14
Z13~ ~ Z11 Z16 ~ /
Z1 ~ , or Z15 , wherein:
each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRl'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
5 CRaO, or CRl',
wherein:
zero to two of Zlo, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', 0 or S;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
10 zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group; and
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
each R2 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NR1'-S(0)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-,
-NRl'-CR1'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'RI'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(O)?-CRl'Rl'- CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NRj'-C(0)-CRl'R'1-CR1'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N~O N
N~ -N N
R1' O NR1' or-NR1'
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-C3
straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl.
103
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain such embodiments, compounds of Structural Formula (XVIII) have
the formula:
R31
R21
\ /N
R20 ITNJ
(XIX),
or a salt thereof, wherein
R20 is selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)-, or -NH-C(O)-CH2-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl.
Typically, R19 in compounds of Sti-uctural Forinula (XVIII) is selected from
phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl or furyl, particularly optionally substituted phenyl.
H2
CN
O
Typically, R20 is selected from H, -CH2-N(CH3)2,
H2
2 H2 C
C\
~/C\
N N
N
> > >
t12
2 O~~ N~~=~
C H
N Ni
~NH 0 0
~ = ~
Hi H2 H2
H
2 I I
NH
and
H2
N
N
104
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Typically, R31 is selected from phenyl, pyrazolyl, furyl, pyridyl,
pyrimidinyl,
thienyl, naphthyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzofuryl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, or
benzothienyl
and wherein R31 is optionally substituted.
Typically, R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)- or -NH-C(O)-CH2-.
In certain such embodiments, when R21 is -NRI'-C(O)-, R31 is not 4-
N O
cyanophenyl or N and/or when R'I is -NR,'-S(O)2-, R31 is not 4-
methoxyphenyl or 4-t-butylphenyl.
~ z14
In certain such einbodiments, when R19 is z16~z15 or
Z14
z16-- Z15 and R21 is -NR,'-C(O)-, R31 is not 4-cyanophenyl or
Z14 1
N, \ O ~ ~14
O\
16\Z16 and R21
N and/or when RI9 is Z15 or )411
is -NRl'-S(O)2-, R31 is not 4-methoxyphenyl or 4-t-butylphenyl.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating coinpounds of
Structural Formula (XX):
R31
~
S N R21
\' R19
R20a/--- /~rXl )I
or a salt thereof, wherein
R19 is selected from:
105
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
/ Z10
Z14
Y
Z13 Z11 O
~ Z16~
Z12 or Z15 , wherein:
each Z10, ZI 1, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CR1'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRI',
wherein:
zero to two of Z10, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one ofZ14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRI', 0 or S;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NR1';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group; and
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
each R20 is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R''0a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
R21 is selected from -NRI'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'RI'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NRI'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S (O)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRi'-S (O)2-,
-NRl'-CRl'RI'-C(O)-NRI'-, -CRl'Rj'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRi'=CR1'-CRI'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CR1'Rl'-0-, -NR1'-C(O)-CR1'RI'-CR1'R1'-0-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CRI'R,'-, -NR1'-S(O)2-CR1'RI'- CRi'Ri'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-;
-NRI'-C(O)-CRr'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRI'-C(S)-NRI'-CR1'R'1-CRl'R'I-, -NRI'-C(O)-0-,
0
N-N N/~'r0 N,
N'\ ~
R1' O --NR,'N -N~N\ .
or , wherein
each RI' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-
C3 straiglit or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein when R19 is
106
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
i Z10
Z13*1-1 Z11
Z12 and Zln, Zll, Z12 and Z13 are each CH, R20a is a solubilizing
group.
Typically, R19 in compounds of Structural Formula (XX) is selected from
phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl or furyl, particularly optionally substituted phenyl.
H2
N
~pa i
Typically, R' s selected from H, -CH2-N(CH3)2, O
H2
C /C N
N cN
~ V
N
H2
H2 O
C H
N
NH
O 0
, = ~
H2 HW
G c
~-~. ~
~...
.~ twl
H2
and
Hz
N
O N
Typically, R31 is selected from phenyl, pyrazolyl, furyl, pyridyl,
pyrimidinyl,
thienyl, naphthyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzofuryl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, or
benzothienyl
and wherein R31 is optionally substituted.
Typically, R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)- or -NH-C(O)-CH2-.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Fonnula (XXI):
107
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R21-R32
SN
N// (XXI),
or a salt thereof, wherein
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRI'-S(O)2-, -NR1'-, -CRl'Rl'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CR1'=CR1'-, -NRI'-S(0)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NRI'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rz'-,
-NR1'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Ri'-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-,
-NRi'-S(O)2-CRi'Ri'-, -NRi'-S(O)z-CRi'Ri'- CRi'Ri'-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRi'Ri'-;
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRi'R'1-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRI'R'1-CRl'R'l-, -NRl'-C(O)-0-,
O
N-N N~O N
\N~= ~ ' ~-N -N
Rl' O NRI' , or-NR,' ; wherein
each Rl' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted C1-
C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R32 is an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, or an
optionally substituted bicyclic aryl, wherein:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, R32 is not unsubstituted tllien-2-yl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R32 is not furan-2-yl, 5-bromofuran-2-yl, or 2-phenyl-
4-methylthiazol-5-yl;
when R21 is -NH-S(0)2-, R32 is not unsubstituted naphthyl or 5-chlorothien-2-
yl.
In certain embodiments, R32 is selected from pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl,
furyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or thienyl, and R32 is optionally substituted and
is optionally
benzofused.
In certain embodiments, R21 is selected from -NRI'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(S)-NRI'-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRi'RI'-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRi'-, -C(O)-NRI'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-
,
-NR1'-, -CRl'R1'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)2-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(O)-NRI'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRI'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CR1'Rl'-, -NRI'-C(=N-CN)-NR1'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-0-,
108
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRz'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'-
CRl'Rl'-,
-NRI'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-; -NR1'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NR1'-C(S)-NRI'-
O
N-N N"-f-- O N
N ~N
0 \
CRl'R'1-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-0-, Rl' , --NRI , or-NR,' ; wherein
each RI' is independently selected from H or optionally substituted CI-
C3 straight or branched alkyl.; and
R32 is selected from benzofuryl, methylfuryl, benzothienyl, pyridyl,
pyrazinyl,
pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, wherein said methyfuryl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl,
pyrimidinyl or
pyrazolyl is optionally benzofused and wherein R32 is optionally substituted
or further
substituted.
In a further aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXII):
R33
R21
S~--rN \ N
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRI'-S(O)2-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NR1'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R1'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(=NRI')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRI'-, -CR1'RI'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-, -NRt'-C(O)-CRl'=CRj'-CRj'Rj'-,
-NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRj'Rl'-CR1'Rl'-0-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRi'RI'-0-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Ri'-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-CRl'Rl'- CRl'RI'-,
O
N-N N~O N
~N~ \, ~ ~-
Ril 0 -NRI' N~ -NRI' N
or , wherein each R1,is independently selected
from H or optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R33 is an optionally substituted phenyl, wherein:
when R21 is NRl'-C(O)-, RI' is not H;
109
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2 or -NH-C(O)-CH2-O-, R33 is not unsubstituted
phenyl or 4-halophenyl; and
when R21 is -NH-S(O)2-, R33 is not unsubstituted phenyl, 2,4- or 3,4-
dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethyl-5-methoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-
methoxy, 5-bromophenyl-3,4-dioxyethylenephenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-
dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 3- or 4-methylphenyl, 4-alkoxyphenyl, 4-
phenoxyphenyl, 4-halophenyl, 4-biphenyl, or 4-acetylaminophenyl.
Preferably, R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)- or -NH-C(O)-CHZ-.
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXII):
R33
R21
S/N
TNfff
(XXII),
or a salt thereof wherein:
R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)-, or -NH-C(O)-CH2-; and
R33 is phenyl substituted with
e) one -N(CH3)2 group;
f) one CN group at the 3 position;
g) one -S(CH3) group; or
o o
~'' ~' or %' bridging the 3 and 4 positions.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating coinpounds of
Structural Formula (XXIII):
R31
RI'l R21
:R20
Rlv
~\ I
R20a
R1
(XXIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R2 a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
110
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each Rl', Rl" and Rl"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRI'-CRl'R'1-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRt'-S(O)2-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRl'R'I-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'R'1-0-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'R'1-,
-NRl'-S(O)Z-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
wllen R2' is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is not is not 3,5-dinitrophenyl, 4-
F F
F
-~
\/N \ /
butoxyphenyl,
\
~ I I
O I~
N
,or
when R21 is -NH-C(O)- and each of R20, R20a, Rl', Rl" and Rl"' is hydrogen,
0
~\ \
O
N NH
R31 is not ,:~~, unsubstituted phenyl, 2- or 4-nitrophenyl,
2,4-dinitrophenyl, 2- or 4-chlorophenyl, 2-bromophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-
dichlorophenyl, 2-carboxyphenyl, 2-azidophenyl, 2- or 4-aminophenyl, 2-
acetamidophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, or 4-methoxyphenyl;
111
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, RI" is methyl; and each of R20, R20a, RI' and Rl"' is
O N ~
hydrogen, R31 is not 2-methylaminophenyl, or
o I N
when R' 1 is -NH-C(O)-CH2- or NH-C(S)-NH-, and each of R20, R20a, Rl',
Rl" and Rl "' is hydrogen, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-S(O)2-, Rl" is hydrogen or methyl, and each of R20, R2oa
Rl' and Rl"' is hydrogen, R31 is not 4-methylphenyl; and
when R21 is -NH-S(O)2-, R''0a is hydrogen or -CH2-N(CH2CH3)2, and each of
O O \ ~ ~
R20, R1', R1" and R1"' is hydrogen, R31 is not or
0
Y-\
Ho o ,
\ /
/
In cei-tain embodiments, R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)-, or -NH-C(O)-NRl'-.
In certain embodiments, R31 is selected from optionally substituted phenyl,
quinoxalinyl or quinolinyl. For example, R31 is optionally substituted with up
to 3
substituents independently selected from -OCH3, -N(CH3)2, or a solubilizing
group.
Suitable examples of R31 include 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl,
3,5-
dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 3-methoxy-4-((piperazin-l-
yl)methyl)phenyl, 3-inethoxy-4-((morpholino)methyl)phenyl, 3-methoxy-4-
((pyrrolidin-l-yl)methyl)phenyl, unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted
quinoxalinyl, and
unsubstituted quinolinyl.
In a particular aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXIII):
112
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R31
R1 R21
/
izi::iiiiII N R20
R11 R20a I
R1 lll (XXIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R2 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
eacli Rl', Rl" and Rl"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRI'-S(O)2-, -NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRi'R'I-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-NRi'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NR1'-S(O)2-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRi'R'1-C(O)-NR1'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CR1'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRI'-, -NR1'-C(O)-CRI'R'1-0-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NR1'-S(O)2-CR1'R'1-,
-NRl'-S(O)Z-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl,
wherein:
i) at least one R20 is a solubilizing group or at least one Rl"' is an
optionally
substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl or both; or
ii) R20a is a solubilizing group other than CH2-N(CH2CH3)2.
In certain embodiments, R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)-, or -NH-C(O)-NRI'-.
In certain embodiments, R31 is selected from optionally substituted phenyl,
quinoxalinyl or quinolinyl. For exainple, R31 is optionally substituted with
up to 3
substituents independently selected from -OCH3, -N(CH3)2, or a solubilizing
group.
Suitable exainples of R31 include 4-dimethylaininophenyl, 3,4-
diinethoxyphenyl, 3,5-
diinethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 3-inethoxy-4-((piperazin-l-
yl)methyl)phenyl, 3-inethoxy-4-((inoipholino)inethyl)phenyl, 3-methoxy-4-
((pyrrolidin-l-yl)methyl)phenyl, unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted
quinoxalinyl, and
unsubstituted quinolinyl.
113
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In yet another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXIV):
R31
R1 R21
/
~ N R2o
/
R1'
~ N
R20a I
R1 (XXIV),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl', Rl" and Rl"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R21 is selected from -NR23-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NR1'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NR1'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRj'-C(S)-NR1'-CR1'R'1-, -NR1'-C(O)-CR1'Rl'-NR1'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CRi'-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NRj'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NR1
'-,
-NRI'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRI'R1'-, -NR1'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'R'1-0-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRj'Rj'-0-, -NR1'-S(O)2-CRl'R'1-,
-NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-, or -NR,'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the-provisos
that:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, R31 is not 2-methylphenyl, or 3,4-
dimethoxyphenyl;
wlien R2' is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH-, R31 is not 2-chlorophenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-NH-, R31 is not unsubstituted benzimidazolyl;
when R21 is -NH-S(0)2-, and each of R20, R20a, Rl', RI" and Rl"' is hydrogen,
R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, or 4-
acetoamidophenyl;
wlien R21 is -NH-S(O)2-, each of Rt' and RI"' is methyl or hydrogen, and
each of R 20, R20a, and R, " is hydrogen, R31 is not 4-nitrophenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-O-, R1"' is methyl or hydrogen, and each of R20,
R20a, R1', and R1" is hydrogen, R31 is not 2,3-, 2,5-, 2,6-, 3,4- or 3,5-
dimethylphenyl,
114
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
2,4-dichloromethyl, 2,4-dimethyl-6-bromophenyl, 2- or 4-chlorophenyl, 2-(1-
methylpropyl)phenyl, 5-methyl-2-(1-methylethyl)phenyl, 2- or 4-methylphenyl,
2,4-dichloro-6-methylphenyl, nitrophenyl, 2,4-dimethyl-6-nitrophenyl, 2- or
4-methoxyphenyl, 4-acetyl-2-methoxyphenyl, 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 3-
ethylphenyl, 4-bromophenyl, 4-cyclohexyphenyl, 4-(1-methylpropyl)phenyl, 4-(1-
methylethyl)phenyl, 4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)phenyl, or unsubstituted phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, Rl"' is methyl or hydrogen, and each of R20,
R20a, Rl', and Rl" is hydrogen, R31 is not unsubstituted naphthyl, 4-
chlorophenyl, 4-
nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted thienyl
~ o
N/N) CF3 N
or when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CHZ-, Rl' is methyl, and each of R20, R20a, Rl", and
R1"' is hydrogen, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH, RI"' is methyl or hydrogen, and each of
R20, R20a, RI', and Rl" is hydrogen, R31 is not unsubstituted fiiryl,
nitrophenyl-
substituted furyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dicl-Aoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3- or 4-
nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, unsubstituted phenyl, or nitro-substituted
thienyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH(CHZCH3)-, and each of R20, R20a, Rl', Rl", and
Rl "' is hydrogen, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH(CH3)-0-, R1"' is methyl or hydrogen, and each
of R20, R20a, R1', and Rl" is hydrogen, R31 is not 2,4-dichlorophenyl.
In a particular aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXIV):
R31
,
R1 R21
~ N R20
R1' I
R20a
R1 (XXIV),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
115
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group
and at least one of R20 and RZOa is a solubilizing group;
each Rl', Rl" and R1"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R21 is selected from -NR23-C(O)-, -NRI'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'RI'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRI'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S (O)2-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CR1'R'j-C(O)-NR1'-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRI'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-0-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CR1'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'R'1-,
-NRl'-S(O)Z-CRl'RI'-CRl'Ri'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-, wherein R23 is an
optionally
substituted Cl -C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl.
In certain embodiinents, when R''1 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, R31 is not 2-
methylphenyl; or 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl; when R' 1 is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH-, R31 is not
2-
chlorophenyl; and/or when R21 is -NH-C(O)-NH-, R31 is not unsubstituted
benziinidazolyl.
In a further aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXV):
O
R,õ HN Rs2
N R20
el R11
20a R
, (XXV),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group,
wherein at least one of R20 and R20'' is a solubilizing group;
each Rl', Rl" and Rl"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted CI-C3 straight or branched allcyl; and
R32 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
116
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain embodiments, R32 is selected from 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,6-
dimethoxyphenyl, or 2,4-dimethoxyplienyl; wherein R32 is further optionally
substituted with a solubilizing group.
In certain- embodiments, R32 is not unsubstituted thienyl; unsubstituted
phenyl;
2-methylphenyl; 4-fluorophenyl; 4-metlzoxyphenyl; 4-methylphenyl; 3,4-
dioxyethylenephenyl; 3-acetylamino-4-methylphenyl; 3-[(6-amino-l-
oxohexyl)amino]-
4-methylphenyl; 3-amino-4-inethylphenyl; 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl; 3-halo-4-
methoxyphenyl; 3-nitro-4-methylphenyl; or 4-propoxyphenyl.
In one aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXVI):
O
R," HN R33
N R2o
Rl' ~
R20a
R1
(XXVI),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each Rl', Rl" and Rl"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted C1-C3 straight or branclled alkyl; and
R33 is selected from an optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally
substituted bicyclic aryl, with the provisos that:
when each of RI' and Rl"' is hydrogen or methyl and each of R1 ", R20 and
R20a is hydrogen, R33 is not 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyl, unsubstituted
benzofuryl,
unsubstituted benzothiazolyl, chloro- or nitro-substituted benzothienyl,
unsubstituted furyl, phenyl-, bromo- or nitro-substituted furyl, diinethyl-
substituted
isoxazolyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, 5-bromonaphthyl, 4-methylnaphthyl, 1- or 3-
methoxynaphthyl, azo-substituted naphthyl, unsubstituted pyrazinyl, S-methyl-
substituted pyridyl, unsubstituted pyridyl, tllienyl- or phenyl-substituted
quinolinyl,
117
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
chloro-, bromo- or nitro-substituted thienyl, unsubstituted thienyl,
s I-, N
or 02N
In a particular aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXVI):
O
R1" HN R33
~ N R20
R
1' I /
\\ , N
v\
R 20a
R1
(XXVI),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group,
wherein at least one of R20 or R20' is a solubilizing group;
eacli Rl', Rl" and Rj"' is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl; and
R33 is selected from an optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally
substituted bicyclic aryl.
In another aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating compounds of
Structural Formula (XXVII):
/ R, 21~ R31
N yR
R1' R19 />/- N
R2oa
(XXVII), wherein:
each Ra0 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing
group;
each Rl' and R, " is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
118
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
R19 is selected from:
~ Z10
Z10 Z14
I ( Q~- I Z14
Z13 Z11 Z13Z11 Z Z
Z1Z12 1Z15 O~. 16~ Z15
wherein:
each Zlo, ZI1, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRl'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRI', S, 0,
CR20, or CRI', wherein:
zero to two of Z10, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, ZI5 and Z16 is N, NRI', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl; and
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-, -CR1'R1'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRi'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
-NR1'-CRl'Rl'-C(0)-NRi'-, -CRl'Rl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRt'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRI'-C(0)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-0-, -NRl'-S(O)?-CRl'Rl'-,
-NRl'-S(O)Z-CRI'R1'- CRl'R'1-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an
optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl,
provided that when Ral is NH-C(O)- and R19 is
R31 is not unsubstituted pYridY1a 2,6-
dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl or unsubstituted furyl.
119
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In a particular aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating coinpounds
of
Structural Formula (XXVII):
R
I 1 R31
N R21~
R1 l R19
/\ N
R20a (XXVII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing
group;
each Rl' and Rl" is independently selected from H or optionally
substituted Ci-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R19 is selected from:
Z10
Z10 Z14
I I I O Z14
Z13 Z11 Z13 Z11 Z
\ ~ \ 16-- z16-~
Z12 Z12 Z15 or Z15
wherein:
each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRl'; and
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0,
CR20, or CRl', wherein:
zero to two of Zlo, Z11, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NR1', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl' is an optionally substituted CI-C3 straight or branched
alkyl; and
R21 is selected from -NRI'-C(O)-, -NR1'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-C(O)-NR1'-,
-NR1'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRi'-C(S)-NRl'-CRl'R'I-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-NR1'-,
-NRi'-C(=NR1')-NRl'-, -C(O)-NRI'-, -C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-, -CRi'R'I-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRI'=CRI'-, -NRI'-S(0)2-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-,
120
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
-NRI'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-, -CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CRI'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-0-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-CRl'RI'-0-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'R'1-,
-NRl'-S(O)2-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'Rl'-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic
aryl, or an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the
provisos that:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R19 is not pyrazolyl;
when R21 is -NH-, and R19 is thiazolyl, R31 is not optionally substituted
phenyl or optionally substituted pyridyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, and R19 is pyrazolyl, R31 is not
unsubstituted indolyl or unsubstituted phenyl;
Ri C~ CRI'
C
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, and R'9 is Rl' , R31 is
not 2-methylphenyl or 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl;
Rl'C~ CR1'
C
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH=CH-, and R19 is Rl'
R31 is not 2-clllorophenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-NH-, and R19 is pyrazolyl, R31 is not
unsubstituted isoxazolyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, unsubstituted phenyl, 2,6-
difluorophenyl, 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, or 4-chlorophenyl;
R,'C~ CR1'
when R2' is -NH-C(O)-NH-, and R19 is Rl' ~ R31
is not unsubstituted benzimidazolyl;
when R21 is -NH-, and R19 is pyrazolyl, R31 is not unsubstituted pyridyl;
121
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is 1-methylpyrrolyl and R2l is
-NH-C(O)-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted furyl, unsubstituted
pyrrolyl, unsubstituted pyrazolyl, unsubstituted isoquinolinyl, unsubstituted
benzothienyl, chloro-substituted benzothienyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyl or
phenyl singly substituted with a solubilizing group;
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is thienyl and R 2' is -NH-C(O)-,
R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl;
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is methylimidazolyl and R21 is
-NH-C(O)-, R31 is not 1-methyl-4-(1,1-dimethylethyloxycarbonylamino)pyrrol-2-
yl
or phenyl singly substituted with a solubilizing group;
when R21 is -NH- and R19 is pyridyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl, R31 is
not unsubstituted phenyl, 3 -methoxyphenyl or 4-methoxyphenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R19 is thiazolyl or pyrimidinyl, R31 is not
unsubstituted phenyl;
R, 'C~ CR,'
when R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R19 is Rl' , R3i is
not unsubstituted pyridyl, unsubstituted thienyl, unsubstituted phenyl, 2-
methylphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-inethoxyphenyl, 4-metliylphenyl, 3,4-
dioxyethylenephenyl, 3-acetylamino-4-methylphenyl, 3-[(6-amino-1-
oxohexyl)ainino]-4-methylphenyl, 3-amino-4-methylphenyl, 2,6-
dimethoxyphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 3-halo-4-methoxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-
methylphenyl, 4-propoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl or unsubstituted furyl;
122
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
~tinnr
l ~ I R11
RI'C~ C CRJ'
when R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R19 is Ri' , R31 is not 3,5-
F F
F
\NON
dinitrophenyl, 4-butoxyphenyl,
N
C
or In certain embodiments, R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)- or -NH-C(O)-NRl'-,
preferably -NH-C(O)-.
In certain embodiments, R31 is selected from optionally substituted phenyl,
quinoxalinyl or quinolinyl; preferably optionally substituted phenyl. For
example, R31
is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected
from -OCH3,
-N(CH3)2, or a solubilizing group. Suitable examples of R31 include 4-
dimethylaininophenyl; 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl; 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl; 3,4,5-
trimethoxyphenyl; 3-methoxy-4-((piperazin-1-yl)methyl)phenyl; 3-methoxy-4-
((morpholino)methyl)phenyl; 3 -methoxy-4-((pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)phenyl;
unsubstituted phenyl; unsubstituted quinoxalinyl; and unsubstituted
quinolinyl.
Preferred examples of R31 include 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl; 2,6-dimethoxyphenyl; or
2,4-
dimethoxyphenyl; wherein R31 is further optionally substituted with a
solubilizing
group.
In preferred einbodiments, R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R31 is selected from 3-
methoxyphenyl; 3,4-diinethoxyphenyl; 3,4,5-triinethoxyphenyl; or
4-dimethylaminophenyl.
123
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain embodiments, when R2' is -NH-C(O)-, R19 is not
~ / .
or
In certain embodiments, when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R19 is not optionally
substituted pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl or pyrimidinyl; when R21is
-NH-C(O)-CH2- or -NH-C(O)-NH-5 R19 is not pyrazolyl; and/or when R2' is -NH-,
R19
is not optionally substituted pyridyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, tliiadiazolyl, or
oxadiazolyl.
In a more particular aspect, the invention provides sirtuin-modulating
compounds of Structural Formula (XXVII):
N R1ll R31
/ R21
R1, { R19
R20a (XXVII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and RZOa is independently selected from H or a solubilizing
group;
each Rl' and Rl" is independently selected from H or optionally substituted
C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl;
R19 is selected from:
Z14
~1a /i
Z13~ Z11 Z13~ ~ Z11 Z16-~Z15 or
Z12 Z12 ,
10>14
~
Z15 , wherein:
each Z10, ZlI, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or
CRI'; and
124
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
each Z14, Z15 and Z16 is independently selected from N, NRl', S, 0, CR20, or
CRi', wherein:
one to two of Zlo, ZI1, Z12 or Z13 are N;
at least one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is N, NRl', S or 0;
zero to one of Z14, Z15 and Z16 is S or 0;
zero to two of Z14, Z15 and Z16 are N or NRl';
zero to one R2 is a solubilizing group;
zero to one Rl"' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
and
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-CRi'R'1-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'RI'-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(=NR1')-NRI'-, -NRl'-C(0)-CRl'=CR1'-, -NRl'-S(0)2-NRl'-,
-NRI'-C(O)-NRl'-S(0)2-, -NRl'-CR1'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRi'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Ri'-, -NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CR1'R'1-0-,
-NRI'-C(0)-CRl'Rl'-CRi'RI'-0-, -NRl'-S(0)2-CRl'R'1-,
-NRI'-S(O)Z-CRl'Rl'-CRl'Rl'-, or -NRl'-C(O)-CRI'Rl'-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, with the provisos
that:
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R' 9 is not pyrazolyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-CH2-, and R19 is pyrazolyl, R31 is not unsubstituted
indolyl or unsubstituted phenyl;
when R21 is -NH-C(O)-NH-, and R19 is pyrazolyl, R31 is not unsubstituted
isoxazolyl, unsubstituted naphth.yl, unsubstituted phenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl;
2,5-
dimethylphenyl; 3,4-dichlorophenyl; or 4-chlorophenyl;
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is 1-methylpyrrolyl and R21 is
-NH-C(O)-, R31 is not unsubstituted phenyl; unsubstituted furyl; unsubstituted
pyrrolyl; unsubstituted pyrazolyl; unsubstituted isoquinolinyl; unsubstituted
benzothienyl; chloro-substituted benzothienyl; 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyl or
phenyl
singly substituted with a solubilizing group;
when R20a is a solubilizing group, R19 is thienyl and R21 is -NH-C(O)-, R31 is
not unsubstituted phenyl;
when R20' is a solubilizing group, R' 9 is methylimidazolyl and R21 is
-NH-C(O)-, R31 is not 1-methyl-4-(1,1-dimethylethyloxycarbonylamino)pyrrol-2-
yl
or phenyl singly substituted with a solubilizing group; and
125
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
when R2' is -NH-C(O)- and R19 is thiazolyl or pyrimidinyl, R31 is not
unsubstituted phenyl.
In certain embodiments, R21 is selected from -NH-C(O)- or -NH-C(O)-NRl'-,
preferably -NH-C(O)-.
In certain embodiments, R31 is selected from optionally substituted phenyl,
quinoxalinyl or quinolinyl; preferably optionally substituted phenyl. For
example, R31
is optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected
from -OCH3,
-N(CH3)2, or a solubilizing group. Suitable examples of R31 include 4-
dimethylaminophenyl; 3,4-diinethoxyphenyl; 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl; 3,4,5-
trimethoxyphenyl; 3-methoxy-4-((piperazin-1-yl)methyl)phenyl; 3-methoxy-4-
((morpholino)inethyl)phenyl; 3-methoxy-4-((pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)phenyl;
unsubstituted phenyl; unsubstituted quinoxalinyl; and unsubstituted
quinolinyl.
Preferred examples of R31 include 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl; 2,6-dimethoxyphenyl; or
2,4-
diinethoxyphenyl; wherein R31 is further optionally substituted with a
solubilizing
group.
In preferred embodiments, R21 is -NH-C(O)- and R31 is selected from 3-
methoxyphenyl; 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl; 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl; or
4-dimethylaminophenyl.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Structural Formula
(XXVIII):
/ R1 R31
N R21~
R1 I R29
R20a (XXVIII),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
each R20 and R20a is independently selected from H or a solubilizing group;
each R1' and RI" is independently selected from H or optionally substituted
C1-C3 straiglzt or branched alkyl;
R29 is selected from:
126
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
/ z1 \ ~.
I
Z13~ Z11 Z13~ ~ Z11
Z12 or Z12 , wherein:
each Zlo, Z11, Z12 and Z13 is independently selected from N, CR20, or CRl',
wherein one of Zio, Z11, Z12 or Z13 is N; and
zero to one R20 is a solubilizing group;
5 zero to one RI"' is an optionally substituted C1-C3 straight or branched
alkyl;
and
R21 is selected from -NRl'-C(O)-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-, -NRl'-C(O)-NRI'-,
-NRl'-C(S)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(S)-NRI'-CRl'R'i-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRi'Rl'-NRl'-,
-NRj'-C(=NRi')-NRj'-, -NRi'-C(O)-CRj'=CRj'-, -NRi'-S(O)2-NRI'-,
10 -NRl'-C(O)-NRl'-S(O)2-, -NRl'-CRl'R'1-C(O)-NRl'-,
-NRl'-C(O)-CRl'=CR1'-CRl'Rl'-, -NRl'-C(=N-CN)-NRl'-, -NRl'-C(O)-CRl'R'1-0-,
-NR1'-C(O)-CR1'Rl'-CR1'RI'-0-, -NRl'-S(O)Z-CR1'R'1-,
-NRI'-S(O)2-CR1'R1'-CR1'R1'-, or -NR1'-C(O)-CR1'Rl'-; and
R31 is selected from an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aryl, or
an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl.
In certain embodiments, R31 is optionally substituted phenyl, such as 3-
methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, or
4-dimethylaminophenyl.
In certain embodiments, R21 is -NH-C(O)-.
In preferred einbodiments, R21 is NH-C(O)- and R31 is an optionally
substituted phenyl, such as 3-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-
trimethoxyphenyl, or 4-dimethylaminophenyl.
In a further aspect, such as when the sirtuin modulator is a sirtuin
inhibitor, the
invention provides novel sirtuin-modulating coinpounds of Forinula (VI):
Het--, N NH-Ar'
\N~
0 (VI),
or a salt thereof, wherein:
Het is an optionally substituted heterocyclic aryl group; and
Ar' is an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic aryl group.
127
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain embodiments, Het comprises one N heteroatom and 1 to 2 additional
heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0 or S, such as oxazolopyridyl.
In certain embodiments, Ar' is selected from optionally substituted phenyl,
benzothiazolyl, or benzoxazolyl. When Ar' is substituted phenyl, typically it
is
substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, methyl,
0-
methyl, S-methyl or N(CH3)2, morpholino, or 3,4 dioxymethylene.
Compounds of the invention, including novel compounds of the invention, can
also be used in the methods described herein..
The compounds and salts thereof described herein also include their
corresponding hydrates (e.g., hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate,
tetrahydrate) and solvates. Suitable solvents for preparation of solvates and
hydrates
can generally be selected by a skilled artisan.
The compounds and salts thereof can be present in amorphous or crystalline
(including co-crystalline and polymorph) forms.
In the compounds described above, bivalent groups disclosed as possible values
for variables can have either orientation, provided that such orientation
results in a
stable molecule. Preferably, however, the left hand side of a bivalent group
(e.g.,
-NRl'-C(O)-) is attached to a bivalent arylene or heteroarylene group (e.g.,
R19) and the
right hand side of a bivalent group is attached to a monovalent aryl group
(e.g., R31)
Sirtuin-modulating compounds of the invention having hydroxyl substituents,
unless otherwise indicated, also include the related secondary metabolites,
such as
phosphate, sulfate, acyl (e.g., acetyl, fatty acid acyl) and sugar (e.g.,
glucurondate,
glucose) derivatives (e.g., of hydroxyl groups), particularly the sulfate,
acyl and sugar
derivatives. In other words, substituent groups -OH also include -OS03- M+,
where
M+ is a suitable cation (preferably H+, NH4+ or an alkali metal ion such as
Na+ or K+)
and sugars such as
OH
H02C O O~ O O~
~ ~--
\\, ,. ', \'~,. i
HO~~ ~~OH HO~~~ ~~/OH
OH and OH
128
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
These groups are generally cleavable to -OH by hydrolysis or by metabolic
(e.g.,
enzynlatic) cleavage.
In certain embodiments, the compounds of the invention exclude one or more of
the species disclosed in Tables 4-6. In certain such embodiments, the
compounds of the
invention exclude compound 7.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds of the invention advantageously modulate the
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein, particularly the deacetylase
activity of the
sirtuin protein.
Separately or in addition to the above properties, certain sirtuin-modulating
compounds of the invention do not substantially have one or more of the
following
activities: inhibition of PI3-kinase, inhibition of aldoreductase, inhibition
of tyrosine
kinase, transactivation of EGFR tyrosine kinase, coronary dilation, or
spasmolytic
activity, at concentrations of the compound that are effective for modulating
the
deacetylation activity of a sirtuin protein (e.g., such as a SIRT1 and/or a
SIRT3
protein).
An alkyl group is a straight chained, branched or cyclic non-aromatic
hydrocarbon which is completely saturated. Typically, a straight chained or
branched
alkyl group has from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, preferably froin 1 to about
10, and a
cyclic alkyl group has from 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably from 3 to
about S.
Examples of straight chained and branched alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl,
n-
propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, pentyl and
octyl. A C1-
C4 straight chained or branched alkyl group is also referred to as a "lower
alkyl" group.
An alkenyl group is a straight chained, branched or cyclic non-aromatic
hydrocarbon which contains one or more double bonds. Typically, the double
bonds
are not located at the terminus of the alkenyl group, such that the double
bond is not
adjacent to another functional group.
An alkynyl group is a straight chained, branched or cyclic non-aromatic
hydrocarbon which contains one or more triple bonds. Typically, the triple
bonds are
not located at the tenninus of the alkynyl group, such that the triple bond is
not adjacent
to another functional group.
A ring (e.g., 5- to 7-membered ring) or cyclic group includes carbocyclic and
heterocyclic rings. Such rings can be saturated or unsaturated, including
aromatic.
Heterocyclic rings typically contain 1 to 4 heteroatoms, altliough oxygen and
sulfur
atoms cannot be adjacent to each other.
129
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Aromatic (aryl) groups include carbocyclic aromatic groups such as phenyl,
naphthyl, and anthracyl, and heteroaryl groups such as imidazolyl, thienyl,
furyl,
pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyranyl, pyrazolyl, pyrroyl, pyrazinyl, thiazolyl,
oxazolyl, and
tetrazolyl.
Aromatic groups also include fused polycyclic aromatic ring systems in which a
carbocyclic aromatic ring or heteroaryl ring is fused to one or more other
heteroaryl
rings. Examples include benzothienyl, benzofuryl, indolyl, quinolinyl,
benzothiazole,
benzoxazole, benzimidazole, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl and isoindolyl.
Non-aromatic heterocyclic rings are non-aromatic carbocyclic rings which
include one or more heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur in the
ring. The
ring can be five, six, seven or eight-inembered. Examples include
tetrahydrofuryl,
tetrahyrothiophenyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl,
piperidinyl,
and thiazolidinyl, along with the cyclic form of sugars.
A ring fused to a second ring shares at least one common bond.
Suitable substituents on an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, non-aromatic
heterocyclic or aryl group (carbocyclic and heteroaryl) are those which do not
substantially interfere with the ability of the disclosed compounds to have
one or more
of the properties disclosed herein. A substituent substantially interferes
with the
properties of a compound when the magnitude of the property is reduced by more
than
about 50% in a compound with the substituent compared with a compound without
the
substituent. Examples of suitable substituents include -OH, halogen (-Br, -Cl,
-I and -
F), -ORa, -O-CORa, -CORa, -C(O)Ra, -CN, -NO2, -COOH, -COORa, -OCO2Ra, -
C(O)NRaRb, -OC(O)NRaRb, -SO3H, -NH2, -NHRa, -N(RaRb), -COORa, -CHO, -
CONH2, -CONHRa, -CON(RaRb), -NHCORa, -NRCORa, -NHCONH2, -NHCONRaH, -
NHCON(RaR), -NR CONH2, -NR CONRaH, -NR CON(RaRb), -C(=NH)-NH2, -
C(=NH)-NHRa, -C(=NH)-N(RaRb), -C(=NRG)-NH2, -C(=NR )-NHRa, -C(=NR )-
N(RaRb), -NH-C(=NH)-NH2, -NH-C(=NH)-NHRa, -NH-C(=NH)-N(RaRb), -NH-
C(=NR )-NH2, -NH-C(=NR )-NHRa, -NH-C(=NR )-N(RaRb), -NR'H-C(=NH)-NH2, -
NRd-C(=NH)-NHRa, -NRa C(=NH)-N(RaRb), -NRd-C(=NR )-NH2, -NRd-C(=NR )-
NHRa, -NRd-C(=NR -N(RaRb), -NHNH2, -NHNHRa, -NHRaRb, -S02NH2, -SO2NHRa,
-SO2NRaRb, -CH=CHR", -CH=CRaRb, -CR =CR1Rb, CR =CHRa, -CR =CRaRb, -CCRa,
-SH, -SOkRa (k is 0, 1 or 2), -S(O)kORa (lc is 0, 1 or 2) and -NH-C(=NH)-NH2.
Ra-Rd
are each independently an aliphatic, substituted aliphatic, benzyl,
substituted benzyl,
aromatic or substituted aromatic group, preferably an alkyl, benzylic or aryl
group. In
130
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
addition, -NRaRb, taken together, can also foim a substituted or unsubstituted
non-
aromatic heterocyclic group. A non-aromatic heterocyclic group, benzylic group
or
aryl group can also have an aliphatic or substituted aliphatic group as a
substituent. A
substituted aliphatic group can also have a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring, a
substituted
a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring, benzyl, substituted benzyl, aryl or
substituted aryl
group as a substituent. A substituted aliphatic, non-aromatic heterocyclic
group,
substituted aryl, or substituted benzyl group can have more than one
substituent.
Coinbinations of substituents and variables envisioned by this invention are
only those that result in the formation of stable coinpounds. As used herein,
the term
"stable" refers to compounds that possess stability sufficient to allow
manufacture and
that maintain the integrity of the compound for a sufficient period of time to
be useful
for the purposes detailed herein.
A hydrogen-bond donating group is a functional group having a partially
positively-charged hydrogen atom (e.g., -OH, -NH2, -SH) or a group (e.g., an
ester) that
inetabolizes into a group capable of donating a hydrogen bond.
As used herein, a "solubilizing group" is a moiety that has hydrophilic
character
sufficient to improve or increase the water-solubility of the compound in
which it is
included, as compared to an analog compound that does not include the group.
The
hydrophilic character can be achieved by any means, such as by the inclusion
of
functional groups that ionize under the conditions of use to form charged
moieties (e.g.,
carboxylic acids, sulfonic acids, phosphor-ic acids, ainines, etc.); groups
that include
permanent charges (e.g., quaternary ammonium groups); and/or heteroatoms or
heteroatomic groups (e.g., 0, S, N, NH, N-(CH2)y-Ra, N-(CH2)Y C(O)Ra,
N-(CH2)y-C(O)ORa, N-(CH2)y-S(O)2Ra- , N-(CH2)y-S(O)2ORa, N-(CH2)y-C(O)NRaRa,
etc., wherein Ra is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, (C6-
C14)
aryl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C7-C20) arylalkyl and benzyl, wherein Ra is
optionally
substituted; and y is an integer ranging from 0 to 6), optionally substituted
heterocyclic
groups (e.g., -(CH2)õ-Rb, -(CH2)õC(O)-Rb, -(CH2)õO-(CH2)õ-Rb, wherein Rb is
selected from an optionally substituted saturated monocyclic heterocycle, an
optionally
substituted saturated bicyclic fused heterocycle, an optionally substituted
saturated
bicyclic spiro heterocycle, an optionally substituted heteroaryl and an
optionally
substituted partially substituted non-aryl heterocycle; and n is an integer
ranging from 0
to 2). It should be understood that substituents present on Ra or Rb need not
improve or
increase water solubility over their unsubstituted counterparts to be within
the scope of
131
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
this definition. All that is required is that such substituents do not
significantly reverse
the improveinent in water-solubility afforded by the unsubstituted Ra or Rb
moiety.
In one embodiment, the solubilizing group increases the water-solubility of
the
corresponding compound lacking the solubilizing group at least 5-fold,
preferably at
least 10-fold, more preferably at least 20-fold and most preferably at least
50-fold.
In one preferred embodiment, the solubilizing group is a moiety of the
formula:
-(CH2,),,-Rl0o_N(Rio1)(Rloi), wherein:
n is selected from 0, 1 or 2;
Rloo is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, or -O(CHZ)n; and
each Rlo1 is independently selected from:
a. hydrogen;
b. C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl, wherein said alkyl is optionally
substituted
with halo, CN, OH, O-(C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl), N(Ri')(Rl'), or =0;
1-1 Z24
Z25
I
Z26~1 ~28
C. Z27 ~
/ Z20
21
I ~
22~
d. Z Z23
N
R1'~N
e. or
f. both Rlol moieties are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they
are
1-1 Z341~ Z30
Z35 N Z31
I I I N-~
Z36 ~1 ~ Z38 Z32 ~ /
bound to form a ring of the structure Z37 , Z33 , or
N /\
R~/N
or
132
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
g. both Rlol moieties are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they
are
bound to form a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 1 to 3 additional N
atoms, wherein said heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with R1';
wherein:
each Z is independently selected from -0-, -S-, -NRl'-, or -C(R50)(R50)-,
wherein:
at least three of Z20, Z21, Z22, and Z23 are -C(R10)(R5)_;
at least three of Z24, Z25, Z26, Z27, and Z28 are -C(R50)(Rs0)_;
at least four of Z30, Z31, Z32, and Z33 are -C(Rso)(R5o)-; and
at least four of Z34, Z35, Z36, Z37, and Z38 are -C(R50)(R50)-;
eac11 Rl' is independently selected from hydrogen or a C1-C3 straight or
branched alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituent
independently
selected from halo, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, -NH2, -NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2, or =O;
each R50 is independently selected from Rl', halo, CN, OH, O-(C1-C4 straight
or
branched alkyl), N(Rl')(Rl'), =CR1', SRl', =NR1', =NOR1', or =O;
any two suitable non-cyclic R50 are optionally bound to one another directly
or
via a C1 to C2 alkylene, alkenylene or alkanediylidene bridge to produce a
bicyclic
fused or spiro ring; and
1__~ Z24 ~ ~ Z34,
z I25 ~2~ Z20 Z35 N Z3 Z 30
1 ~--1 1 f I N-1
Z26'1 Z28 Z22~ Z36 ~ Z38 Z32~ /
any Z27 , Z23 , Z37 or Z33
ring structure is optionally benzofused or fused to a monocyclic heteroaryl to
produce a
bicyclic ring.
For clarity, the term "C1 to C2 alkylene, alkenylene or alkanediylidene
bridge"
means the multivalent structures -CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -CH=, =CH-, -CH=CH-, or
=CH-CH=. The two R50 moieties that are optionally bound to one another can be
either
on the same carbon atom or different carbon atoms. The former produces a spiro
bicyclic ring, while the latter produces a fused bicyclic ring. It will be
obvious to those
of skill in the art that when two R50 are bound to one another to forin a ring
(whether
directly or through one of the recited bridges), one or more terminal hydrogen
atoms on
each R50 will be lost. Accordingly, a "suitable non-cyclic R50" moiety
available for
foimiing a ring is a non-cyclic R50 that comprises at least one terminal
hydrogen atom.
133
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In another preferred einbodiment, the solubilizing group is a moiety of the
formula: -(CH2)ri O-R1 1, wherein n and R101 are as defined above.
In another preferred embodiment, the solubilizing group is a moiety of the
formula: -(CH2)ri C(O)-R1', wherein n and Rl' are as defined above.
In a more preferred embodiment, a solubilizing group is selected from
N
CN) CN I~~J
N
-(CH2)õ-Rloz, wherein n is 0, 1 or 2; and R102 is selected from 0 S, R~'
N
~N C~
C NJ R' J
N N N,RCN, ~N)_Rj
, N
N R
RI 'R~R~~~ , H Rl H N O
a a a a a a a a a
I N ~ ~ N N N
N N
N N~ 4F C~-F
U \ F F'-F F F
V F S F F F
a a a a a a a a a a
,
Rl' Rl~ N
N N~~ r O\~ N q N
~~~ ~~ CN '' a '
R,, N N NR, Rl NR, Rl
a a a a a a
O~-~ O~A
N N N OY\ Oy\ N N
IN ~ ' , ,~N. , N. , ~N) C N N
NRjRj OH a OH RIRlHO R1 O s R1' Rl'
a a a a a a a
O \ OY\ OY\ O Oy A
O O \
~~ CN) CN) NO ~ O \ N ~~ N N
R N
N ~ ~' <> ~
1R1,~,R,, O~ R1,' N.Rl' HO'N.Rll F F
a a a a a a a a
O~~ O O O~A
I ~ ~ N N QN
N
N CS N) <~ 4F F F F F F F F
a a a a a a
134
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
O ~ p,py ~,.
Rl p A N I
N~~ N N
O CN q
a. q
N 0- NR,,Rl.
NR~õ R~ NR~ R~ OH
~ > > > >
O
O ARI N~~
~ N O N N p
~
N o ~ J R, '~ J
H
~~N 0 NO ~ N
RlOH 0 OH 0 OH RJ* Rll Ri,
> > > > > > >
0
O N N ~-/
~ ~ ~ N~ I I I
N'R~' R1 \ R~' R1 \ R~' ~NRl' NNNN Ri ND N~
> > > > > > >
~
p,~A R, p NR1, O
N N
N R HO p
1, pH pR , Ril" N , O ~
~ ) ,~ OR~ ~ or R~ 0 wherein
RI' are as defined above.
In an even more preferred embodiment, a solubilizing group is selected from 2-
dimethylaminoethylcarbamoyl, piperazin-l-ylcarbonyl, piperazinylmethyl,
dimethylaminomethyl, 4-methylpiperazin-l-ylmethyl, 4-aminopiperidin-l-yl-
methyl, 4-
fluoropiperidin-l-yl-methyl, morpholinomethyl, pyrrolidin-l-yhnethyl, 2-oxo-4-
benzylpiperazin-1-yhnethyl, 4-benzylpiperazin-1-ylmethyl, 3-oxopiperazin-1-
ylmethyl,
piperidin-l-yhnethyl, piperazin-l-ylethyl, 2,3 -dioxopropylaminomethyl,
thiazolidin-3 -
ylmethyl, 4-acetylpiperazin-l-yhnethyl, 4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl, inorpholino,
3,3-
difluoroazetidin-l-yhnethyl, 2H-tetrazol-5-yhnethyl, thiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl,
1-
oxothiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl, l ,1-dioxothiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl, 1.H-imidazol-
l-
ylmethyl, 3,5-dimethylpiperazin-lylmethyl, 4-hydroxypiperidin-l-ylmethyl,N-
methyl(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)-aminomethyl, N-methylquinuclidin-3-
ylaininomethyl,
1H-1,2,4-triazol-l-ylmethyl, 1-methylpiperidin-3-yl-oxyinethyl, or 4-
fluoropiperidiii-l-
yl.
To the extent not included within any of the definitions set forth above, the
term
"solubilizing group" also includes moieties disclosed as being attached to the
7-position
135
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
of 1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid
(ciprofloxacin) and its derivatives, as disclosed in PCT publications WO
2005026165,
WO 2005049602, and WO 2005033108, and European Patent publications EP
0343524, EP 0688772, EP 0153163, EP 0159174; as well as "water-solubilizing
groups" described in United States patent publication 2006/0035891. The
disclosure of
each of these patent publications is incorporated herein by reference.
Double bonds indicated in a structure as: ~ are intended to
include both the (E)- and (Z)-configuration. Preferably, double bonds are in
the (E)-
configuration.
A sugar is an aldehyde or ketone derivative of a straight-chain polyhydroxy
alcohol, which contains at least three carbon atoms: A sugar can exist as a
linear
molecule or, preferably, as a cyclic molecule (e.g., in the pyranose or
furanose form).
Preferably, a sugar is a monosaccharide such as glucose or glucuronic acid. In
embodiments of the invention where, for example, prolonged residence of a
compound
derivatized with a sugar is d'esired, the sugar is preferably a non-naturally
occurring
sugar. For example, one or more hydroxyl groups are substituted with another
group,
such as a halogen (e.g., chlorine). The stereochemical configuration at one or
more
carbon atoms can also be altered, as compared to a naturally occurring sugar.
One
exainple of a suitable non-naturally occurring sugar is sucralose.
A fatty acid is a carboxylic acid having a long-chained hydrocarbon moiety.
Typically, a fatty acid has an even number of carbon atoms ranging from 12 to
24,
often from 14 to 20. Fatty acids can be saturated or unsaturated and
substituted or
unsubstituted, but are typically unsubstituted. Fatty acids can be naturally
or non-
naturally occurring. In embodiments of the invention where, for example,
prolonged
residence time of a compound having a fatty acid moiety is desired, the fatty
acid is
preferably non-naturally occurring. The acyl group of a fatty acid consists of
the
hydrocarbon moiety and the carbonyl inoiety of the carboxylic acid
functionality, but
excludes the -OH moiety associated with the carboxylic acid functionality.
Also included in the present invention are salts, particularly
pharinaceutically
acceptable salts, of the sirtuin-modulating coinpounds described herein. The
coinpounds of the present invention that possess a sufficiently acidic, a
sufficiently
basic, or both functional groups, can react with any of a number of inorganic
bases, and
inorganic and organic acids, to form a salt. Alternatively, compounds that are
136
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
inherently charged, such as those with a quaternary nitrogen, can form a salt
witll an
appropriate counterion (e.g., a halide such as bromide, chloride, or fluoride,
particularly
bromide).
Acids commonly employed to form acid addition salts are inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid,
phosphoric acid,
and the like, and organic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid,
methanesulfonic acid,
oxalic acid, p-bromophenyl-sulfonic acid, carbonic acid, succinic acid, citric
acid,
benzoic acid, acetic acid, and the like. Examples of such salts include the
sulfate,
pyrosulfate, bisulfate, sulfite, bisulfite, phosphate, monohydrogenphosphate,
dihydrogenphosphate,lnetaphosphate, pyrophosphate, chloride, bromide, iodide,
acetate, propionate, decanoate, caprylate, acrylate, formate, isobutyrate,
caproate,
heptanoate, propiolate, oxalate, malonate, succinate, suberate, sebacate,
fumarate,
maleate, butyne-1,4-dioate, hexyne-1,6-dioate, benzoate, chlorobenzoate,
methylbenzoate, dinitrobeiizoate, hydroxybenzoate, methoxybenzoate, phthalate,
sulfonate, xylenesulfonate, phenylacetate, phenylpropionate, phenylbutyrate,
citrate,
lactate, gamma-hydroxybutyrate, glycolate, tartrate, methanesulfonate,
propanesulfonate, naphthalene-l-sulfonate, naphthalene-2-sulfonate, mandelate,
and
the like.
Base addition salts include those derived from inorganic bases, such as
ammonium or alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxides, carbonates,
bicarbonates, and
the like. Such bases useful in preparing the salts of this invention thus
include sodium
hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, and
the
like.
According to another embodiment, the present invention provides methods of
producing the above-defined sirtuin-modulating compounds. The compounds may be
syntliesized using conventional techniques. Advantageously, these compounds
are
conveniently synthesized from readily available starting materials.
Thus, one embodiment relates to a method of making a coinpound of the
structure described herein using the following synthesis scheine:
R
NH2 O N
N NHz + HO O NH2 PPA N N ROH N N O
OH 2201C O HATU, HOAT O
93% DIPEA, DMF
rt
137
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
One of skill in the art would recognize that this synthetic scheme, or similar
variants,
usefully allows the incorporation of a variety of R groups into compounds
falling
within the scope of the instant invention, for example, compounds of the
tables below.
As can be appreciated by the skilled artisan, the above synthetic scheme is
not
intended to comprise a comprehensive list of all means by which the compounds
described and claimed in this application may be synthesized. Further methods
will be
evident to those of ordinary skill in the art. Additionally, the various
synthetic steps
described above may be perfonned in an alternate sequence or order to give the
desired
compounds. Synthetic chemistry transformations and methodologies useful in
synthesizing the sirtuin-modulating compounds described herein are known in
the art
and include, for example, those described in R. Larock, Cotnprehensive Organic
Transformations (1989); T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in
Organic Synthesis, 2d. Ed. (1991); L. Fieser and M. Fieser, Fieser and
Fieser's
Reagents for Organic Synthesis (1994); and L. Paquette, ed., Encyclopedia of
Reagents
for Organic Synthesis (1995).
In an exemplary embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound may traverse the
cytoplasmic membrane of a cell. For example, a coinpound may have a cell-
permeability of at least about 20%, 50%, 75%, 80%, 90% or 95%.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds described herein may also have one or more of
the following characteristics: the compound may be essentially non-toxic to a
cell or
subject; the sirtuin-modulating compound may be an organic molecule or a small
molecule of 2000 amu or less, 1000 amu or less; a compound may have a half-
life
under normal atmospheric conditions of at least about 30 days, 60 days, 120
days, 6
months or 1- year; the compound may have a half-life in solution of at least
about 30
days, 60 days, 120 days, 6 months or 1 year; a sirtuin-modulating compound may
be
more stable in solution than resveratrol by at least a factor of about 50%, 2
fold, 5 fold,
10 fold, 30 fold, 50 fold or 100 fold; a sirtuin-modulating coinpound may
promote
deacetylation of the DNA repair factor Ku70; a sirtuin-modulating compound may
promote deacetylation of ReIA/p65; a compound may increase general turnover
rates
and enhance the sensitivity of cells to TNF-induced apoptosis.
In certain embodiments, a sirtuin-inodulating coinpound does not have any
substantial ability to inhibit a histone deacetylase (HDACs) class I, a HDAC
class II,
or HDACs I and II, at concentrations (e.g., in vivo) effective for modulating
the
deacetylase activity of the sirtuin. For instance, in prefer-red einbodiments
the sirtuin-
138
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
modulating compound is a sirtuin-activating compound and is chosen to have an
EC50
for activating sirtuin deacetylase activity that is at least 5 fold less than
the EC50 for
inhibition of an HDAC I and/or HDAC II, and even more preferably at least 10
fold,
100 fold or even 1000 fold less. Methods for assaying HDAC I and/or HDAC II
activity are well known in the art and kits to perform such assays may be
purchased
commercially. See e.g., BioVision, Inc. (Mountain View, CA; world wide web at
biovision.com) and Thomas Scientific (Swedesboro, NJ; world wide web at
toinassci.com).
In certain embodiments, a sirtuin-modulating compound does not have any
substantial ability to modulate sirtuin homologs. In one embodiment, an
activator of a
human sirtuin protein may not have any substantial ability to activate a
sirtuin protein
from lower eukaryotes, particularly yeast or human pathogens, at
concentrations (e.g.,
in vivo) effective for activating the deacetylase activity of huinan sirtuin.
For example,
a sirtuin-activating compound may be chosen to have an EC50 for activating a
human
sirtuin, such as SIRT1 and/or SIRT3, deacetylase activity that is at least 5
fold less
than the EC50 for activating a yeast sirtuin, such as Sir2 (such as Candida,
S.
cerevisiae, etc.), and even more preferably at least 10 fold, 100 fold or even
1000 fold
less. In another embodiment, an iiihibitor of a sirtuin protein from lower
eulcaryotes,
particularly yeast or human pathogens, does not have any substantial ability
to inhibit
a sirtuin protein from humans at concentrations (e.g., in vivo) effective for
inhibiting
the deacetylase activity of a sirtuin protein from a lower eukaryote. For
example, a
sirtuin-inhibiting compound may be chosen to have an IC50 for inhibiting a
human
sirtuin, such as SIRT1 and/or SIRT3, deacetylase activity that is at least 5
fold less
than the IC50 for inhibiting a yeast sirtuin, such as Sir2 (such as Candida,
S. cerevisiae,
etc.), and even more preferably at least 10 fold, 100 fold or even 1000 fold
less.
In certain einbodiments, a sirtuin-modulating compound may have the ability
to modulate one or more sirtuin protein homologs, such as, for exainple, one
or more
of human SIRTI, SIRT2, SIRT3, SIRT4, SIRT5, SIRT6, or SIRT7. In one
embodiment, a sirtuin-inodulating coinpound has the ability to modulate both a
SIRT1
and a SIRT3 protein.
In other embodiments, a SIRT1 modulator does not have any substantial ability
to modulate other sirtuin protein homologs, sucli as, for example, one or more
of
human SIRT2, SIRT3, SIRT4, SIRT5, SIRT6, or SIRT7, at concentrations (e.g., in
vivo) effective for modulating the deacetylase activity of human SIRT1. For
exainple,
139
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
a sirtuin-modulating compound may be chosen to have an ED50 for modulating
human
SIRT1 deacetylase activity that is at least 5 fold less than the ED50 for
modulating one
or more of human SIRT2, SIRT3, SIRT4, SIRT5, SIRT6, or SIRT7, and even more
preferably at least 10 fold, 100 fold or even 1000 fold less. In one
embodiment, a
5, SIRT1 modulator does not have any substantial ability to modulate a SIRT3
protein.
In other embodiments, a SIRT3 modulator does not have any substantial ability
to modulate other sirtuin protein homologs, such as, for example, one or more
of
human SIRT1, SIRT2, SIRT4, SIRT5, SIRT6, or SIRT7, at concentrations (e.g., in
vivo) effective for modulating the deacetylase activity of human SIRT3. For
example,
a sirtuin-modulating compound may be chosen to have an ED50 for modulating
human
SIRT3 deacetylase activity that is at least 5 fold less than the ED50 for
modulating one
or more of human SIRTl, SIRT2, SIRT4, SIRT5, SIRT6, or SIRT7, and even more
preferably at least 10 fold, 100 fold or even 1000 fold less. In one
embodiment, a
SIRT3 modulator does not have any substantial ability to modulate a SIRT1
protein.
In certain embodiments, a sirtuin-modulating compound may have a binding
affinity for a sirtuin protein of about 10"9M, 10"10M, 10-11M, 10-12M or less.
A sirtuin-
modulating compound may reduce (activator) or increase (inhibitor) the
apparent Km
of a sirtuin protein for its substrate or NAD+ (or other cofactor) by a factor
of at least
about 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50 or 100. In certain embodiments, Ern values
are
determined using the mass spectrometry assay described herein. Preferred
activating
compounds reduce the I,,'-m of a sirtuin for its substrate or cofactor to a
greater extent
than caused by resveratrol at a similar concentration or reduce the Kin of a
sirtuin for
its substrate or cofactor similar to that caused by resveratrol at a lower
concentration.
A sirtuin-modulating compound may increase the Vmax of a sirtuin protein by a
factor
of at least about 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50 or 100. A sirtuin-modulating
compound may
have an ED50 for modulating the deacetylase activity of a SIRT1 and/or SIRT3
protein of less than about 1 nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 100
nM, less
than about 1 M, less than about 10 gM, less than about 100 M, or from about
1-10
nM, from about 10-100 nM, from about 0.1-1 M, from about 1-10 gM or from
about
10-100 M. A sirtuin-modulating compound may modulate the deacetylase activity
of
a SIRT1 and/or SIRT3 protein by a factor of at least about 5, 10, 20, 30, 50,
or 100, as
measured in a cellular assay or in a cell based assay. A sirtuin-activating
compound
may cause at least about 10%, 30%, 50%, 80%, 2 fold, 5 fold, 10 fold, 50 fold
or 100
fold greater induction of the deacetylase activity of a sirtuin protein
relative to the
140
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
same concentration of resveratrol. A sirtuin-modulating compound may have an
ED50 for modulating SIRT5 that is at least about 10 fold, 20 fold, 30 fold, 50
fold
greater than that for modulating SIRT1 and/or SIRT3.
3. Exemplary Uses
In certain aspects, the invention provides methods for modulating the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein and methods of use thereof.
In certain embodiments, the invention provides methods for using sirtuin-
modulating compounds wherein the sirtuin-modulating compounds activate a
sirtuin
protein, e.g., increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein.
Sirtuin-modulating
compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be
useful for
a variety of therapeutic applications including, for example, increasing the
lifespan of a
cell, and treating and/or preventing a wide variety of diseases and disorders
including,
for example, diseases or disorders related to aging or stress, diabetes,
obesity,
neurodegenerative diseases, cardiovascular disease, blood clotting disorders,
inflammation, cancer, and/or flushing, etc. The methods coinprise
administering to a
subject in need thereof a pharmaceutically effective amount of a sirtuin-
modulating
compound, e.g., a sirtuin-activating coinpound.
In other embodiments, the invention provides methods for using sirtuin-
modulating compounds wherein the sirtuin-modulating compounds decrease sirtuin
activity, e.g., decrease the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein.
Sirtuin-modulating
compounds that decrease the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be
useful for
a variety of therapeutic application including, for exainple, increasing
cellular
sensitivity to stress (including increasing radiosensitivity and/or
chemosensitivity),
increasing the amount and/or rate of apoptosis, treatment of cancer
(optionally in
combination another chemotherapeutic agent), stimulation of appetite, and/or
stimulation of weight gain, etc. The methods comprise administering to a
subject in
need thereof a pharmaceutically effective amount of a sirtuin-modulating
compound,
e.g., a sirtuin-inhibiting coinpound.
While Applicants do not wish to be bound by theory, it is believed that
activators and inhibitors of the instant invention may interact with a sirtuin
at the saine
location within the sirtuin protein (e.g., active site or site affecting the
Km or Vmax of
the active site). It is believed that this is the reason why certain classes
of sirtuin
activators and inhibitors can have substantial structural similarity.
141
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain embodiments, the sirtuin-modulating compounds described herein
may be taken alone or in combination with other compounds. In one embodiment,
a
mixture of two or more sirtuin-modulating compounds may be administered to a
subject in need thereof. In another embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating coinpound
that
increases the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered
with one or
more of the following compounds: resveratrol, butein, fisetin, piceatannol, or
quercetin.
In an exemplary embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the
level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered in combination with
nicotinic
acid. In another embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that decreases the
level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered with one or more of
the
following compounds: nicotinamide (NAM), suranim; NF023 (a G-protein
antagonist);
NF279 (a purinergic receptor antagonist); Trolox (6-hydroxy-
2,5,7,8,tetramethylchroman-2-carboxylic acid); (-)-epigallocatechin (hydroxy
on sites
3,5,7,3',4', 5'); (-)-epigallocatechin gallate (Hydroxy sites 5,7,3',4',5' and
gallate ester on
3); cyanidin choloride (3,5,7,3',4'-pentahydroxyflavylium chloride);
delphinidin
chloride (3,5,7,3',4',5'-hexahydroxyflavylium chloride); myricetin
(cannabiscetin;
3,5,7,3',4',5'-hexahydroxyflavone); 3,7,3',4',5'-pentahydroxyflavone;
gossypetin
(3,5,7,8,3',4'-hexahydroxyflavone), sirtinol; and splitomicin (see e.g.,
Howitz et al.
(2003) Nature 425:191; Grozinger et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276:38837;
Dedalov et
al. (2001) PNAS 98:15113; and Hirao et al. (2003) J. Biol. Chem. 278:52773).
In yet
another embodiment, one or more sirtuin-modulating coinpounds may be
administered
with one or more therapeutic agents for the treatment or prevention of various
diseases,
including, for example, cancer, diabetes, neurodegenerative diseases,
cardiovascular
disease, blood clotting, inflammation, flushing, obesity, ageing, stress, etc.
In various
embodiments, combination therapies coinprising a sirtuin-inodulating coinpound
may
refer to (1) pharinaceutical compositions that comprise one or more sirtuin-
modulating
compounds in coinbination with one or more tllerapeutic agents (e.g., one or
inore
therapeutic agents described herein); and (2) co-administration of one or
inore sirtuin-
modulating compounds with one or more therapeutic agents wherein the sirtuin-
modulating compound and therapeutic agent have not been formulated in the same
coinpositions (but inay be present within the same kit or package, such as a
blister pack
or other inulti-chamber package; connected, separately sealed containers
(e.g., foil
pouches) that can be separated by the user; or a kit where the sirtuin
inodulating
compound(s) and other therapeutic agent(s) are in separate vessels). When
using
142
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
separate formulations, the sirtuiil-modulating compound may be administered at
the
same, intermittent, staggered, prior to, subsequent to, or coinbinations
thereof, with the
administration of another therapeutic agent.
In certain embodiments, methods for reducing, preventing or treating diseases
or disorders using a sirtuin-modulating compound may also comprise increasing
the
protein level of a sirtuin, such as human SIRT1, SIRT2 and/or SIRT3, or
homologs
thereof. Increasing protein levels can be achieved by introducing into a cell
one or
more copies of a nucleic acid that encodes a sirtuin. For example, the level
of a sirtuin
can be increased in a maznmalian cell by introducing into the mammalian cell a
nucleic
acid encoding the sirtuin, e.g., increasing the level of SIRT1 by introducing
a nucleic
acid encoding the amino acid sequence set forth in GenBank Accession No.
NP_036370 and/or increasing the level of SIRT3 by introducing a nucleic acid
encoding the amino acid sequence set forth in GenBank Accession No. AAH01042.
The nucleic acid may be under the control of a promoter that regulates the
expression
of the SIRT1 and/or SIRT3 nucleic acid. Alternatively, the nucleic acid inay
be
introduced into the cell at a location in the genome that is downstream of a
promoter.
Methods for increasing the level of a protein using these methods are well
known in the
art.
A nucleic acid that is introduced into a cell to increase the protein level of
a
sirtuin may encode a protein that is at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%,
or 99%
identical to the sequence of a sirtuin, e.g., SIRTI (GenBank Accession No.
NP_036370) and/or SIRT3 (GenBank Accession No. AAH01042) protein. For,
example, the nucleic acid encoding the protein may be at least about 80%, 85%,
90%,
95%, 98%, or 99% identical to a nucleic acid encoding a SIRT1 (e.g. GenBank
Accession No. NM012238) and/or SIRT3 (e.g., GenBank Accession No. BC001042)
protein. The nucleic acid may also be a nucleic acid that hybridizes,
preferably under
stringent hybridization conditions, to a nucleic acid encoding a wild-type
sirtuin, e.g.,
SIRT1 (GenBank Accession No. NM 012238) and/or SIRT3 (e.g., GenBanlc Accession
No. BC001042) protein. Stringent hybridization conditions may include
hybridization
and a wash in 0.2 x SSC at 65 C. When using a nucleic acid that encodes a
protein
that is different froin a wild-type sirtuin protein, such as a protein that is
a fragment of a
wild-type sirtuin, the protein is preferably biologically active, e.g., is
capable of
deacetylation. It is only necessary to express in a cell a portion of the
sirtuin that is
biologically active. For example, a protein that differs from wild-type SIRT1
having
143
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
GenBank Accession No. NP 036370, preferably contains the core structure
thereof.
The core structure sometimes refers to amino acids 62-293 of GenBank Accession
No.
NP036370, which are encoded by nucleotides 237 to 932 of GenBank Accession No.
NM 012238, which encompasses the NAD binding as well as the substrate binding
domains. The core doinain of SIRTI may also refer to about amino acids 261 to
447 of
GenBank Accession No. NP036370, which are encoded by nucleotides 834 to 1394
of
GenBank Accession No. NM 012238; to about amino acids 242 to 493 of GenBank
Accession No. NP_036370, which are encoded by nucleotides 777 to 1532 of
GenBanlc
Accession No. NM 012238; or to about amino acids 254 to 495 of GenBank
Accession No. NP_036370, which are encoded by nucleotides 813 to 1538 of
GenBank
Accession No. NM 012238. Whetller a protein retains a biological function,
e.g.,
deacetylation capabilities, can be deterinined according to methods known in
the art.
In certain embodiments, methods for reducing, preventing or treating diseases
or disorders using a sirtuin-modulating compound may also comprise decreasing
the
protein level of a sirtuin, such as human SIRT1, SIRT2 and/or SIRT3, or
homologs
thereof. Decreasing a sirtuin protein level can be achieved according to
methods
kilown in the art. For example, an siRNA, an antisense nucleic acid, or a
ribozyme
targeted to the sirtuin can be expressed in the cell. A dominant negative
sirtuin inutant,
e.g., a mutant that is not capable of deacetylating, may also be used. For
example,
mutant H363Y of SIRT1, described, e.g., in Luo et al. (2001) Cell 107:137 can
be used.
Alternatively, agents that inhibit transcription can be used.
Methods for modulating sirtuin protein levels also include methods for
modulating the transcription of genes encoding sirtuins, methods for
stabilizing/destabilizing the corresponding mRNAs, and other methods known in
the
art.
Aging/Styess
In one einbodiment, the invention provides a inethod extending the lifespan of
a cell, extending the proliferative capacity of a cell, slowing ageing of a
cell,
promoting the survival of a cell, delaying cellular senescence in a cell,
mimicking the
effects of calorie restriction, increasing the resistance of a cell to stress,
or preventing
apoptosis of a cell, by contacting the cell with a sirtuin-modulating
coinpound of the
invention that increases the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein. In an
exemplary
embodiment, the metliods comprise contacting the cell with a sirtuin-
activating
compound.
144
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
The methods described herein may be used to increase the amount of time that
cells, particularly primary cells (i.e., cells obtained from an organism,
e.g., a human),
may be kept alive in a cell culture. Einbryonic stem (ES) cells and
pluripotent cells,
and cells differentiated therefrom, may also be treated with a sirtuin-
modulating
compound that increases the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein to keep
the cells,
or progeny thereof, in culture for longer periods of time. Such cells can also
be used
for transplantation into a subject, e.g., after ex vivo modification.
In one embodiment, cells that are intended to be preserved for long periods of
time may be treated with a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the
level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein. The cells may be in suspension (e.g.,
blood cells,
serum, biological growth media, etc.) or in tissues or organs. For example,
blood
collected from an individual for purposes of transfusion may be treated with a
sirtuin-
modulating coinpound that increases the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein to
preserve the blood cells for longer periods of time. Additionally, blood to be
used for
forensic purposes may also be preserved using a sirtuin-modulating compound
that
increases the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein. Other cells that may
be treated
to extend their lifespan or protect against apoptosis include cells for
consumption, e.g.,
cells from non-human mammals (such as meat) or plant cells (suc11 as
vegetables).
Sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin protein may also be applied during developmental and growth phases in
mammals, plants, insects or microorganisms, in order to, e.g., alter, retard
or accelerate
the developmental and/or growth process.
In another embodiment, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to treat cells useful for
transplantation
or cell therapy, including, for example, solid tissue grafts, organ
transplants, cell
suspensions, stem cells, bone marrow cells, etc. The cells or tissue may be an
autograft, an allograft, a syngraft or a xenograft. The cells or tissue may be
treated
with the sirtuin-modulating compound prior to administration/iinplantation,
concurrently with administration/implantation, and/or post
adininistration/implantation
into a subject. The cells or tissue may be treated prior to reinoval of the
cells from the
donor individual, ex vivo after removal of the cells or tissue from the donor
individual,
or post iinplantation into the recipient. For example, the donor or recipient
individual
may be treated systeinically with a sirtuin-modulating compound or may have a
subset
of cells/tissue treated locally with a sirtuin-modulating compound that
increases the
145
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein. In certain embodiments, the cells
or tissue (or
donor/recipient individuals) may additionally be treated with another
therapeutic agent
useful for prolonging graft survival, such as, for example, an
immunosuppressive
agent, a cytokine, an angiogenic factor, etc.
In yet other embodiments, cells may be treated with a sirtuin-modulating
compound that increases the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein in
vivo, e.g., to
increase their lifespan or prevent apoptosis. For example, skin can be
protected from
aging (e.g., developing wrinkles, loss of elasticity, etc.) by treating skin
or epithelial
cells with a sirtuin-modulating coinpound that increases the level and/or
activity of a
sirtuin protein. In an exemplary embodiment, skin is contacted with a
pharmaceutical
or cosmetic composition comprising a sirtuin-modulating compound that
increases the
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein. Exemplary skin afflictions or skin
conditions
that may be treated in accordance with the methods described herein include
disorders
or diseases associated with or caused by inflammation, sun damage or natural
aging.
For exainple, the compositions find utility in the prevention or treatment of
contact
dermatitis (including irritant contact dermatitis and allergic contact
dermatitis), atopic
dermatitis (also known as allergic eczema), actinic keratosis, keratinization
disorders
(including eczema), epidermolysis bullosa diseases (including penfigus),
exfoliative
dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, erythemas (including erythema inultiforme
and
erythema nodosum), damage caused by the sun or other light sources, discoid
lupus
erytheinatosus, dermatoinyositis, psoriasis, slcin cancer and the effects of
natural
aging. In another embodiment, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the
level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used for the treatment of wounds
and/or
bums to promote healing, including, for example, first-, second- or third-
degree burns
and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical bums. The formulations may be
administered
topically, to the skin or mucosal tissue, as an ointment, lotion, cream,
microeinulsion,
gel, solution or the like, as further described herein, within the context of
a dosing
regimen effective to bring about the desired result.
Topical formulations comprising one or more sirtuin-modulating compounds
that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may also be used
as
preventive, e.g., cheinopreventive, compositions. When used in a
cheinopreventive
method, susceptible skin is treated prior to any visible condition in a
particular
individual.
146
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Sirtuin-modulating compounds may be delivered locally or systemically to a
subject. In one embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound is delivered locally
to a
tissue or organ of a subject by injection, topical formulation, etc.
In another embodiment, a sirluin-modulating compound that increases the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used for treating or preventing a
disease or
condition induced or exacerbated by cellular senescence in a subject; methods
for
decreasing the rate of senescence of a subject, e.g., after onset of
senescence; methods
for extending the lifespan of a subject; methods for treating or preventing a
disease or
condition relating to lifespan; methods for treating or preventing a disease
or condition
relating to the proliferative capacity of cells; and methods for treating or
preventing a
disease or condition resulting from cell damage or death. In certain
embodiments, the
method does not act by decreasing the rate of occurrence of diseases that
shorten the
lifespan of a subject. In certain einbodiments, a method does not act by
reducing the
lethality caused by a disease, such as cancer.
In yet another embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered to a subject in
order to
generally increase the lifespan of its cells and to protect its cells against
stress and/or
against apoptosis. It is believed that treating a subject with a coinpound
described
herein is similar to subjecting the subject to honnesis, i.e., mild stress
that is beneficial
to organisms and may extend their lifespan.
Sirtuin-inodulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin protein may be administered to a subject to prevent aging and aging-
related
consequences or diseases, such as stroke, heart disease, heart failure,
arthritis, high
blood pressure, and Alzheiiner's disease. Other conditions that can be treated
include
ocular disorders, e.g., associated with the aging of the eye, such as
cataracts,
glaucoma, and macular degeneration. Sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase
the
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein can also be administered to
subjects for
treatment of diseases, e.g., chronic diseases, associated with cell death, in
order to
protect the cells from cell death. Exemplary diseases include those associated
with
neural cell death, neuronal dysfunction, or muscular cell death or
dysfunction, such as
Parlcinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, inultiple sclerosis, ainniotropic
lateral
sclerosis, and muscular dystrophy; AIDS; fulminant hepatitis; diseases linked
to
degeneration of the brain, such as Creutzfeld-Jakob disease, retinitis
pigmentosa and
cerebellar degeneration; myelodysplasis such as aplastic anemia; ischemic
diseases
147
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
such as myocardial infarction and stroke; hepatic diseases such as alcoholic
hepatitis,
hepatitis B and hepatitis C; joint-diseases such as osteoarthritis;
atherosclerosis;
alopecia; damage to the skin due to UV light; lichen planus; atrophy of the
skin;
cataract; and graft rejections. Cell death can also be caused by surgery, drug
therapy,
chemical exposure or radiation exposure.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin protein can also be administered to a subject suffering from an acute
disease,
e.g., damage to an organ or tissue, e.g., a subject suffering from stroke or
inyocardial
infarction or a subject suffering from a spinal cord injury. Sirtuin-
modulating
compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may
also be used
to repair an alcoholic's liver.
Cardiovascular Disease
In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating and/or
preventing a cardiovascular disease by administering to a subject in need
thereof a
sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin
protein.
Cardiovascular diseases that can be treated or prevented using the sirtuin-
modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein
include cardiomyopathy or myocarditis; such as idiopathic cardiomyopathy,
metabolic
cardiomyopathy, alcoholic cardiomyopathy, drug-induced cardiomyopathy,
ischemic
cardiomyopathy, and hypertensive cardiomyopathy. Also treatable or preventable
using compounds and methods described herein are atheromatous disorders of the
major blood vessels (macrovascular disease) such as the aorta, the coronary
arteries,
the carotid arteries, the cerebrovascular arteries, the renal arteries, the
iliac arteries, the
femoral arteries, and the popliteal arteries. Other vascular diseases that can
be treated
or prevented include those related to platelet aggregation, the retinal
arterioles, the
glomerular arterioles, the vasa nervorum, cardiac arterioles, and associated
capillary
beds of the eye, the kidney, the heart, and the central and peripheral nervous
systems.
The sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin
protein may also be used for increasing HDL levels in plasma of an individual.
Yet other disorders that may be treated with sirtuin-modulating compounds
that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein include
restenosis, e.g.,
following coronary intervention, and disorders relating to an abnormal level
of high
density and low density cholesterol.
148
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In one embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered as part of a
combination
therapeutic with another cardiovascular agent including, for example, an anti-
arrhythmic agent, an antihypertensive agent, a calcium channel blocker, a
cardioplegic
solution, a cardiotonic agent, a fibrinolytic agent, a sclerosing solution, a
vasoconstrictor agent, a vasodilator agent, a nitric oxide donor, a potassium
channel
bloclcer, a sodium channel blocker, statins, or a naturiuretic agent.
In one embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered as part of a
combination
therapeutic with an anti-arrhythmia agent. Anti-arrhythinia agents are often
organized
into four main groups according to their mechanisin of action: type I, sodium
channel
blockade; type II, beta-adrenergic blockade; type III, repolarization
prolongation; and
type IV, calcium channel blockade. Type I anti-arrhythmic agents include
lidocaine,
moricizine, mexiletine, tocainide, procainamide, encainide, flecanide,
tocainide,
phenytoin, propafenone, quinidine, disopyramide, and flecainide. Type II anti-
arrhythmic agents include propranolol and esmolol. Type III includes agents
that act by
prolonging the duration of the action potential, such as amiodarone, artilide,
bretyliuin,
clofilium, isobutilide, sotalol, azimilide, dofetilide, dronedarone,
ersentilide, ibutilide,
tedisamil, and trecetilide. Type IV anti-arrhythrnic agents include verapamil,
diltaizem,
digitalis, adenosine, nickel chloride, and magnesium ions.
In another embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered as part of a
combination
therapeutic with another cardiovascular agent. Examples of cardiovascular
agents
include vasodilators, for example, hydralazine; angiotensin converting enzyme
inhibitors, for example, captopril; anti-anginal agents, for exainple,
isosorbide nitrate,
glyceryl trinitrate and pentaerythritol tetranitrate; anti-arrhythmic agents,
for exainple,
quinidine, procainaltide and lignocaine; cardioglycosides, for example,
digoxin and
digitoxin; calcium antagonists, for example, verapamil and nifedipine;
diuretics, such
as thiazides and related compounds, for example, bendrofluazide,
chlorothiazide,
chlorothalidone, hydrochlorothiazide and other diuretics, for example,
fursemide and
triainterene, and sedatives, for example, nitrazepain, flurazepam and
diazepain.
Other exemplary cardiovascular agents include, for exainple, a cyclooxygenase
inhibitor such as aspirin or indomethacin, a platelet aggregation inhibitor
such as
clopidogrel, ticlopidene or aspirin, fibrinogen antagonists or a diuretic such
as
149
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, flumethiazide, hydroflumethiazide,
bendroflumethiazide, methylchlorthiazide, trichloromethiazide, polythiazide or
benzthiazide as well as ethacrynic acid tricrynafen, chlorthalidone,
furosemide,
musolimine, buinetanide, triamterene, amiloride and spironolactone and salts
of such
compounds, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors such as captopril,
zofenopril,
fosinopril, enalapril, ceranopril, cilazopril, delapril, pentopril, quinapril,
ramipril,
lisinopril, and salts of such compounds, angiotensin II antagonists such as
losartan,
irbesartan or valsartan, tllrombolytic agents such as tissue plasminogen
activator (tPA),
recombinant tPA, streptokinase, urolcinase, prourokinase, and anisoylated
plasminogen
streptokinase activator complex (APSAC, Eminase, Beecham Laboratories), or
animal
salivary gland plasminogen activators, calcium channel blocking agents such as
verapainil, nifedipine or diltiazein, thromboxane receptor antagonists such as
ifetroban,
prostacyclin mimetics, or phosphodiesterase inhibitors. Such combination
products if
formulated as a fixed dose employ the compounds of this invention within the
dose
range described above and the other pharmaceutically active agent within its
approved
dose range.
Yet other exemplary cardiovascular agents include, for exainple, vasodilators,
e.g., bencyclane, cinnarizine, citicoline, cyclandelate; cyclonicate,
ebumamonine,
phenoxezyl, flunarizine, ibudilast, ifenprodil, lomerizine, naphlole,
nikamate,
nosergoline, nimodipine, papaverine, pentifylline, nofedoline, vincainin,
vinpocetine,
vichizyl, pentoxifylline, prostacyclin derivatives (such as prostaglandin El
and
prostaglandin 12), an endothelin receptor blocking drug (such as bosentan),
diltiazem,
nicorandil, and nitroglycerin. Examples of the cerebral protecting drug
include radical
scavengers (such as edaravone, vitamin E, and vitainin C), glutamate
antagonists,
AMPA antagonists, kainate antagonists, NMDA antagonists, GABA agonists, growth
factors, opioid antagonists, phosphatidylcholine precursors, serotonin
agonists,
Na+/Ca2+ channel inhibitory drugs, and K+ channel opening drugs. Examples of
the
brain metabolic stimulants include ainantadine, tiapride, and gamina-
aminobutyric acid.
Examples of the anticoagulant include heparins (such as heparin sodium,
heparin
potassiuin, dalteparin sodiuin, dalteparin calcium, heparin calcium, pamaparin
sodiuin,
reviparin sodium, and danaparoid sodium), warfarin, enoxaparin, argatroban,
batroxobin, and sodiuin citrate. Examples of the antiplatelet drug include
ticlopidine
hydrochloride, dipyridainole, cilostazol, ethyl icosapentate, sarpogrelate
hydrocliloride,
dilazep hydrochloride, trapidil, a nonsteroidal antiinflainmatory agent (such
as aspirin),
150
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
beraprostsodiuin, iloprost, and indobufene. Examples of the thrombolytic drug
include
urokinase, tissue-type plasminogen activators (such as alteplase, tisokinase,
nateplase,
pamiteplase, monteplase, and rateplase), and nasaruplase. Examples of the
antihypertensive drug include angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors (such
as
captopril, alacepril, lisinopril, imidapril, quinapril, temocapril, delapril,
benazepril,
cilazapril, trandolapril, enalapril, ceronapril, fosinopril, imadapril,
mobertpril,
perindopril, ramipril, spirapril, and randolapril), angiotensin II antagonists
(such as
losartan, candesartan, valsartan, eprosartan, and irbesartan), calcium channel
blocking
drugs (such as aranidipine, efonidipine, nicardipine, bamidipine, benidipine,
manidipine, cilnidipine, nisoldipine, nitrendipine, nifedipine, nilvadipine,
felodipine,
ainlodipine, diltiazem, bepridil, clentiazein, phendilin, galopamil,
mibefradil,
prenylamine, semotiadil, terodiline, verapamil, cilnidipine, elgodipine,
isradipine,
lacidipine, lercanidipine, nimodipine, cinnarizine, flunarizine, lidoflazine,
lomerizine,
bencyclane, etafenone, and perhexiline), P-adrenaline receptor blocking drugs
(propranolol, pindolol, indenolol, carteolol, bunitrolol, atenolol,
acebutolol, metoprolol,
timolol, nipradilol, penbutolol, nadolol, tilisolol, carvedilol, bisoprolol,
betaxolol,
celiprolol, bopindolol, bevantolol, labetalol, alprenolol, amosulalol,
arotinolol,
befunolol, bucumolol, bufetolol, buferalol, buprandolol, butylidine,
butofilolol,
carazolol, cetamolol, cloranolol, dilevalol, epanolol, levobunolol,
mepindolol,
metipranolol, moprolol, nadoxolol, nevibolol, oxprenolol, practol, pronetalol,
sotalol,
sufinalol, talindolol, tertalol, toliprolol, xybenolol, and esmolol), a-
receptor blocking
drugs (such as amosulalol, prazosin, terazosin, doxazosin, bunazosin,
urapidil,
phentolainine, arotinolol, dapiprazole, fenspiride, indoramin, labetalol,
naftopidil,
nicergoline, tamsulosin, tolazoline, trimazosin, and yohiinbine), sympathetic
nerve
inhibitors (such as clonidine, guanfacine, guanabenz, methyldopa, and
reserpine),
hydralazine, todralazine, budralazine, and cadralazine. Examples of the
antianginal
drug include nitrate drugs (such as amyl nitrite, nitroglycerin, and
isosorbide), (3-
adrenaline receptor blocking drugs (such as propranolol, pindolol, indenolol,
carteolol,
bunitrolol, atenolol, acebutolol, metoprolol, tiinolol, nipradilol,
penbutolol, nadolol,
tilisolol, carvedilol, bisoprolol, betaxolol, celiprolol, bopindolol,
bevantolol, labetalol,
alprenolol, amosulalol, arotinolol, befunolol, bucuinolol, bufetolol,
buferalol,
buprandolol, butylidine, butofilolol, carazolol, cetamolol, cloranolol,
dilevalol,
epanolol, levobunolol, mepindolol, metipranolol, moprolol, nadoxolol,
nevibolol,
151
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
oxprenolol, practol, pronetalol, sotalol, sufinalol, talindolol, tertalol,
toliprolol,
andxybenolol), calcium channel blocking drugs (such as aranidipine,
efonidipine,
nicardipine, bamidipine, benidipine, manidipine, cilnidipine, nisoldipine,
nitrendipine,
nifedipine, nilvadipine, felodipine, amlodipine, diltiazem, bepridil,
clentiazem,
phendiline, galopamil, mibefradil, prenylamine, semotiadil, terodiline,
verapamil,
cilnidipine, elgodipine, isradipine, lacidipine, lercanidipine, nimodipine,
cinnarizine,
flunarizine, lidoflazine, lomerizine, bencyclane, etafenone, and perhexiline)
trimetazidine, dipyridainole, etafenone, dilazep, trapidil, nicorandil,
enoxaparin, and
aspirin. Examples of the diuretic include thiazide diuretics (such as
hydrochlorothiazide, methyclothiazide, trichlormethiazide,
benzylhydrochlorothiazide,
and penflutizide), loop diuretics (such as furosemide, etacrynic acid,
bumetanide,
piretanide, azosemide, and torasemide), K+ sparing diuretics (spironolactone,
triamterene, andpotassiumcanrenoate), osmotic diuretics (such as isosorbide, D-
mannitol, and glycerin), nonthiazide diuretics (such as meticrane, tripamide,
chlorthalidone, and mefruside), and acetazolamide. Examples of the cardiotonic
include
digitalis formulations (such as digitoxin, digoxin, methyldigoxin,
deslanoside,
vesnarinone, lanatoside C, and proscillaridin), xanthine fonnulations (such as
aminophylline, choline theophylline, diprophylline, and proxyphylline),
catecholamine
formulations (such as dopamine, dobutamine, and docarpamine), PDE III
inhibitors
(such as amrinone, olprinone, and milrinone), denopamine, ubidecarenone,
pimobendan, levosimendan, aminoethylsulfonic acid, vesnarinone, carperitide,
and
colforsin daropate. Examples of the antiarrhytlunic drug include ajmaline,
pirmenol,
procainamide, cibenzoline, disopyramide, quinidine, aprindine, mexiletine,
lidocaine,
phenyloin, pilsicainide, propafenone, flecainide, atenolol, acebutolol,
sotalol,
propranolol, metoprolol, pindolol, amiodarone, nifelcalant, diltiazem,
bepridil, and
verapamil. Examples of the antihyperlipideinic drug include atorvastatin,
simvastatin,
pravastatin sodium, fluvastatin sodiuin, clinofibrate, clofibrate, simfibrate,
fenofibrate,
bezafibrate, colestimide, and colestyramine. Examples of the immunosuppressant
include azathioprine, mizoribine, cyclosporine, tacrolimus, gusperimus, and
methotrexate.
Cell Deatlz/Cancer
Sirtuin-inodulating coinpounds that increase the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin protein may be administered to subjects who have recently received or
are
likely to receive a dose of radiation or toxin. In one embodiment, the dose of
radiation
152
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
or toxin is received as part of a work-related or medical procedure, e.g.,
working in a
nuclear power plant, flying an airplane, aii X-ray, CAT scan, or the
administration of a
radioactive dye for medical imaging; in such an embodiment, the compound is
administered as a prophylactic measure. In another embodiment, the radiation
or toxin
exposure is received unintentionally, e.g., as a result of an industrial
accident,
habitation in a location of natural radiation, terrorist act, or act of war
involving
radioactive or toxic material. In such a case, the compound is preferably
administered
as soon as possible after the exposure to iiihibit apoptosis and the
subsequent
development of acute radiation syndrome.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds may also be used for treating and/or preventing
cancer. In certain embodiments, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the
level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used for treating and/or
preventing cancer.
Calorie restriction has been linked to a reduction in the incidence of age-
related
disorders including cancer (see e.g., Bordone and Guarente, Nat. Rev. Mol.
Cell Biol.
(2005 epub); Guarente and Picard, Cell 120: 473-82 (2005); Berrigan, et al.,
Carcinogenesis 23: 817-822 (2002); and Heilbronn and Ravussin, Am. J. Clin.
Nutr.
78: 361-369 (2003)). Additionally, the Sir2 protein from yeast has been shown
to be
required for lifespan extension by glucose restriction (see e.g., Lin et al.,
Science 289:
2126-2128 (2000); Anderson et al., Nature 423: 181-185 (2003)), a yeast model
for
calorie restriction. Accordingly, an increase in the level and/or activity of
a sirtuin
protein may be usefiil for treating and/or preventing the incidence of age-
related
disorders, such as, for exainple, cancer. In other embodiments, sirtuin-
modulating
coinpounds that decrease the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be
used for
treating or preventing cancer. For example, inhibitory compounds may be used
to
stimulate acetylation of substrates such as p53 and thereby increase
apoptosis, as well
as to reduce the lifespan of cells and organisms, render them more sensitive
to stress,
and/or increase the radiosensitivity and/or chemosensitivity of a cell or
organism.
Thus, inhibitory compounds may be used, e.g., for treating cancer. Exemplary
cancers
that may be treated using a sirtuin-modulating compound are those of the brain
and
kidney; honnone-dependent cancers including breast, prostate, testicular, and
ovarian
cancers; lymphomas, and leukemias. In cancers associated with solid tuinors, a
modulating compound may be adininistered directly into the tumor. Cancer of
blood
cells, e.g., leulcenlia, can be treated by administering a inodulating
coinpound into the
blood stream or into the bone marrow. Benign cell growth can also be treated,
e.g.,
153
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
warts. Other diseases that can be treated include autoimmune diseases, e.g.,
systemic
lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, and arthritis, in which autoimmune cells
should be
removed. Viral infections sucli as herpes, HIV, adenovirus, and HTLV-1
associated
malignant and benign disorders can also be treated by administration of
sirtuin-
modulating compound. Alternatively, cells can be obtained fiom a subject,
treated ex
vivo to remove certain undesirable cells, e.g., cancer cells, and administered
back to
the same or a different subject.
Chemotherapeutic agents that may be coadministered with modulating
compounds described herein as having anti-cancer activity (e.g., coinpounds
that
induce apoptosis, coinpounds that reduce lifespan or compounds that render
cells
sensitive to stress) include: aminoglutethiinide, amsacrine, anastrozole,
asparaginase,
bcg, bicalutamide, bleomycin, buserelin, busulfan, campothecin, capecitabine,
carboplatin, carmustine, cl-ilorambucil, cisplatin, cladribine, clodronate,
colchicine,
cyclophosphamide, cyproterone, cytarabine, dacarbazine, dactinomycin,
daunorubicin,
dienestrol, diethylstilbestrol, docetaxel, doxorubicin, epirubicin, estradiol,
estramustine,
etoposide, exemestane, filgrastim, fludarabine, fludrocortisone, fluorouracil,
fluoxymesterone, flutamide, gemcitabine, genistein, goserelin, hydroxyurea,
idarubicin,
ifosfamide, imatinib, interferon, irinotecan, ironotecan, letrozole,
leucovorin,
leuprolide, levamisole, lomustine, mechlorethamine, medroxyprogesterone,
megestrol,
melphalan, mercaptopurine, mesna, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitotane,
mitoxantrone,
nilutamide, nocodazole, octreotide, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, pamidronate,
pentostatin,
plicamycin, porfimer, procarbazine, raltitrexed, rituximab, streptozocin,
suramin,
tamoxifen, temozolomide, teniposide, testosterone, thioguanine, thiotepa,
titanocene
dichloride, topotecan, trastuzuinab, tretinoin, vinblastine, vincristine,
vindesine, and
vinorelbine.
These chemotherapeutic agents may be categorized by their mechanism of
action into, for example, following groups: anti-metabolites/anti-cancer
agents, such as
pyrimidine analogs (5-fluorouracil, floxuridine, capecitabine, geincitabine
and
cytarabine) and purine analogs, folate antagonists and related inlzibitors
(mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin and 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine
(cladribine));
antiproliferative/antimitotic agents including natural products such as vinca
alkaloids
(vinblastine, vincristine, and vinorelbine), microtubule disruptors such as
taxane
(paclitaxel, docetaxel), vincristin, vinblastin, nocodazole, epothilones and
navelbine,
epidipodophyllotoxins (teniposide), DNA damaging agents (actinomycin,
amsacrine,
154
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
anthracyclines, bleomycin, busulfan, camptothecin, carboplatin, chlorambucil,
cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, cytoxan, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, docetaxel,
doxorubicin, epirubicin, hexamethylmelamineoxaliplatin, iphosphamide,
melphalan,
merchlorethamine, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, nitrosourea, paclitaxel,
plicamycin,
procarbazine, teniposide, triethylenethiophosphoramide and etoposide (VP 16));
antibiotics such as dactinomycin (actinoinycin D), daunorubicin, doxorubicin
(adriamycin), idarubicin, anthracyclines, mitoxantrone, bleomycins, plicamycin
(mithramycin) and mitomycin; enzymes (L-asparaginase which systemically
metabolizes L-asparagine and deprives cells which do not have the capacity to
synthesize their own asparagine); antiplatelet agents;
antiproliferative/antimitotic
alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards (mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide
and
analogs, melphalan, chlorambucil), ethylenimines and methylmelainines
(hexamethylmelamine and thiotepa), alkyl sulfonates-busulfan, nitrosoureas
(carmustine (BCNU) and analogs, streptozocin), trazenes - dacarbazinine
(DTIC);
antiproliferative/antimitotic antimetabolites such as folic acid analogs
(methotrexate);
platinum coordination complexes (cisplatin, carboplatin), procarbazine,
hydroxyurea,
mitotane, aminoglutethimide; hormones, hormone analogs (estrogen, tamoxifen,
goserelin, bicalutamide, nilutainide) and aromatase inhibitors (letrozole,
anastrozole);
anticoagulants (heparin, synthetic heparin salts and other inhibitors of
thrombin);
fibrinolytic agents (such as tissue plasminogen activator, streptokinase and
urokinase),
aspirin, COX-2 inhibitors, dipyridamole, ticlopidine, clopidogrel, abciximab;
antimigratory agents; antisecretory agents (breveldin); immunosuppressives
(cyclosporine, tacrolimus (FK-506), sirolimus (rapamycin), azathioprine,
mycophenolate mofetil); anti-angiogenic compounds (TNP-470, genistein) and
growth
factor inhibitors (vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) inhibitors,
fibroblast
growth factor (FGF) inhibitors, epidermal growth factor (EGF) inhibitors);
angiotensin
receptor blocker; nitric oxide donors; anti-sense oligonucleotides; antibodies
(trastuzumab); cell cycle inhibitors and differentiation inducers (tretinoin);
mTOR
inhibitors, topoisomerase inhibitors (doxorubicin (adriamycin), amsacrine,
cainptothecin, daunorubicin, dactinomycin, eniposide, epirubicin, etoposide,
idarubicin,
irinotecan (CPT-11) and mitoxantrone, topotecan, irinotecan), corticosteroids
(cortisone, dexainethasone, hydrocortisone, metliylpednisolone, prednisone,
and
prenisolone); growth factor signal transduction kinase inhibitors;
mitochondrial
dysfunction inducers and caspase activators; chromatin disruptors.
155
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
These chemotherapeutic agents may be used by themselves with a sirtuin-
modulating compound described herein as inducing cell death or reducing
lifespan or
increasing sensitivity to stress and/or in combination with other
chemotherapeutics
agents. Many combinatorial therapies have been developed, including but not
limited
to those listed in Table 1.
Table 1: Exemplary combinatorial therapies for the treatment of cancer.
Name Therapeutic agents
ABV Doxorubicin, Bleomycin, Vinblastine
ABVD Doxorubicin, Bleomycin, Vinblastine, Dacarbazine
AC (Breast) Doxorubicin, Cyclophosphamide
AC (Sarcoma) Doxorubicin, Cisplatin
AC (Neuroblastoma) Cyclo hospllamide, Doxorubicin
ACE Cyclophosphamide, Doxorubicin, Etoposide
ACe Cyclophosphamide, Doxorubicin
AD Doxorubicin, Dacarbazine
AP Doxorubicin, Cisplatin
ARAC-DNR Cytarabine, Daunorubicin
B-CAVe Bleomycin, Lomustine, Doxorubicin, Vinblastine
BCVPP Carmustine, Cyclophosphamide, Vinblastine, Procarbazine,
Prednisone
BEACOPP Bleomycin, Etoposide, Doxorubicin, Cyclophosphamide,
Vincristine, Procarbazine, Prednisone, Filgrastim
BEP Bleomycin, Etoposide, Cisplatin
BIP Bleomycin, Cisplatin, Ifosfamide, Mesna
BOMP Bleomycin, Vincristine, Cisplatin, Mitomycin
CA Cytarabine, Asparaginase
CABO Cisplatin, Methotrexate, Bleomycin, Vincristine
CAF Cyclophosphamide, Doxorubicin, Fluorouracil
CAL-G Cyclophosphamide, Daunorubicin, Vincristine, Prednisone,
Asparaginase
CAMP Cyclophosphainide, Doxorubicin, Methotrexate,
Procarbazine
CAP Cyclophosphamide, Doxorubicin, Cisplatin
CaT Carboplatin, Paclitaxel
CAV Cyclo hos hamide, Doxorubicin, Vincristine
CAVE ADD CAV and Etoposide
CA-VP16 Cyclophosphamide, Doxorubicin, Etoposide
CC Cyclo hos hamide, Carboplatin
CDDPlVP-16 Cis latin, Etoposide
CEF Cyclo hos hamide, Epirubicin, Fluorouracil
CEPP(B) Cyclophospharnide, Etoposide, Prednisone, with or without/
Bleomycin
CEV Cyclo hos hamide, Eto oside, Vincristine
CF Cisplatin, Fluorouracil or Carboplatin Fluorouracil
156
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Name Thera eutic agents
CHAP Cyclophosphamide or Cyclophosphamide, Altretamine,
Doxorubicin, Cisplatin
Ch1VPP Chlorambucil, Vinblastine, Procarbazine, Prednisone
CHOP Cyclophosphamide, Doxorubicin, Vincristine, Prednisone
CHOP-BLEO Add Bleomycin to CHOP
CISCA Cyclo hos hamide, Doxorubicin, Cis latin
CLD-BOMP Bleomycin, Cisplatin, Vincristine, Mitomycin
CMF Methotrexate, Fluorouracil, Cyclophosphamide
CMFP Cyclophosphamide, Methotrexate, Fluorouracil, Prednisone
CMFVP Cyclophosphamide, Methotrexate, Fluorouracil, Vincristine,
Prednisone
CMV Cisplatin, Methotrexate, Vinblastine
CNF Cyclo hos hamide, Mitoxantrone, Fluorouracil
CNOP C clophos hamide, Mitoxantrone, Vincristine, Prednisone
COB Cisplatin, Vincristine, Bleoinycin
CODE Cisplatin, Vincristine, Doxorubicin, Etoposide
COMLA Cyclophosphamide, Vincristine, Methotrexate, Leucovorin,
Cytarabine
COMP Cyclo hos hamide, Vineristine, Methotrexate, Prednisone
Cooper Regimen Cyclophosphamide, Methotrexate, Fluorouracil, Vincristine,
Prednisone
COP Cyclo hosphamide, Vincristine, Prednisone
COPE Cyclophosphamide, Vincristine, Cisplatin, Etoposide
COPP Cyclophosphamide, Vincristine, Procarbazine, Prednisone
CP(Chronic lymphocytic Chlorambucil, Prednisone
leukemia)
CP (Ovarian Cancer) Cyclophosphamide, Cisplatin
CT Cisplatin, Paclitaxel
CVD Cisplatin, Vinblastine, Dacarbazine
CVl Carboplatin, Etoposide, Ifosfamide, Mesna
CVP Cyclophosphamide, Vincristine, Prednisome
CVPP Lomustine, Procarbazine, Prednisone
CYVADIC Cyclophos hamide, Vincristine, Doxorubicin, Dacarbazine
DA Daunorubicin, Cytarabine
DAT Daunorubicin, Cytarabine, Thioguanine
DAV Daunor-ubicin, Cytarabine, Etoposide
DCT Daunorubiciii, Cytarabine, Thioguanine
DHAP Cisplatin, Cytarabine, Dexamethasone
DI Doxoru.bicin, Ifosfamide
DTIC/Tainoxifen Dacarbazine, Tainoxifen
DVP Daunorubicin, Vincristine, Prednisone
EAP Etoposide, Doxorubicin, Cisplatin
EC Etoposide, Carboplatin
EFP Etoposie, Fluorouracil, Cisplatin
ELF Etoposide, Leucovorin, Fluorouracil
EMA 86 Mitoxantrone, Etoposide, Cytarabine
EP Eto oside, Cisplatin
157
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Name Therapeutic agents
EVA Etoposide, Vinbiastine
FAC Fluorouracil, Doxorubicin, Cyclo hos hamide
FAM Fluorouracil, Doxorubicin, Mitomycin
FAMTX Methotrexate, Leucovorin, Doxorubicin
FAP Fluorouracil, Doxorubicin, Cisplatin
F-CL Fluorouracil, Leucovorin
FEC Fluorouracil, Cyclo hos hamide, Epirubicin
FED Fluorouracil, Eto oside, Cisplatin
FL Flutamide, Leuprolide
FZ Flutamide, Goserelin acetate implant
HDMTX Methotrexate, Leucovorin
Hexa-CAF Altretamine, Cyclophos hamide, Methotrexate, Fluorouracil
ICE-T Ifosfamide, Carboplatin, Etoposide, Pactitaxel, Mesna
IDMTX/6-MP Methotrexate, Merca topurine, Leucovorin
IE Ifosfamide, Etoposie, Mesna
IfoVP Ifosfalnide, Etoposide, Mesna
IPA Ifosfamide, Cisplatin, Doxorubicin
M-2 Vincristine, Carmustine, Cyclophosphamide, Prednisone,
Melphalan
MAC-III Methotrexate, Leucovorin, Dactinomycin,
Cyclophosphamide
MACC Methotrexate, Doxorubicin, Cyclophosphamide, Lomustine
MACOP-B Methotrexate, Leucovorin, Doxorubicin, Cyclophosphamide,
Vincristine, Bleomycin, Prednisone
MAID Mesna, Doxorubicin, Ifosfamide, Dacarbazine
m-BACOD Bleomycin, Doxorubicin, Cyclophosphamide, Vincristine,
Dexamethasone, Methotrexate, Leucovorin
MBC Methotrexate, Bleomycin, Cisplatin
MC Mitoxantrone, Cytarabine
MF Methotrexate, Fluorouracil, Leucovorin
MICE Ifosfamide, Carboplatin, Etoposide, Mesna
MINE Mesna, Ifosfamide, Mitoxantrone, Etoposide
mini-BEAM Cazmustine, Etoposide, C arabine, Mel halan
MOBP Bleomycin, Vincristine, Cisplatin, Mitomycin
MOP Mechlorethamine, Vincristine, Procarbazine
MOPP Mechlorethamine, Vincristine, Procarbazine, Prednisone
MOPP/ABV Mechiorethainine, Vincristine, Procarbazine, Prednisone,
Doxorubicin, Bleomycin, Vinblastine
MP (multiple myeloma) Mel lialan, Prednisone
MP (prostate cancer) Mitoxantrone, Prednisone
MTX16-MO Methotrexate, Merca to urine
MTX/6-MP/VP Methotrexate, Merca to urine, Vincristine, Prednisone
MTX-CDDPAdr Methotrexate, Leucovorin, Cis latin, Doxorubicin
MV (breast cancer) Mitomycin, Vinblastine
MV (acute myelocytic Mitoxantrone, Etoposide
leulcernia)
M-VAC Methotrexate Vinblastine, Doxorubicin, Cisplatin
158
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Name Therapeutic agents
MVP Mitomycin Vinblastine, Cisplatin
MVPP Mechlorethamine, Vinblastine, Procarbazine, Prednisone
NFL Mitoxantrone, Fluorouracil, Leucovorin
NOVP Mitoxantrone, Vinblastine, Vincristine
OPA Vincristine, Prednisone, Doxorubicin
OPPA Add Procarbazine to OPA.
PAC Cis latin, Doxorubicin
PAC-I Cisplatin, Doxorubicin, Cyclo hos hamide
PA-CI Cisplatin, Doxorubicin
PC Paclitaxel, Carbo latin or Paclitaxel, Cisplatin
PCV Lomustine, Procarbazine, Vincristine
PE Paclitaxel, Estramustine
PFL Cis latin, Fluorouracil, Leucovorin
POC Prednisone, Vincristine, Lomustine
ProMACE Prednisone, Methotrexate, Leucovorin, Doxorubicin,
Cyclophosphamide, Eto oside
ProMACE/cytaBOM Prednisone, Doxorubicin, Cyclophosphamide, Etoposide,
Cytarabine, Bleoinycin, Vincristine, Methotrexate,
Leucovorin, Cotrimoxazole
PRoMACE/MOPP Prednisone, Doxorubicin, Cyclophosphamide, Etoposide,
Mechlorethamine, Vincristine, Procarbazine, Methotrexate,
Leucovorin
Pt/VM Cisplatin, Teniposide
PVA Prednisone, Vincristine, As ara inase
PVB Cisplatin, Vin.blastine, Bleomycin
PVDA Prednisone, Vincristine, Daunorubicin, Asparaginase
SMF Stre tozocin, Mitoinycin, Fluorouracil
TAD Mechlorethamine, Doxorubicin, Vinblastine, Vincristine,
Bleomycin, Etoposide, Prednisone
TCF Paclitaxel, Cisplatin, Fluorouracil
TIP Paclitaxel, Ifosfainide, Mesna, Cisplatin
TTT Methotrexate, Cytarabine, Hydrocortisone
Topo/CTX Cyclophosphamide, Topotecan, Mesna
VAB-6 Cyclophosphamide, Dactinomycin, Vinblastine, Cisplatin,
Bleomycin
VAC Vincristine, Dactinomycin, Cyclophosphamide
VACAdr Vincristine, Cyclophosphainide, Doxorubicin, Dactinomycin,
Vincristine
VAD Vincristine, Doxorubicin, Dexamethasone
VATH Vinblastine, Doxorubicin, Thiotepa, Flouxyinesterone
VBAP Vincristine, Cai-mustine, Doxorubicin, Prednisone
VBCMP Vincristine, Carmustine, Melphalan, Cyclopllosphainide,
Prednisone
VC Vinorelbine, Cisplatin
VCAP Vincristine, Cyclo hos hainide, Doxorubicin, Prednisone
VD Vinorelbine, Doxorubicin
VelP Vinblastine, Cisplatin, Ifosfamide, Mesna
VIP Etoposide, Cisplatin, Ifosfainide, Mesna
159
WO 2007/019417 CA 02618370 2008-01-31
PCTIUS2006/030661
Name Therapeutic agents
VM Mitomycin, Vinblastine
VMCP Vincristine, Mel halan, Cyclo hos hamide, Prednisone
VP Etoposide, Cisplatin
V-TAD Eto oside, Thioguanine, Daunorubicin, Cytarabine
+ 2 Cytarabine, Daunorubicin, Mitoxaiitrone
7+ 3 Cytarabine with/, Daunorubicin or Idarubicin or
Mitoxantrone
"8 in 1" Methylprednisolone, Vincristine, Lomustine, Procarbazine,
Hydroxyurea, Cisplatin, Cytarabine, Dacarbazine
In addition to conventional chemotherapeutics, the sirtuin-modulating
compounds described herein as capable of inducing cell death or reducing
lifespan can
also be used with antisense RNA, RNAi or other polynucleotides to inhibit the
5 expression of the cellular conmponents that contribute to unwanted cellular
proliferation
that are targets of conventional chemotherapy. Such targets are, merely to
illustrate,
growth factors, growth factor receptors, cell cycle regulatory proteins,
transcription
factors, or signal transduction kinases.
Combination therapies comprising sirtuin-modulating compounds and a
conventional chemotlierapeutic agent lnay be advantageous over combination
therapies known in the art because the combination allows the conventional
cheinotherapeutic agent to exert greater effect at lower dosage. In a
preferred
einbodiment, the effective dose (ED50) for a chernotherapeutic agent, or
combination
of conventional chemotherapeutic agents, when used in combination with a
sirtuin-
modulating compound is at least 2 fold less than the EDSo for the
chemotherapeutic
agent alone, and even more preferably at 5 fold, 10 fold or even 25 fold less.
Conversely, the therapeutic index (TI) for such chemotherapeutic agent or
combination of such chemotherapeutic agent when used in combination with a
sirEuin-
modulating compound described herein can be at least 2 fold greater than the
TI for
conventional chernotherapeutic regimen alone, and even more preferably at 5
fold, 10
fold or even 25 fold greater.
Neuroxaal DiseaseslDisorders
In certain aspects, sirtuin-modulating coinpounds that increase the level
and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein can be used to treat patients suffering froin
neurodegenerative diseases, and traumatic or mechanical injury to the central
nervous
systein (CNS), spinal cord or peripheral nervous system (PNS).
Neurodegenerative
disease typically involves reductions in the mass and volume of the huinan
brain, which
160
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
may be due to the atrophy and/or death of brain cells, which are far more
profound than
those in a healthy person that are attributable to aging. Neurodegenerative
diseases can
evolve gradually, after a long period of normal brain function, due to
progressive
degeneration (e.g., nerve cell dysfunction and death) of specific brain
regions.
Alternatively, neurodegenerative diseases can have a quick onset, such as
those
associated with trauma or toxins. The actual onset of brain degeneration may
precede
clinical expression by many years. Examples of neurodegenerative diseases
include,
but are not limited to, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease (PD),
Huntington's disease (HD), ainyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS; Lou Gehrig's
disease),
diffuse Lewy body disease, chorea-acanthocytosis, primary lateral sclerosis,
ocular
diseases (ocular neuritis), chemotherapy-induced neuropathies (e.g., from
vincristine,
paclitaxel, bortezomib), diabetes-induced neuropathies and Friedreich's
ataxia. Sirtuin-
modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein can be
used to treat these disorders and others as described below.
AD is a chronic, incurable, and unstoppable CNS disorder that occurs
gradually,
resulting in memory loss, unusual behavior, personality changes, and a decline
in
thinking abilities. These losses are related to the death of specific types of
brain cells
and the breakdown of connections and their supporting network (e.g. glial
cells)
between them. AD has been described as childhood development in reverse. In
most
people with AD, symptoms appear after the age 60. The earliest syinptoms
include loss
of recent memory, faulty judgment, and changes in personality. Later in the
disease,
those with AD may forget how to do simple tasks like washing their hands.
Eventually
people with AD lose all reasoning abilities and become dependent on other
people for
their everyday care. Finally, the disease becomes so debilitating that
patients are
bedridden and typically develop coexisting illnesses.
PD is a chronic, incurable, and unstoppable CNS disorder that occurs gradually
and results in uncontrolled body movements, rigidity, tremor, and dyskinesia.
These
motor systein probleins are related to the death of brain cells in an area of
the brain that
produces dopamine, a chemical that helps control muscle activity. In most
people with
PD, symptoms appear after age 50. The initial symptoms of PD are a pronounced
tremor affecting the extremities, notably in the hands or lips. Subsequent
characteristic
symptoms of PD are stiffness or slowness of lnoveinent, a shuffling walk,
stooped
posture, and impaired balance. There are wide ranging secondary syinptoms such
as
memory loss, dementia, depression, emotional changes, swallowing difficulties,
161
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
abnormal speech, sexual dysfunction, and bladder and bowel problems. These
symptoms will begin to interfere with routine activities, such as holding a
fork or
reading a newspaper. Finally, people with PD become so profoundly disabled
that they
are bedridden.
ALS (motor neuron disease) is a chronic, incurable, and unstoppable CNS
disorder that attacks the motor neurons, components of the CNS that connect
the brain
to the skeletal muscles. In ALS, the motor neurons deteriorate and eventually
die, and
though a person's brain normally remains fully functioning and alert, the
command to
move never reaches the niuscles. Most people who get ALS are between 40 and 70
years old. The first motor neurons that weaken are those controlling the arms
or legs.
Those with ALS may have trouble walking, they may drop things, fall, slur
their
speech, and laugh or cry uncontrollably. Eventually the muscles in the limbs
begin to
atrophy from disuse. This muscle weakness will become debilitating aiid a
person will
need a wheel chair or become unable to function out of bed.
The causes of these neurological diseases have remained largely unknown.
They are conventionally defined as distinct diseases, yet clearly show
extraordinary
similarities in basic processes and conunonly demonstrate overlapping symptoms
far
greater than would be expected by chance alone. Current disease definitions
fail to
properly deal witll the issue of overlap and a new classification of the
neurodegenerative disorders has been called for.
HD is another neurodegenerative disease resulting from genetically
programmed degeneration of neurons in certain areas of the brain. This
degeneration
causes uncontrolled movements, loss of intellectual faculties, and emotional
disturbance. HD is a familial disease, passed from parent to child through a
dominant
mutation in the wild-type gene. Some early symptoms of HD are mood swings,
depression, irritability or trouble driving, learning new things, remembering
a fact, or
making a decision. As the disease progresses, concentration on intellectual
tasks
becomes increasingly difficult and the patient may have difficulty feeding
himself or
herself and swallowing.
Tay-Sachs disease and Sandhoff disease are glycolipid storage diseases caused
by the lack of lysosomal (3-hexosaminidase (Gravel et al., in The Metabolic
Basis of
Inherited Disease, eds. Scriver et al., McGraw-Hill, New York, pp. 2839-2879,
1995).
In both disorders, GM2 ganglioside and related glycolipidssubstrates for ~-
162
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
hexosaminidase accumulate in the nervous system and trigger acute
neurodegeneration.
In the most severe forms, the onset of symptoms begins in early infancy. A
precipitous
neurodegenerative course then ensues, with affected infants exhibiting motor
dysfunction, seizure, visual loss, and deafness. Death usually occurs by 2-5
years of
age. Neuronal loss through an apoptotic mechanism has been demonstrated (Huang
et
al., Hum. Mol. Genet. 6: 1879-1885, 1997).
It is well-known that apoptosis plays a role in AIDS pathogenesis in the
immune system. However, HIV-1 also induces neurological disease. Shi et al.
(J. Clin.
Invest. 98: 1979-1990, 1996) examined apoptosis induced by HIV-1 infection of
the
CNS in an in vitro model and in brain tissue from AIDS patients, and found
that HIV-1
infection of primary brain cultures induced apoptosis in neurons and
astrocytes in vitro.
Apoptosis of neurons and astrocytes was also detected in brain tissue from
10/11 AIDS
patients, including 5/5 patients with HIV-1 deinentia and 4/5 nondemented
patients.
There are four main peripheral neuropathies associated with HIV, namely
sensory neuropathy, AIDP/CIPD, drug-induced neuropathy and CMV-related.
The most common type of neuropathy associated with AIDS is distal
symmetrical polyneuropathy (DSPN). This syndrome is a result of nerve
degeneration
and is characterized by numbness and a sensation of pins and needles. DSPN
causes
few serious abnormalities and mostly results in numbness or tingling of the
feet and
slowed reflexes at the ankles. It generally occurs with more severe
iminunosuppression
and is steadily progressive. Treatment witli tricyclic antidepressants
relieves symptoms
but does not affect the underlying nerve damage.
A less frequent, but more severe type of neuropathy is known as acute or
chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP/CIDP). In AIDP/CIDP
there is dainage to the fatty membrane covering the nerve impulses. This kind
of
neuropathy involves inflammation and resembles the muscle deterioration often
identified with long-terin use of AZT. It can be the first manifestation of
HIV infection,
where the patient may not coinplain of pain, but fails to respond to standard
reflex tests.
This kind of neuropathy may be associated with seroconversion, in which case
it can
sometimes resolve spontaneously. It can serve as a sign of HIV infection and
indicate
that it might be time to consider antiviral therapy. AIDP/CIDP may be auto-
immune in
origin.
Drug-induced, or toxic, neuropathies can be very painful. Antiviral drugs
commonly cause peripheral neuropathy, as do other drugs e.g. vincristine,
dilantin (an
163
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417
PCT/US2006/030661
anti-seizure medication), high-dose vitamins, isoniazid, and folic acid
antagonists.
Peripheral neuropathy is often used in clinical trials for antivirals as a
dose-limiting
side effect, which means that more drugs should not be administered.
Additionally, the
use of such drugs can exacerbate otherwise minor neuropathies. Usually, these
drug-
induced neuropathies are reversible with the discontinuation of the drug.
CMV causes several neurological syndromes in AIDS, including encephalitis,
myelitis, and polyradiculopathy.
Neuronal loss is also a salient feature of prion diseases, such as Creutzfeldt-
Jakob disease in human, BSE in cattle (mad cow disease), Scrapie Disease in
sheep and
goats, and feline spongiform encephalopathy (FSE) in cats. Sirtuin-modulating
compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be
useful for
treating or preventing neuronal loss due to these prior diseases.
In another embodiment, a sirtuin-modulatuig compound tlhat increases the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to treat or prevent any
disease or
disorder involving axonopathy. Distal axonopathy is a type of peripheral
neuropathy
that results from some metabolic or toxic derangement of peripheral nervous
systein
(PNS) neurons. It is the most common response of nerves to metabolic or toxic
disturbances, and as such may be caused by metabolic diseases such as
diabetes, renal
failure, deficiency syndromes such as malnutrition and alcoholism, or the
effects of
toxins or drugs. The most common cause of distal axonopathy is diabetes, and
the most
common distal axonopathy is diabetic neuropathy. The most distal portions of
axons
are usually the first to degenerate, and axonal atrophy advances slowly
towards the
nerve's cell body. If the noxious stimulus is removed, regeneration is
possible, though
prognosis decreases depending on the duration and severity of the stimulus.
Those with
distal axonopathies usually present with symmetrical glove-stocking sensori-
motor
disturbances. Deep tendon reflexes and autonomic nervous system (ANS)
functions are
also lost or diminished in affected areas.
Diabetic neuropathies are neuropathic disorders that are associated with
diabetes inellitus. These conditions usually result from diabetic
inicrovascular injury
involving small blood vessels that supply nerves (vasa nervorum). Relatively
common
conditions which may be associated with diabetic neuropatlly include third
nerve palsy;
inononeuropathy; mononeuritis multiplex; diabetic amyotrophy; a painful
polyneuropathy; autonomic neuropathy; and thoracoabdominal neuropathy.
Clinical
manifestations of diabetic neuropathy include, for example, sensorimotor
164
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
polyneuropathy such as numbness, sensory loss, dysesthesia and nighttime pain;
autonomic neuropathy such as delayed gastric emptying or gastroparesis; and
cranial
neuropathy such as oculomotor (3rd) neuropathies or Mononeuropathies of the
thoracic
or lumbar spinal nerves.
Peripheral neuropathy is the medical term for damage to nerves of the
peripheral nervous system, which maybe caused eitller by diseases of the nerve
or from
the side-effects of systemic illness. Peripheral neuropathies vary in their
presentation
and origin, and may affect the nerve or the neuromuscular junction. Major
causes of
peripheral neuropathy include seizures, nutritional deficiencies, and HIV,
thougli
diabetes is the most likely cause. Mechanical pressure from staying in one
position for
too long, a tuinor, intraneural hemorrhage, exposing the body to extreme
conditions
such as radiation, cold temperatures, or toxic substances can also cause
peripheral
neuropathy.
In an exemplary embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to treat or prevent
multiple
sclerosis (MS), including relapsing MS and monosymptomatic MS, and other
demyelinating conditions, such as, for exainple, chromic inflammatory
demyelinating
polyneuropathy (CIDP), or symptoms associated therewith.
MS is a chronic, often disabling disease of the central nervous system.
Various
and converging lines of evidence point to the possibility that the disease is
caused by a
disturbance in the immune function, although the cause of this disturbance has
not been
established. This disturbance permits cells of the immune system to "attack"
myelin,
the fat containing insulating sheath that surrounds the nerve axons located in
the central
nervous systeln ("CNS"). When myelin is damaged, electrical pulses cannot
travel
quickly or normally along nerve fiber pathways in the brain and spinal cord.
This
results in disruption of norinal electrical conductivity within the axons,
fatigue and
disturbances of vision, strength, coordination, balance, sensation, and
bladder and
bowel function.
As such, MS is now a common and well-known neurological disorder that is
characterized by episodic patches of inflammation and demyelination whiclz can
occur
anywhere in the CNS. However, almost always without any involvement of the
peripheral nerves associated therewith. Demyelination produces a situation
analogous
to that resulting from cracks or tears in an insulator surrounding an
electrical cord. That
is, when the insulating sheath is disrupted, the circuit is "short circuited"
and the
165
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
electrical apparatus associated therewith will function intermittently or nor
at all. Such
loss of myelin surrounding nerve fibers results in short circuits in nerves
traversing the
brain and the spinal cord that thereby result in symptoms of MS. It is further
found that
such demyelination occurs in patches, as opposed to along the entire CNS. In
addition,
such demyelination may be intermittent. Therefore, such plaques are
disseminated in
both time and space.
It is believed that the pathogenesis involves a local disruption of the blood
brain
barrier which causes a localized immune and inflammatory response, with
consequent
damage to myelin and hence to neurons.
Clinically, MS exists in both sexes and can occur at any age. However, its
most
common presentation is in the relatively young adult, often with a single
focal lesion
such as a damage of the optic nerve, an area of anesthesia (loss of
sensation), or
paraesthesia (localize loss of feeling), or muscular weakness. In addition,
vertigo,
double vision, localized pain, incontinence, and pain in the arms and legs may
occur
upon flexing of the neck, as well as a large variety of less common symptoms.
An initial attack of MS is often transient, and it may be weeks, montlls, or
years
before a further attack occurs. Some individuals may enjoy a stable,
relatively event
free condition for a great number of years, while other less fortunate ones
may
experience a continual downhill course ending in coinplete paralysis. There
is, most
commonly, a series of remission and relapses, in which each relapse leaves a
patient
somewhat worse than before. Relapses may be triggered by stressful events,
viral
infections or toxins. Therein, elevated body temperature, i.e., a fever, will
make the
condition worse, or as a reduction of temperature by, for example, a cold
bath, may
make the condition better.
In yet another embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to treat trauina to the
nerves,
including, trauma due to disease, injury (including surgical intervention), or
environmental trauma (e.g., neurotoxins, alcoholism, etc.).
Sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin
protein may also be useful to prevent, treat, and alleviate syinptoms of
various PNS
disorders, such as the ones described below. The PNS is coinposed of the
nerves that
lead to or branch off from the spinal cord and CNS. The peripheral nerves
handle a
diverse array of functions in the body, including sensory, motor, and
autonomic
functions. When an individual has a peripheral neuropathy, nerves of the PNS
have
166
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417
PCT/US2006/030661
been damaged. Nerve damage can arise from a number of causes, such as disease,
physical injury, poisoning, or malnutrition. These agents may affect either
afferent or
efferent nerves. Depending on the cause of damage, the nerve cell axon, its
protective
myelin sheath, or both may be injured or destroyed.
The term "peripheral neuropathy" encompasses a wide range of disorders in
which the nerves outside of the brain and spinal cord-peripheral nerves-have
been
damaged. Peripheral neuropathy may also be referred to as peripheral neuritis,
or if
many nerves are involved, the tenns polyneuropathy or polyneuritis may be
used.
Peripheral neuropathy is a widespread disorder, and there are many underlying
causes. Some of these causes are common, such as diabetes, and others are
extremely
rare, such as acrylainide poisoning and certain inherited disorders. The most
common
worldwide cause of peripheral neuropathy is leprosy. Leprosy is caused by the
bacterium Mycobacterium leprae, which attacks the peripheral nerves of
affected
people.
Leprosy is extremely rare in the United States, where diabetes is the most
commonly known cause of peripheral neuropathy. It has been estimated that more
than
17 million people in the United States and Europe have diabetes-related
polyneuropathy. Many neuropathies are idiopathic; no known cause can be found.
The
most common of the inherited peripheral neuropathies in the United States is
Charcot-
Marie-Tooth disease, which affects approximately 125,000 persons.
Another of the better known peripheral neuropathies is Guillain-Barre
syndrome, which arises from complications associated with viral illnesses,
such as
cytomegalovirus, Epstein-Barr virus, and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV),
or
bacterial infection, including Campylobacter jejuni and Lyine disease. The
worldwide
incidence rate is approximately 1.7 cases per 100,000 people annually. Other
well-
known causes of peripheral neuropathies include chronic alcoholism, infection
of the
varicella-zoster virus, botulism, and polioinyelitis. Peripheral neuropathy
may develop
as a primary symptom, or it may be due to another disease. For example,
peripheral
neuropathy is only one symptom of diseases such as amyloid neuropatliy,
certain
cancers, or inherited neurologic disorders. Such diseases may affect the PNS
and the
CNS, as well as other body tissues.
Otlzer PNS diseases treatable with sirtuin-inodulating coinpounds that
increase
the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein include: Brachial Plexus
Neuropathies
(diseases of the cervical and first thoracic roots, nerve trunlcs, cords, and
peripheral
167
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
nerve components of the brachial plexus. Clinical manifestations include
regional pain,
paresthesia; muscle weakness, and decreased sensation in the upper extremity.
These
disorders may be associated with trauma, including birth injuries; thoracic
outlet
syndrome; neoplasms, neuritis, radiotherapy; and other conditions. See Adams
et al.,
Principles of Neurology, 6th ed, pp1351-2); Diabetic Neuropathies (peripheral,
autonomic, and cranial nerve disorders that are associated with diabetes
mellitus).
These conditions usually result from diabetic microvascular injury involving
small
blood vessels that supply nerves (vasa nervorum). Relatively common conditions
which may be associated with diabetic neuropathy include third nerve palsy;
mononeuropathy; mononeuritis multiplex; diabetic ainyotrophy; a painful
polyneuropathy; autonomic neuropathy; and thoracoabdominal neuropathy (see
Adams
et al., Principles of Neurology, 6th ed, p1325); mononeuropathies (disease or
trauma
involving a single peripheral nerve in isolation, or out of proportion to
evidence of
diffuse peripheral nerve dysfunction). Mononeuritis multiplex refers to a
condition
characterized by multiple isolated nerve injuries. Mononeuropathies may result
from a
wide variety of causes, including ischeinia; traumatic injury; compression;
connective
tissue diseases; cuinulative trauma disorders; and other conditions; Neuralgia
(intense
or aching pain that occurs along the course or distribution of a peripheral or
cranial
nerve); Peripheral Nervous System Neoplasms (neoplasms which arise from
peripheral
nerve tissue). This includes neurofibromas; Schwannomas; granular cell tumors;
and
malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors (see DeVita Jr et al., Cancer:
Principles and
Practice of Oncology, 5th ed, pp1750-1); and Nerve Compression Syndromes
(mechanical compression of nerves or nerve roots from internal or external
causes).
These may result in a conduction block to nerve impulses, due to, for example,
myelin
sheath dysfunction, or axonal loss. The nerve and nerve sheath injuries may be
caused
by ischemia; inflammation; or a direct mechanical effect; Neuritis (a general
term
indicating inflammation of a peripheral or cranial nerve). Clinical
manifestation may
include pain; paresthesias; paresis; or hyperesthesia; Polyneuropathies
(diseases of
multiple peripheral nerves). The various forms are categorized by the type of
nerve
affected (e.g., sensory, motor, or autonomic), by the distribution of nerve
injury (e.g.,
distal vs. proximal), by nerve component primarily affected (e.g.,
deinyelinating vs.
axonal), by etiology, or by pattenl of inheritance.
In another embodiment, a sirtuin activating compound may be used to treat or
prevent chemotherapeutic induced neuropathy. The sirtuin modulating compounds
168
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
may be administered prior to administration of the chemotherapeutic agent,
concurrently with administration of the chemotherapeutic drug, and/or after
initiation of
administration of the chemotherapeutic drug. If the sirtuin activating
compound is
administered after the initiation of administration of the chemotherapeutic
drug, it is
desirable that the sirtuin activating compound be administered prior to, or at
the first
signs, of cheinotherapeutic induced neuropathy.
Chemotherapy drugs can damage any part of the nervous system.
Encephalopathy and myelopathy are fortunately very rare. Damage to peripheral
nerves
is much more cominon and can be a side effect of treatment experienced by
people with
cancers, such as lymphoma. Most of the neuropathy affects sensory rather than
motor
nerves. Thus, the common symptoms are tingling, numbness or a loss of balance.
The
longest nerves in the body seem to be most sensitive hence the fact that most
patients
will report numbness or pins and needles in their hands and feet.
The chemotherapy drugs which are most commonly associated with neuropathy,
are the Vinca alkaloids (anti-cancer drugs originally derived from a member of
the
periwinkle - the Vinca plant genus) and a platinum- containing drug called
Cisplatin.
The Vinca alkaloids include the drugs vinblastine, vincristine and vindesine.
Many
combination chemotherapy treatments for lymphoma for example CHOP and CVP
contain vincristine, which is the drug known to cause this problem most
frequently.
Indeed, it is the risk of neuropathy that limits the dose of vincristine that
can be
administered.
Studies that have been performed have shown that most patients will lose some
reflexes in their legs as a result of treatment with vincristine and many will
experience
some degree of tingling (paresthesia) in their fingers and toes. The
neuropathy does not
usually manifest itself right at the start of the treatment but generally
comes on over a
period of a few weeks. It is not essential to stop the drug at the first onset
of symptoms,
but if the neuropathy progresses this may be necessary. It is very important
that patients
should report such symptoms to their doctors, as the nerve damage is largely
reversible
if the drug is discontinued. Most doctors will often reduce the dose of
vincristine or
switch to another forin of Vinca alkaloid such as vinblastine or vindesine if
the
syinptoins are mild. Occasionally, the nerves supplying the bowel are affected
causing
abdominal pain and constipation.
In another einbodiment, a sirtuin activating compound may be used to treat or
prevent a polyglutamine disease. Huntington's Disease (HD) and Spinocerebellar
169
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
ataxia type 1(SCA1) are just two examples of a class of genetic diseases
caused by
dynamic mutations involving the expansion of triplet sequence repeats. In
reference to
this common mechanism, these disorders are called trinucleotide repeat
diseases. At
least 14 such diseases are known to affect human beings. Nine of thein,
including
SCA1 and Huntington's disease, have CAG as the repeated sequence (see Table 2
below). Since CAG codes for an amino acid called glutamine, these nine
trinucleotide
repeat disorders are collectively known as polyglutainine diseases.
Although the genes involved in different polyglutamine diseases have little in
coinmon, the disorders they cause follow a strikingly similar course. Each
disease is
characterized by a progressive degeneration of a distinct group of nerve
cells. The
major symptoms of these diseases are similar, although not identical, and
usually affect
people in midlife. Given the similarities in sylnptoms, the polyglutamine
diseases are
hypothesized to progress via common cellular mechanisms. In recent years,
scientists
have made great strides in unraveling what the mechanisms are.
Above a certain threshold, the greater the nuinber of glutamine repeats in a
protein, the earlier the onset of disease and the more severe the symptoms.
This
suggests that abnormally long glutamine tracts render their host protein toxic
to neive
cells.
To test this hypothesis, scientists have generated genetically engineered mice
expressing proteins with long polyglutamine tracts. Regardless of whether the
mice
express full-length proteins or only those portions of the proteins containing
the
polyglutamine tracts, they develop symptoms of polyglutamine diseases. This
suggests
that a long polyglutamine tract by itself is damaging to cells and does not
have to be
part of a functional protein to cause its damage.
For exainple, it is thought that the symptoms of SCA1 are not directly caused
by
the loss of normal ataxin-1 function but rather by the interaction between
ataxin-1 and
another protein called LANP. LANP is needed for nerve cells to coinmunicate
with one
another and thus for their survival. When the mutant ataxin-1 protein
accumulates
inside nerve cells, it "traps" the LANP protein, interfering with its normal
function.
After a while, the absence of LANP function appears to cause nerve cells to
malfunction.
170
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Table 2. Summary of Polyglutamine Diseases.
Disease Gene Chromosomal Pattern of Protein Normal Disease
name location inheritance repeat repeat
length length
Spinobulbar AR Xq13-21 X-linked androgen 9-36 38-62
muscular recessive receptor
atrophy (AR)
(Kennedy
disease)
Huntington's HD 4p 16.3 autosomal huntingtin 6-3 5 36-121
disease dominant
Dentatorubral- DRPLA 12p13.31 autosomal atrophin- 6-35 49-88
pallidoluysian dominant 1
atrophy (Haw
River
syndrome)
Spinocerebellar SCAI 6p23 autosomal ataxin-1 6-44 39-82
ataxia type 1 dominant
Spinocerebellar SCA2 12q24.1 autosomal ataxin-2 15-31 36-63
ataxia type 2 dominant
Spinocerebellar SCA3 14q32.1 autosomal ataxin-3 12-40 55-84
ataxia type 3 dominant
(Machado-
Joseph disease)
Spinocerebellar SCA6 19p13 autosomal cc1A- 4-18 21-33
ataxia type 6 dominant voltage-
dependent
calcium
channel
subunit
Spinocerebellar SCA7 3p12-13 autosomal ataxin-7 4-35 37-306
ataxia type 7 dominant
Spinocerebellay SCA17 6q27 autosoinal TATA 25-42 45-63
ataxia type 17 dominant binding
protein
Many transcription factors have also been found in neuronal inclusions in
different diseases. It is possible that these transcription factors interact
with the
polyglutamine-containing proteins and then become trapped in the neuronal
inclusions.
This in turn inight keep the transcription factors from turning genes on and
off as
needed by the cell. Another observation is hypoacetylation of histones in
affected cells.
This has led to the hypothesis that Class I/II Histone Deacetylase (HDAC I/II)
inhibitors, whicli are laiown to increase histone acetylation, may be a novel
therapy for
polyglutainine diseases (US Patent application 10/476,627; "Method of treating
neurodegenerative, psychiatric, and other disorders with deacetylase
inhibitors").
171
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating or
preventing neuropathy related to ischemic injuries or diseases, such as, for
example,
coronary heart disease (including congestive heart failure and myocardial
infarctions),
stroke, emphysema, hemorrhagic shock, peripheral vascular disease (upper and
lower
extremities) and transplant related injuries.
In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method to treat a central
nervous system cell to prevent damage in response to a decrease in blood flow
to the
cell. Typically the severity of damage that may be prevented will depend in
large part
on the degree of reduction in blood flow to the cell and the duration of the
reduction.
By way of example, the normal amount of perfusion to brain gray matter in
humans is
about 60 to 70 mL/100 g of brain tissue/min. Death of central nervous system
cells
typically occurs when the flow of blood falls below approximately 8-10 mL/100
g of
brain tissue/min, while at slightly higher levels (i.e. 20-35 mL/100 g of
brain
tissue/min) the tissue reinains alive but not able to function. In one
embodiment,
apoptotic or necrotic cell deatll may be prevented. In still a further
embodiment,
ischemic-mediated damage, such as cytoxic edema or central nervous system
tissue
anoxemia, may be prevented. In each embodiment, the central nervous system
cell may
be a spinal cell or a brain cell.
Another aspect encompasses administrating a sirtuin activating compound to a
subject to treat a central nervous system ischemic condition. A number of
central
nervous system ischeinic conditions may be treated by the sirtuin activating
compounds
described herein. In one embodiinent, the ischemic condition is a stroke that
results in
any type of ischemic central nervous system damage, such as apoptotic or
necrotic cell
death, cytoxic edema or central nervous system tissue anoxia. The stroke may
impact
any area of the brain or be caused by any etiology coinmonly known to result
in the
occurrence of a stroke. In one alternative of this embodiinent, the stroke is
a brain stem
stroke. Generally speaking, brain stem strokes strike the brain stein, which
control
involuntary life-support functions such as breathing, blood pressure, and
heartbeat. In
another alternative of this embodiinent, the stroke is a cerebellar stroke.
Typically,
cerebellar strokes impact the cerebellum area of the brain, which controls
balance and
coordination. In still another embodiment, the stroke is an embolic stroke. In
general
terms, einbolic strokes may impact any region of the brain and typically
result from the
blockage of an artery by a vaso-occlusion. In yet another alternative, the
stroke may be
a hemorrhagic stroke. Like ischemic strokes, hemorrhagic stroke may impact any
172
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
region of the brain, and typically result from a ruptured blood vessel
characterized by a
henlorrhage (bleeding) within or surrounding the brain. In a further
embodiment, the
stroke is a thrombotic stroke. Typically, thrombotic strokes result from the
blockage of
a blood vessel by accumulated deposits.
In another embodiment, the ischemic condition may result from a disorder that
occurs in a part of the subject's body outside of the central nervous system,
but yet still
causes a reduction in blood flow to the central nervous system. These
disorders may
include, but are not limited to a peripheral vascular disorder, a venous
throinbosis, a
pulmonary embolus, arrhythmia (e.g. atrial fibrillation), a myocardial
infarction, a
transient ischeinic attack, unstable angina, or sickle cell anemia. Moreover,
the central
neivous system ischemic condition may occur as result of the subject
undergoing a
surgical procedure. By way of example, the subject may be undergoing heart
surgery,
lung surgery, spinal surgery, brain surgery, vascular surgery, abdominal
surgery, or
organ transplantation surgery. The organ transplantation surgery may include
heart,
lung, pancreas, kidney or liver transplantation surgery. Moreover, the central
nervous
system ischemic condition may occur as a result of a trauma or injury to a
part of the
subject's body outside the central nervous system. By way of exainple, the
trauma or
injury may cause a degree of bleeding that significantly reduces the total
voluine of
blood in the subject's body. Because of this reduced total volume, the amount
of blood
flow to the central nervous system is concomitantly reduced. By way of further
example, the trauma or injury may also result in the formation of a vaso-
occlusion that
restricts blood flow to the central nervous system.
Of course it is contemplated that the sirtuin activating compounds may be
employed to treat the central nervous system ischemic condition irrespective
of the
cause of the condition. In one embodiment, the ischemic condition results from
a vaso-
occlusion. The vaso-occlusion may be any type of occlusion, but is typically a
cerebral
throinbosis or an embolism. In a further embodiment, the ischemic condition
may result
from a hemorrhage. The hemorrhage may be any type of hemorrhage, but is
generally a
cerebral hemorrhage or a subararachnoid hemorrhage. In still another
embodiment, the
ischemic condition may result from the narrowing of a vessel. Generally
speaking, the
vessel may narrow as a result of a vasoconstriction such as occurs during
vasospasms,
or due to arteriosclerosis. In yet another einbodiment, the ischemic condition
results
from an injury to the brain or spinal cord.
173
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In yet another aspect, a sirtuin activating compound may be administered to
reduce infarct size of the ischemic core following a central nervous system
ischemic
condition. Moreover, a sirtuin activating coinpound may also be beneficially
administered to reduce the size of the ischemic penumbra or transitional zone
following
a central nervous system ischemic condition.
In one embodiment, a combination drug regimen may include drugs or
compounds for the treatment or prevention of neurodegenerative disorders or
secondary
conditions associated with these conditions. Thus, a combination drug regimen
may
include one or more sirtuin activators and one or more anti-neurodegeneration
agents.
For example, one or rnore sirtuin-activating compounds can be combined with an
effective ainount of one or more of: L-DOPA; a dopamine agonist; an adenosine
A2A
receptor antagonist; a COMT inhibitor; a MAO inhibitor; an N-NOS inhibitor; a
sodium channel antagonist; a selective N-methyl D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor
antagonist; an AMPA/kainate receptor antagonist; a calciuin channel
antagonist; a
GABA-A receptor agonist; an acetyl-choline esterase inhibitor; a matrix
metalloprotease inhibitor; a PARP inhibitor; an inhibitor of p38 MAP kinase or
c jun-
N-terminal kinases; TPA; NDA antagonists; beta-interferons; growth factors;
glutamate
inhibitors; and/or as part of a cell therapy.
Exemplary N-NOS inhibitors include 4-(6-amino-pyridin-2-yl)-3-
methoxyphenol6-[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-
amine, 6-[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2,3-dimet-hyl-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine,
6-[4-
(2-pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-2,3-diinethyl-p-henyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(4-(n-
methyl)piperidinyloxy)-2,3-dimethyl-p-henyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-
dimethylamino-ethoxy)-3-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-
pyrrolidinyl-
ethoxy)-3 -methoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-ainine, 6- {4-[2-(6,7-diinethoxy-3,4-
dihydro-
lh-isoquinolin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-3-methoxy-phenyl}-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-{3-
methoxy-4-
[2-(4-phenethyl-piper-azin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-pyridin-2-yl-ainine, 6-{3-
inethoxy-4-
[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-pyridin-2-yl-ainine, 6-{4-[2-(4-
dimethylamin-o-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-3-methoxy-phenyl}-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-
[4-
(2-dimethylainino-ethoxy)-3-ethoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-
pyrrolidinyl-
ethoxy)-3-ethoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2-
isopropyl-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 4-(6-amino-pyridin-yl)-3-cyclopropyl-
phenol 6-
[2-cyclopropyl-4-(2-dimethy-lainino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-
cyclopropyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 3-[3-(6-
amino-
174
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
pyridin-2yl)-4-cycl-opropyl-phenoxy]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl
ester 6-
[2-cyclopropyl-4-(1-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 4-
(6-
ainino-pyridin-2-yl)-3-cyclobutyl-phenol6-[2-cyclobutyl-4-(2-dime-thylamino-
ethoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-cyclobutyl-4-(2-pyrrolid-in-1-yl-
ethoxy)-
phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-cyclobutyl-4-(1-methyl-pyr-rolidin-3-yl-oxy)-
phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 4-(6-amino-pyridin-2-yl)-3-cy-clopentyl-phenol6-[2-
cyclopentyl-4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-pyrid-in-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-
cyclopentyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-lyl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 3-[4-(6-
amino-
pyridin-2y1)-3-methoxy-phenoxy]-pyrrolidine-l-ca-rboxylic acid tert butyl
ester 6-[4-
(1-inethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-2-metho-xy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 4-[4-(6-
amino-
pyridin-2y1)-3-methoxy-phenoxy-]-piperidine-l-carboxylic acid tert butyl ester
6-[2-
methoxy-4-(1-methyl-p-iperidin-4-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-
(allyloxy)-
2-methoxy-ph-enyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 4-(6-amino-pyridin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-6-
allyl-
phenol 12 and 4-(6-amino-pyridin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-2-allyl-phenol 13 4-(6-amino-
pyridin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-6-propyl-phenol6-[4-(2-diinethylamino-ethoxy)-2-
methoxy-
5-propyl-phenyl]-pyridin-yl-amine, 6-[2-isopropyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-
phenyl]-
pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-isopropyl-4-(piperidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-
amine,
6-[2-isopropyl-4-(1-methyl-azetidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-
isopropyl-4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-
isopropyl-
4-(1-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amin-e 6-[2-isopropyl-4-
(1-
methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-isopropyl-4-(2-
methyl-2-
aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-p-yridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-
dimethylamino-
ethoxy)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-{4-[2-(benzyl-methyl-amino)-
ethoxy]-2-methoxy-phenyl } -pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-methoxy-4-(2-pyrrolidin-l-
yl-
ethoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 2-(6-ainino-pyridin-2-yl)-5-(2-
dimethylamino-
ethoxy)-phenol2-[4-(6-amino-pyridin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-phenoxy]-acetamide 6-[4-(2-
amino-ethoxy)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6- {4-[2-(3,4-dihydro-lh-
isoquinolin-2-yl)-ethoxy]-2-methoxy-phenyl}-pyrid-in-2-yl-amine, 2-[4-(6-
ainino-
pyridin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-phenoxy]-ethanol 6- {2-methoxy-4-[2-(2,2,6,6-
tetrainethyl-
piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl} -py-ridin-2-yl-amine, 6- {4-[2-(2,5-dimethyl-
pyrrolidin-
1-yl)-ethoxy]-2-methoxy-phenyl}-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-{4-[2-(2,5-dimethyl-
pyrrolidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-2-methoxy-phenyl}-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 2-[4-(6-amino-
pyridin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-phenoxy]-1-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
ethanone 6-
[2-methoxy-4-(1-inethyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl-methoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-
[4-(2-
175
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2-propoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-{4-[2-(benzyl-
methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-2-propoxy-phenyl } -pyridin-2-yl-amin-e 6-[4-(2-ethoxy-
ethoxy)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2-
isopropoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-ethoxy-ethoxy)-2-isopropoxy-
phenyl]-
pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-methoxy-4-(3-methyl-butoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-
amine, 6-
[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2-ethoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6- {4-[2-
(benzyl-
methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-2-ethoxy-phenyl}-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-ethoxy-4-(3-
methyl-butoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 1-(6-amino-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-
3-yl)-
2-[4-(6-ainino-pyridin-2-yl)-3-et-hoxy-phenoxy]-ethanone 6-[2-ethoxy-4-(2-
pyrrolidin-
1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-py-ridin-2-yl-amine, 3- {2-[4-(6-amino-pyridin-2-yl)-3 -
ethoxy-
phenoxy]-ethyl}-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl-amine, 1-(6-amino-3-aza-
bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl)-2-[4-(6-amino-pyridin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-phenoxy]-
ethanone 3-
{2- [4-(6-amino-pyridin-2-yl)-3 -methoxy-phenoxy] -ethyl } -3 -aza-bi cyclo
[3, 1. 0]hex-6-
yl-amine, 6-[2-isopropoxy-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-py-ridin-2-yl-
amine,.6-
{4-[2-(benzyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-2-isopropoxy-phenyl-}-pyridin-2-yl-ainine,
6-[4-
(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2-methoxy-5-propyl-phen-yl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[5-
allyl-4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2-methoxy-phe-nyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[5-
allyl-
2-methoxy-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[3-allyl-
4-(2-
dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-methoxy-4-
(pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-p-yridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-methoxy-4-(1-methyl-
pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-py-ridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-ethoxy-4-(pyrrolidin-3-
yl-oxy)-
phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-isopropoxy-4-(pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-
pyridin-
2-yl-amine, 6-[2-methoxy-4-(piperidin-4-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-
[2-
methoxy-4-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-
ainine, 6-[2-
isopropoxy-4-(pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 3-[4-(6-amino-
pyridin-
2-yl)-3-methoxy-phenoxy]-azetidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester 6-[4-
(azetidin-3-
yl-oxy)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-methoxy-4-(1-methyl-
azetidin-3-
yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-y-l-amine, 6-[2-isopropoxy-4-(pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-
phenyl]-
pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-isopropoxy-4-(pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-
yl-
amine, 6-[2-methoxy-4-(pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-
Ynethoxy-4-(1-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-
methoxy-
4-(1-inethyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-methoxy-4-
(2-
methyl-2-aza-bicyclo [2.2.1 ]hept-5-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyrid-in-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-
methoxy-
4-(1-inethyl-piperidin-4-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(1 -ethyl -
piperidin-4-
176
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
yl-oxy)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[5-allyl-2-methoxy-4-(1-methyl-
pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyr-idin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-dimethylamino-
ethoxy)-2,6-
dimethyl-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2,6-dimethyl-4-(3 -piperidin-1-yl-
propoxy)-
phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2,6-dimethyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-
phenyl]-
pyridin-2-y-l-amine, 6-{2,6-diinethyl-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-
phenyl } -py-ridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2,6-dimethyl-4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-
phenyl]-
pyrid-in-2-yl-amine, 6-{4-[2-(benzyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-2,6-dilnethyl-
phenyl}-p-
yridin-2-yl-amine, 2-[4-(6-amino-pyridin-2-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-phenoxy]-acetain-
ide 6-
[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-2,6-dimethyl-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-isopropyl-4-
(2-
pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 2-(2,5-dimethyl-pyrrolidin-
1-yl)-
6-[2-isopropyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-etho-xy)-phenyl]-pyridine 6- {4-[2-(3,5-
dimethyl-
piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-2-isopr-opyl-phenyl}-pyridin-2-yl-ainine, 6-[4-(2-
dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2-isopropyl-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-tert-butyl-
4-(2-
dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phen-yl]-pyridin-2-yl-ainine, 6-[2-tert-butyl-4-(2-
pyrrolidin-l-
yl-ethoxy)-phenyl-]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-pyrrolidinyl-ethoxy)-2,5-
dimethyl-
phenyl]-pyr-idin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-2,5-dimethyl-
phenyl]-
pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(2-(4-phenethylpiperazin-1-yl)-ethoxy)-2,5-dimethyl-
pheny-
1]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-cyclopropyl-4-(2-dimethylamino-l-methyl-ethoxy) -
phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[cyclobutyl-4-(2-diinethylainino7l-methyl-etho-
xy)-
phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-(allyloxy)-2-cyclobutyl-phenyl]-pyridi-n-
2ylamine, 2-
allyl-4-(6-amino-pyridin-2-yl)-3-cyclobutyl-phenol and 2-allyl-4-(6-amino-
pyridin-2-
yl)-5-cyclobutyl-phenol 4-(6-amino-pyridin-2yl)-5-cyclobutyl-2-propyl-phenol 4-
(6-
amino-pyridin-2y1)-3 -cyclobutyl-2-propyl-phenol6-[2-cyclobutyl-4-(2-
diinethylamino-
1-methyl-ethoxy)-5-propyl-phenyl]-pyri-din-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-cyclobutyl-4-(2-
dimethylamino-l-methyl-ethoxy)-3-propy-l-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-[2-
cyclobutyl-4-(2-diinethylamino-ethoxy)-5-propyl-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-
[2-
cyclobutyl-4-(2-dimethylamino-ethox-y)-3 -propyl-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-
[2-
cyclobutyl-4-(1-methyl-pyrroli-din-3-yl-oxy)-5-propyl-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-
amine, 6-
[cyclobutyl-4-(1-methy-l-pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-3-propyl-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-
amine, 2-
(4-benzyloxy-5-hydroxy-2-methoxy-phenyl)-6-(2,5-diinethyl-pyrrol-l-yl)-p-
yridine 6-
[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-5-ethoxy-2-methoxy-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine, 6-
[5-
ethyl-2-methoxy-4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyr-idin-2-yl-amine, 6-
[5-
ethyl-2-inethoxy-4-(piperidin-4-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyridi-n-2-yl-amine, 6-[2,5-
177
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
dimethoxy-4-(1-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl-oxy)-phenyl]-pyr-idin-2-yl-amine, 6-[4-
(2-
dimethyl amino-ethoxy)- 5-ethyl-2-methoxy-phenyl]-py-ridin-2-yl-amine.
Exemplary NMDA receptor antagonist include (+)-(1 S, 2S)-1-(4-hydroxy-
phenyl)-2-(4-hydroxy-4-phenylpiperidino)-1-pro-panol, (1 S, 2S)-1-(4-hydroxy-3-
methoxyphenyl)-2-(4-hydroxy-4-phenylpiperi-dino)-1-propanol, (3R, 4S)-3-(4-(4-
fluorophenyl)-4-hydroxypiperidin-1-yl-)-chroinan-4,7-diol, (1 R*, 2R*)-1-(4-
hydroxy-
3-methylphenyl)-2-(4-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4-hydroxypiperidin-l-yl)-propan-l-ol-
mesylate or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof.
Exemplary dopamine agonist include ropininole; L-dopa decarboxylase
inhibitors such as carbidopa or benserazide, bromocriptine,
dihydroergocryptine,
etisulergine, AF-14, alaptide, pergolide, piribedil; dopamine D1 receptor
agonists such
as A-68939, A-77636, dihydrexine, and SKF-38393; dopamine D2 receptor agonists
such as carbergoline, lisuride, N-0434, naxagolide, PD-118440, pramipexole,
quinpirole and ropinirole; dopamine/(3-adrenegeric receptor agonists such as
DPDMS
and dopexamine; dopamine/5-HT uptake inhibitor/5-HT-lA agonists such as
roxindole;
dopamine/opiate receptor agonists such as NIH-10494; a2-adrenergic
antagonist/dopamine agonists such as terguride; a2-adrenergic
antagonist/dopainine D2
agonists such as ergolines and talipexole; dopamine uptake inhibitors such as
GBR-
12909, GBR-13069, GYKI-52895, and NS-2141; inonoainine oxidase-B inhibitors
such as selegiline, N-(2-butyl)-N-methylpropargylamine, N-methyl-N-(2-
pentyl)propargylamine, AGN-1 133, ergot derivatives, lazabemide, LU-53439, MD-
280040 and mofegiline; and COMT inhibitors such as CGP-28014.
Exemplary acetyl cholinesterase inhibitors include donepizil, 1-(2-methyl-1 H-
benzimida-zol-5-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone; 1-(2-
phenyl-lH-
benzimidazol-5-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-pr-opanone; 1-(1-ethyl-
2-
methyl-1 H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-p-iperidinyl]-1-propanone;
1-(2-
methyl-6-benzothiazolyl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone; 1-(2-
methyl-6-benzothiazolyl)-3-[ 1-[(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)methyl]-4-piperidinyl]-1-
propanone; 1-(5-inethyl-benzo[b]thie-n-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)4-piperidinyl]-
1-
propanone; 1-(6-methyl-benzo[b]thien-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenyhnethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-
1-
prop-anone; 1-(3,5-dimethyl-benzo[b]thien-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-
piperidin-yl]-
1-propanone; 1-(benzo[b]thien-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-
propanone;
1-(benzofuran-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-pro-panone; 1-(1-
178
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
phenylsulfonyl-6-methyt-indol-2-yl)-3-[ 1-(phenylmethyl)-4-pip-eridinyl]-1-
propanone;
1-(6-methyl-indol-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piper-idinyl]-1-propanone; 1-(1-
phenylsulfonyl-5-amino-indol-2-yl)-3-[ 1-(phenylm-ethyl)-4-piperidinyl] -1-
propanone;
1-(5-ainino-indol-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmet-hyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone; and 1-
(5-
acetylamino-indol-2-yl)-3-[1-(ph-enylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone. 1-(6-
quinolyl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone; 1-(5-indolyl)-3-[1-
(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidiny-1]-1-propanone; 1-(5-benzthienyl)-3-[1-
(phenylmethyl)-4-
piperidinyl]-1-pro-panone; 1-(6-quinazolyl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-
1-
propanone; 1-(6-benzoxazolyl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone;
1-(5-
benzofuryl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone; 1-(5-methyl-
benzimidazol-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propa-none; 1-(6-
methyl-
benzimidazol-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone; 1-(5-chloro-
benzo[b]thien-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidin-yl]-1-propanone; 1-(5-
azaindol-2-
yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)4-piperidinyl]-1-p-ropanone; 1-(6-azabenzo[b]thien-2-
yl)-3-[1-
(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone; 1-(1H-2-oxo-
pyrrolo[2',3',5,6]benzo[b]thieno-2-yl)-3-[ 1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-
propanone;
1-(6-methyl-benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone;
1-(6-
methoxy-indol-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-propanone; 1-(6-
methoxy-
benzo[b]thien-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1-pro-panone; 1-(6-
acetylamino-benzo[b]thien-2-yl)-3-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperid-inyl]-1-
propanone; 1-
(5-acetylamino-benzo [b]thien-2-yl)-3 -[ 1-(phenylmethyl-)-4-piperidinyl]-1-
propanone;
6-hydroxy-3-[2-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidin-yl]ethyl]-1,2-benzisoxazole; 5-
methyl-
3-[2-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl-]ethyl]-1,2-benzisoxazole; 6-methoxy-3[2-
[1(phenyhnethyl)-4-piperidinyl]et-hyl]-1,2-benzisoxazole; 6-acetamide-3-[2-[1-
(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-ethyl]-1,2-benzisoxazole; 6-amino-3-[2-[1-
(phenymethyl)-4-piperidinyl]ethy-1]-1,2-benzisoxazole; 6-(4-morpholinyl)-3-[2-
[1-
(phenylmethyl)-4-piperi din-yl]ethyl]-1,2-benzisoxazole; 5,7-dihydro-3-[2-[1-
(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidi-nyl]ethyl]-6H-pyrrolo[4,5-f]-1,2-benzisoxazol-6-one;
3-[2-
[1-(phenyhnethyl)-4-piperidinyl]ethyl]-1,2-benzisothiazole; 3-[2-[1-
(phenyhnethyl)-4-
piperidinyl]ethenyl]-1,2-benzisoxazole; 6-phenylamino-3-[2-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-
piperidinyl]ethyl]-1,2,-benzisoxaz-ole; 6-(2-thiazoly)-3-[2-[1-(phenyhnethyl)-
4-
piperidinyl]ethyl]-1,2-benzis-oxazole; 6-(2-oxazolyl)-3-[2-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-
piperidinyl]ethyl]-1,2-be-nzisoxazole; 6-pyrrolidinyl-3-[2-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-
piperidinyl]ethyl]-1,-2-benzisoxazole; 5,7-dihydro-5,5-dimethyl-3-[2-[1-
179
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
(phenylmethyl)-4-piperid-inyl]ethyl]-6H-pyrrolo[4,5-f]-1,2-benzisoxazole-6-
one; 6,8-
dihydro-3 -[2-[ 1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl] ethyl] -7H-pyrrolo [5,4-g]-
1,2-
benzisoxazole-7-one; 3-[2-[1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinyl]ethyl]-5,6,-8-
trihydro-7H-
isoxazolo[4,5-g]-quinolin-7-one; 1-benzyl-4-((5,6-dimethoxy-l-indanon)-2-
yl)methylpiperidine, 1-benzyl-4-((5,6-dimethoxy-l-indanon)-2-
ylidenyl)methylpiperidine, 1-benzyl-4-((5-methoxy-l-indanon)-2-yl)methylp-
iperidine,
1-benzyl-4-((5,6-diethoxy-l-indanon)-2-yl)methylpiperidine, 1-benzyl-4-((5,6-
methnylenedioxy-l-indanon)-2-yl)methylpiperidine, 1-(m-nitrobenzyl)-4-((5,6-
dimethoxy-l-indanon)-2-yl)methylpiperidine, 1-cyclohexymethyl-4-((5,6-
diinethoxy-l-
indanon)-2-yl)methylpiperidine, 1-(m-florobenzyl)-4-((5,6-dimethoxy-l-indanon)-
2-
yl)methylpiperidine, 1-benzyl-4-((5,6-dimethoxy-l-indanon)-2-
yl)propylpiperidine,
and 1-benzyl-4-((5-isopropoxy-6-methoxy-l-indanon)-2-yl)methylpiperidine.
Exemplary calcium channel antagonists include diltiazem, omega-conotoxin
GVIA, methoxyverapamil, amlodipine, felodipine, lacidipine, and mibefradil.
Exemplary GABA-A receptor modulators include clomethiazole; IDDB;
gaboxadol (4,5,6,7-tetrahydroisoxazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-3-ol); ganaxolone (3a-
hydroxy-
3 (3-methyl-5a-pregnan-20-one); fengabine (2-[(butylimino)-(2-
chlorophenyl)methyl]-
4-chlorophenol); 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,5,6,7,8,9-hexahydro-pyrazolo[4,3-
c]cinnolin-
3 -one; 7-cyclobutyl-6-(2-methyl-2H-1,2,4-triazol-3 -ylmethoxy)-3 -phenyl-
1,2,4-
triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine; (3-fluoro-4-methylphenyl)-N-({-1-[(2-
methylphenyl)methyl]-benzimidazol-2-yl}methyl)-N-pentylcarboxamide; and 3-
(aminomethyl)-5-methylhexanoic acid.
Exemplary potassium cliannel openers include diazoxide, flupirtine, pinacidil,
levcroinakalim, rilmakaliin, chromalcalim, PCO-400 and SKP-450 (2-[2"(1 ", 3"-
dioxolone)-2-inethyl]-4-(2'-oxo-1'-pyrrolidinyl)-6-nitro-2H-1-benzopyra-n).
Exemplary AMPA/kainate receptor antagonists include 6-cyano-7-
nitroquinoxalin-2,3-di-one (CNQX); 6-nitro-7-sulphamoylbenzo[flquinoxaline-2,3-
dione (NBQX); 6,7-dinitroquinoxaline-2,3-dione (DNQX); 1-(4-aininophenyl)-4-
inethyl-7,8-m-ethylenedioxy-5H-2,3-benzodiazepine hydrochloride; and 2,3-
dihydroxy-6-nitro-7-sulfamoylbenzo-[f]quinoxaline.
Exeinplary sodiuin channel antagonists include ajinaline, procainainide,
flecainide and riluzole.
180
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Exemplary matrix-metalloprotease inhibitors include 4-[4-(4-
fluorophenoxy)benzenesulfon-ylamino]tetrahydropyran-4-carboxylic acid
liydroxyainide; 5-Methyl-5-(4-(4'-fluorophenoxy)-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-2,4,6-
trione; 5-
n-Butyl-5-(4-(4'-fluorophenoxy)-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-2,4,6-trione and
prinomistat.
Poly(ADP ribose) polymerase (PARP) is an abundant nuclear enzyme which is
activated by DNA strand single breaks to synthesize poly (ADP ribose) from
NAD.
Under normal conditions, PARP is involved in base excision repair caused by
oxidative
stress via the activation and recruitment of DNA repair enzyines in the
nucleus. Thus,
PARP plays a role in cell necrosis and DNA repair. PARP also participates in
regulating cytokine expression that mediates inflammation. Under conditions
where
DNA damage is excessive (such as by acute excessive exposure to a pathological
insult), PARP is over-activated, resulting in cell-based energetic failure
characterized
by NAD depletion and leading to ATP consuinption, cellular necrosis, tissue
injury,
and organ damage/failure. PARP is thought to contribute to neurodegeneration
by
depleting nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD+) which then reduces
adenosine
triphosphate (ATP; Cosi and Marien, Ami. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 890:227, 1999)
contributing to cell death which can be prevented by PARP inhibitors.
Exeinplory
PARP inhibitors can be found in Southan and Szabo, Current Medicinal
Chemistry,
10:321, 2003.
Exemplary inhibitors of p38 MAP kinase and c jun-N-terminal kinases include
pyridyl imidazoles, such as PD 169316, isomeric PD 169316, SB 203580, SB
202190,
SB 220026, and RWJ 67657. Others are described in US Patent 6,288,089, and
incorporated by reference herein.
In an exemplary embodiment, a combination therapy for treating or preventing
MS comprises a therapeutically effective amount of one or more sirtuin-
modulating
compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein and one
or more of
Avonex (interferon beta-la), Tysabri (natalizumab), or Fumaderm (BG-12/Oral
Fumarate).
In another einbodiment, a combination therapy for treating or preventing
diabetic neuropathy or conditions associated therewith comprises a
therapeutically
effective ainount of one or more sirtuin-modulating coinpounds that increase
the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein and one or more of tricyclic
antidepressants (TCAs)
(including, for example, imipramine, ainytriptyline, desipramine and
nortriptyline),
serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) (including, for exainple, fluoxetine,
paroxetine,
181
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
sertralene, and citalopram) and antiepileptic drugs (AEDs) (including, for
example,
gabapentin, carbamazepine, and topimirate).
In another embodiment, the invention provides a metliod for treating or
preventing a polyglutamine disease using a combination comprising at least one
sirtuin
activating compound and at least one HDAC UII inhibitor. Examples of HDAC I/II
inhibitors include hydroxamic acids, cyclic peptides, benzamides, short-chain
fatty
acids, and depudecin.
Exainples of hydroxamic acids and hydroxamic acid derivatives, but are not
limited to, trichostatin A (TSA), suberoylanilide hydroxainic acid (SAHA),
oxamflatin,
suberic bishydroxamic acid (SBHA), m-carboxy-cimlamic acid bishydroxamic acid
(CBHA), valproic acid and pyroxamide. TSA was isolated as an antifungi
antibiotic
(Tsuji et al (1976) J. Antibiot (Tokyo) 29:1-6) and found to be a potent
inhibitor of
mammalian HDAC (Yoshida et al. (1990) J. Biol. Chein. 265:17174-17179). The
finding that TSA-resistant cell lines have an altered HDAC evidences that this
enzyme
is an important target for TSA. Other hydroxamic acid-based HDAC inhibitors,
SAHA,
SBHA, and CBHA are synthetic coinpounds that are able to inhibit HDAC at
micromolar concentration or lower in vitro or in vivo. Glick et al. (1999)
Cancer Res.
59:4392-4399. These hydroxamic acid-based HDAC inhibitors all possess an
essential
structural feature: a polar hydroxamic terminal linked through a hydrophobic
methylene
spacer (e.g. 6 carbon at length) to another polar site which is attached to a
terminal
hydrophobic moiety (e.g., benzene ring). Compounds developed having such
essential
features also fall within the scope of the hydroxamic acids that may be used
as HDAC
inhibitors.
Cyclic peptides used as HDAC inhibitors are mainly cyclic tetrapeptides.
Examples of cyclic peptides include, but are not limited to, trapoxin A,
apicidin and
depsipeptide. Trapoxin A is a cyclic tetrapeptide that contains a 2-amino-8-
oxo-9,10-
epoxy-decanoyl (AOE) moiety. K-ijima et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:22429-
22435.
Apicidin is a fungal metabolite that exhibits potent, broad-spectrum
antiprotozoal
activitity and inhibits HDAC activity at nanomolar concentrations. Darkin-
Rattray et al.
(1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 93;13143-13147. Depsipeptide is isolated
from
Chromobacterium violaceuin, and has been shown to inhibit HDAC activity at
micromolar concentrations.
Examples of benzamides include but are not limited to MS-27-275. Saito et al.
(1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 96:4592-4597. Examples of short-chain fatty
acids
182
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
include but are not limited to butyrates (e.g., butyric acid, arginine
butyrate and
phenylbutyrate (PB)). Newmark et al. (1994) Cancer Lett. 78:1-5; and Carducci
et al.
(1997) Anticancer Res. 17:3972-3973. In addition, depudecin which has been
shown to
inhibit HDAC at micromolar concentrations (K won et al. (1998) Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci.
USA. 95:3356-3361) also falls within the scope of histone deacetylase
inhibitor as
described herein.
Blood Coagulation Disorders
In other aspects, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein can be used to treat or prevent blood
coagulation disorders
(or hemostatic disorders). As used interchangeably herein, the terms
"hemostasis",
"blood coagulation," and "blood clotting" refer to the control of bleeding,
including the
physiological properties of vasoconstriction and coagulation. Blood
coagulation assists
in maintaining the integrity of mammalian circulation after injury,
inflainmation,
disease, congenital defect, dysfunction or other disruption. After initiation
of clotting,
blood coagulation proceeds through the sequential activation of certain plasma
proenzymes to their enzyme forms (see, for example, Coleinan, R. W. et al.
(eds.)
Hemostasis and Tlarombosis, Second Edition, (1987)). These plasma
glycoproteins,
including Factor XII, Factor XI, Factor IX, Factor X, Factor VII, and
prothrombin, are
zymogens of serine proteases. Most of these blood clotting enzymes are
effective on a
physiological scale only when assembled in complexes on membrane surfaces with
protein cofactors such as Factor VIII and Factor V. Other blood factors
modulate and
localize clot formation, or dissolve blood clots. Activated protein C is a
specific
enzyrne that inactivates procoagulant components. Calcium ions are involved in
many
of the component reactions. Blood coagulation follows either the intrinsic
pathway,
where all of the protein components are present in blood, or the extrinsic
pathway,
where the cell-meinbrane protein tissue factor plays a critical role. Clot
formation
occurs when fibrinogen is cleaved.by thrombin to form fibrin. Blood clots are
composed of activated platelets and fibrin.
Further, the fonnation of blood clots does not only limit bleeding in case of
an
injury (heinostasis), but may lead to serious organ dainage and death in the
context of
atherosclerotic diseases by occlusion of an irnportant artery or vein.
Thrombosis is thus
blood clot fonnation at the wrong time and place. It involves a cascade of
complicated
and regulated biocheinical reactions between circulating blood proteins
(coagulation
factors), blood cells (in particular platelets), and elements of an injured
vessel wall.
183
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Accordingly, the present invention provides anticoagulation and antithrombotic
treatments aiining at inhibiting the formation of blood clots in order to
prevent or treat
blood coagulation disorders, such as myocardial infarction, stroke, loss of a
limb by
peripheral artery disease or pulmonary embolism.
As used interchangeably herein, "modulating or modulation of hemostasis" and
"regulating or regulation of hemostasis" includes the induction (e.g.,
stimulation or
increase) of heinostasis, as well as the inhibition (e.g., reduction or
decrease) of
hemostasis.
In one aspect, the invention provides a method for reducing or inhibiting
hemostasis in a subject by administering a sirtuin-modulating coinpound that
increases
the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein. The compositions and methods
disclosed
herein are useful for the treatment or prevention of throinbotic disorders. As
used
herein, the term "thrombotic disorder" includes any disorder or condition
characterized
by excessive or unwanted coagulation or hemostatic activity, or a
hypercoagulable
state. Thrombotic disorders include diseases or disorders involving platelet
adhesion
and thrombus formation, and may manifest as an increased propensity to form
thromboses, e.g., an increased number of thromboses, throinbosis at an early
age, a
familial tendency towards thrombosis, and thrombosis at unusual sites.
Examples of
thrombotic disorders include, but are not limited to, thromboembolism, deep
vein
thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, stroke, myocardial infarction, miscarriage,
thrombophilia associated with anti-thrombin III deficiency, protein C
deficiency,
protein S deficiency, resistance to activated protein C, dysfibrinogenemia,
fibrinolytic
disorders, homocystinuria, pregnancy, inflammatory disorders,
myeloproliferative
disorders, arteriosclerosis, angina, e.g., unstable angina, disseminated
intravascular
coagulation, thrombotic throinbocytopenic purpura, cancer metastasis, sickle
cell
disease, glomerular nephritis, and drug induced thrombocytopenia (including,
for
example, heparin induced thrombocytopenia). In addition, sirtuin-modulating
compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be
administered to prevent thrombotic events or to prevent re-occlusion during or
after
therapeutic clot lysis or procedures such as angioplasty or surgery.
In another einbodiinent, a combination drug regimen may include drugs or
coinpounds for the treatment or prevention of blood coagulation disorders or
secondary
conditions associated with these conditions. T11us, a combination drug regimen
may
include one or more sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or
184
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
activity of a sirtuin protein and one or more anti-coagulation or anti-
thrombosis agents.
For example, one or more sirtuin-modulating compounds can be combined with an
effective amount of one or more of: aspirin, heparin, and oral Warfarin that
inhibits Vit
K-dependent factors, low molecular weight heparins that inhibit factors X and
II,
thrombin inhibitors, inhibitors of platelet GP IIbIIIa receptors, inhibitors
of tissue factor
(TF), inhibitors of human von Willebrand factor, inhibitors of one or more
factors
involved in hemostasis (in particular in the coagulation cascade). In
addition, sirtuin-
modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein can be
combined with thrombolytic agents, such as t-PA, streptokinase, reptilase, TNK-
t-PA,
and staphylokinase.
Weight Control
In another aspect, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein may be used for treating or preventing weight
gain or
obesity in a subject. For example, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase
the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used, for example, to treat or
prevent
hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity, obesity related
to the
administration of medication, to reduce the weight of a subject, or to reduce
or prevent
weight gain in a subject. A subject in need of such a treatment may be a
subject who is
obese, likely to become obese, overweight, or likely to become overweight.
Subjects
wlio are likely to become obese or overweight can be identified, for example,
based on
family history, genetics, diet, activity level, medication intake, or various
combinations
thereof.
In yet other embodiments, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered to subjects suffering
from a
variety of other diseases and conditions that may be treated or prevented by
promoting
weight loss in the subject. Such diseases include, for example, high blood
pressure,
hypertension, high blood cholesterol, dyslipidemia, type 2 diabetes, insulin
resistance,
glucose intolerance, hyperinsulinemia, coronary heart disease, angina
pectoris,
congestive heart failure, stroke, gallstones, cholescystitis and
cholelithiasis, gout,
osteoarthritis, obstructive sleep apnea and respiratory problems, some types
of cancer
(such as endometrial, breast, prostate, and colon), coinplications of
pregnancy, poor
female reproductive health (such as menstrual irregularities, infertility,
irregular
ovulation), bladder control problems (such as stress incontinence); uric acid
nephrolithiasis; psychological disorders (such as depression, eating
disorders, distorted
185
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
body iinage, and low self esteem). Stunkard AJ, Wadden TA. (Editors) Obesity:
theory
and therapy, Second Edition. New York: Raven Press, 1993. Finally, patients
with
AIDS can develop lipodystrophy or insulin resistance in response to
coinbination
therapies for AIDS.
In another einbodiment, sirtuin-modulating coinpounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used for inhibiting adipogenesis
or fat cell
differentiation, whether in vitro or in vivo. In particular, high circulating
levels of
insulin and/or insulin like growth factor (IGF) 1 will be prevented from
recruiting
preadipocytes to differentiate into adipocytes. Such methods may be used for
treating
or preventing obesity.
In other embodiments, sirtuin-modulating coinpounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used for reducing appetite and/or
increasing
satiety, thereby causing weight loss or avoidance of weight gain. A subject in
need of
such a treatment may be a subject who is overweight, obese or a subject likely
to
become overweight or obese. The method may comprise administering daily or,
every
other day, or once a week, a dose, e.g., in the form of a pill, to a subject.
The dose may
be an "appetite reducing dose."
In other embodiments, a sirtuin-modulating compound that decreases the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to stimulate appetite and/or
weight gain.
A method may comprise administering to a subject, such as a subject in need
thereof, a
pharmaceutically effective ainount of a sirtuin-modulating agent that
decreases the
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein, such as SIRT1 and/or SIRT3. A
subject in
need of such a treatment may be a subject who has cachexia or may be likely to
develop cachexia. A combination of agents may also be adininistered. A method
may
further comprise monitoring in the subject the state of the disease or of
activation of
sirtuins, for exainple, in adipose tissue.
Methods for stimulating fat accumulation in cells may be used in vitro, to
establish cell models of weight gain, which may be used, e.g., for identifying
other
drugs that prevent weight gain.
Also provided are methods for modulating adipogenesis or fat cell
differentiation, whether in vitro or in vivo. In particular, high circulating
levels of
insulin and/or insulin like growth factor (IGF) 1 will be prevented from
recruiting
preadipocytes to differentiate into adipocytes. Such methods may be used to
modulate
186
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
obesity. A method for stimulating adipogenesis may comprise contacting a cell
with a
sirtuin-modulating agent that decreases the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein.
In another embodiment, the invention provides methods of decreasing fat or
lipid metabolism in a subject by administering a sirtuin-modulating compound
that
decreases the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein. The method includes
administering to a subject an amount of a sirtuin-modulating compound, e.g.,
in an
amount effective to decrease mobilization of fat to the blood from WAT cells
and/or to
decrease fat burning by BAT cells.
Methods for promoting appetite and/or weight gain may include, for example,
prior identifying a subject as being in need of decreased fat or lipid
metabolism, e.g., by
weighing the subject, determining the BMI of the subject, or evaluating fat
content of
the subject or sirtuin activity in cells of the subject. The method may also
include
monitoring the subject, e.g., during and/or after administration of a sirtuin-
modulating
compound. The administering can include one or more dosages, e.g., delivered
in
boluses or continuously. Monitoring can include evaluating a hormone or a
metabolite.
Exemplary hormones include leptin, adiponectin, resistin, and insulin.
Exemplary
metabolites include triglyercides, cholesterol, and fatty acids.
In one embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that decreases the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to modulate (e.g., increase)
the ainount
of subcutaneous fat in a tissue, e.g., in facial tissue or in other surface-
associated tissue
of the neck, hand, leg, or lips. The sirtuin-modulating compound may be used
to
increase the rigidity, water retention, or support properties of the tissue.
For example,
the sirtuin-modulating compound can be applied topically, e.g., in association
with
another agent, e.g., for surface-associated tissue treatment. The sirtuin-
modulating
compound may also be injected subcutaneously, e.g., within the region where an
alteration in subcutaneous fat is desired.
A method for modulating weight may further comprise monitoring the weight
of the subject and/or the level of modulation of sirtuins, for example, in
adipose tissue.
In an exeinplary einbodiinent, sirtuin-inodulating coinpounds that increase
the
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered as a
combination therapy
for treating or preventing weight gain or obesity. For exainple, one or more
sirtuin-
modulating coinpounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein may
be administered in combination with one or more anti-obesity agents. Exemplary
anti-
obesity agents include, for example, phenylpropanolamine, ephedrine,
187
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
pseudoephedrine, phentermine, a cholecystokinin-A agonist, a monoamine
reuptake
inhibitor (such as sibutramine), a sympathomimetic agent, a serotonergic agent
(such as
dexfenfluramine or fenfluramine), a dopamine agonist (such as bromocriptine),
a
melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor agonist or mimetic, a melanocyte-
stimulating
honnone analog, a cannabinoid receptor antagonist, a melanin concentrating
hormone
antagonist, the OB protein (leptin), a leptin analog, a leptin receptor
agonist, a galanin
antagonist or a GI lipase inhibitor or decreaser (such as orlistat). Other
anorectic agents
include bombesin agonists, dehydroepiandrosterone or analogs thereof,
glucocorticoid
receptor agonists and antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, urocortin
binding protein
antagonists, agonists of the glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor such as Exendin
and
ciliary neurotrophic factors such as Axokine.
In another embodiunent, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered to reduce drug-
induced weight
gain. For example, a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the level
and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered as a combination therapy
with
medications that may stimulate appetite or cause weight gain, in particular,
weight gain
due to factors other than water retention. Examples of medications that may
cause
weight gain, include for example, diabetes treatinents, including, for
example,
sulfonylureas (such as glipizide and glyburide), thiazolidinediones (such as
pioglitazone and rosiglitazone), meglitinides, nateglinide, repaglinide,
sulphonylurea
medicines, and insulin; anti-depressants, including, for example, tricyclic
antidepressants (such as amitriptyline and iinipramine), irreversible
monoamine
oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs),
bupropion,
paroxetine, and mirtazapine; steroids, such as, for example, predilisone;
hormone
therapy; lithium carbonate; valproic acid; carbamazepine; chlorpromazine;
thiothixene;
beta bloclcers (such as propranolo); alpha blockers (such as clonidine,
prazosin and
terazosin); and contraceptives including oral contraceptives (birth control
pills) or other
contraceptives containing estrogen and/or progesterone (Depo-Provera,
Norplant,
Ortho), testosterone or Megestrol. In another exemplary embodiment, sirtuin-
modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein may
be adininistered as part of a smoking cessation prograin to prevent weight
gain or
reduce weight already gained.
188
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Metabolic Disorders/Diabetes
In another aspect, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein may be used for treating or preventing a
inetabolic disorder,
such as insulin-resistance, a pre-diabetic state, type II diabetes, and/or
complications
thereof. Administration of a sirtuin-modulating compounds that increases the
level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may increase insulin sensitivity and/or
decrease
insulin levels in a subject. A subject in need of such a treatment may be a
subject who
has insulin resistance or other precursor symptom of type II diabetes, who has
type II
diabetes, or who is likely to develop any of these conditions. For exainple,
the subject
may be a subject having insulin resistance, e.g., having high circulating
levels of insulin
and/or associated conditions, such as hyperlipidemia, dyslipogenesis,
hypercholesteroleinia, impaired glucose tolerance, high blood glucose sugar
level, other
manifestations of syndrome X, hypertension, atherosclerosis and lipodystrophy.
In an exemplary embodiment, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered as a
combination therapy
for treating or preventing a metabolic disorder. For example, one or more
sirtuin-
modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein may
be administered in combination with one or more anti-diabetic agents.
Exeinplary anti-
diabetic agents include, for example, an aldose reductase inhibitor, a
glycogen
phosphorylase inhibitor, a sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitor, a protein
tyrosine
phosphatase 1B inhibitor, a dipeptidyl protease inhibitor, insulin (including
orally
bioavailable insulin preparations), an insulin mimetic, metformin, acarbose, a
peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-y (PPAR-y) ligand such as
troglitazone,
rosaglitazone, pioglitazone or GW-1929, a sulfonylurea, glipazide, glyburide,
or
chlorpropainide wherein the amounts of the first and second coinpounds result
in a
therapeutic effect. Other anti-diabetic agents include a glucosidase
inhibitor, a
glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1), insulin, a PPAR a/7 dual agonist, a
meglitimide and
an aP2 inhibitor. In an exemplary embodiment, an anti-diabetic agent may be a
dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DP-IV or DPP-IV) inhibitor, such as, for example
LAF237
from Novartis (NVP DPP728; 1-[[[2-[(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)amino]
ethyl]ainino]acetyl]-2- cyano-(S)- pyrrolidine) or MK-04301 from Merclc (see
e.g.,
Hughes et al., Biochemistry 38: 11597-603 (1999)).
189
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Inflantsnatory Diseases
In other aspects, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein can be used to treat or prevent a disease or
disorder
associated with inflainmation. Sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the
level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered prior to the onset
of, at, or after
the initiation of inflammation. When used prophylactically, the compounds are
preferably provided in advance of any inflainmatory response or symptom.
Administration of the compounds may prevent or attenuate inflaminatory
responses or
symptoms.
Exemplary inflammatory conditions include, for example, multiple sclerosis,
rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic artlu-itis, degenerative joint disease,
spondouloarthropathies, gouty arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus,
juvenile
artlu-itis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, diabetes
(e.g., insulin
dependent diabetes mellitus or juvenile onset diabetes), menstrual cramps,
cystic
fibrosis, inflainmatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, Crohn's
disease,
mucous colitis, ulcerative colitis, gastritis, esophagitis, pancreatitis,
peritonitis,
Alzheimer's disease, shock, ankylosing spondylitis, gastritis, conjunctivitis,
pancreatis
(acute or chronic), multiple organ injury syndrome (e.g., secondary to
septicemia or
trauma), myocardial infarction, atherosclerosis, stroke, reperfusion injury
(e.g., due to
cardiopulmonary bypass or kidney dialysis), acute glomerulonephritis,
vasculitis,
thermal injury (i.e., sunburn), necrotizing enterocolitis, granulocyte
transfusion
associated syndrome, and/or Sjogren's syndrome. Exemplary inflainmatory
conditions
of the skin include, for example, eczema, atopic dermatitis, contact
dennatitis,
urticaria, schleroderma, psoriasis, and dermatosis with acute inflaminatory
components.
In another embodiment, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to treat or prevent allergies
and
respiratory conditions, including asthma, bronchitis, pulmonary fibrosis,
allergic
rhinitis, oxygen toxicity, emphysema, chronic broncllitis, acute respiratory
distress
syndrome, and any chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). The coinpounds
may be used to treat chronic hepatitis infection, including hepatitis B and
hepatitis C.
Additionally, sirtuin-modulating coinpounds that increase the level and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to treat autoiininune diseases
and/or
inflatmnation associated with autoimmune diseases such as organ-tissue
autoimmune
190
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
diseases (e.g., Raynaud's syndrome), scleroderma, myasthenia gravis,
transplant
rejection, endotoxin shock, sepsis, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis, multiple
sclerosis,
autoimmune tliyroiditis, uveitis, systemic lupus erythematosis, Addison's
disease,
autoimmune polyglandular disease (also known as autoimmune polyglandular
syndrome), and Grave's disease.
In certain embodiments, one or more sirtuin-modulating compounds that
increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be taken alone or
in
combination with other coinpounds useful for treating or preventing
inflammation.
Exemplary anti-inflammatory agents include, for example, steroids (e.g.,
cortisol,
cortisone, fludrocortisone, prednisone, 6a-methylprednisone, triamcinolone,
betamethasone or dexainethasone), nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDS
(e.g., aspirin, acetaminophen, tolmetin, ibuprofen, mefenamic acid, piroxicam,
nabumetone, rofecoxib, celecoxib, etodolac or nimesulide). In another
embodiment,
the other therapeutic agent is an antibiotic (e.g., vancomycin, penicillin,
amoxicillin,
ampicillin, cefotaxime, ceftriaxone, cefixiine, rifampinmetronidazole,
doxycycline or
streptoinycin). In another embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is a PDE4
inhibitor
(e.g., roflumilast or rolipram). In another embodiinent, the other therapeutic
agent is
an antihistainine (e.g., cyclizine, hydroxyzine, prometliazine or
diphenhydramine). In
another embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is an anti-malarial (e.g.,
artemisinin,
artemether, artsunate, chloroquine phosphate, mefloquine hydrochloride,
doxycycline
hyclate, proguanil hydrochloride, atovaquone or halofantrine). In one
embodiment, the
otller therapeutic agent is drotrecogin alfa.
Further examples of anti-inflammatory agents include, for exainple,
aceclofenac, acemetacin, e-acetamidocaproic acid, acetaminophen,
acetaininosalol,
acetanilide, acetylsalicylic acid, S-adenosyhnethionine, alclofenac,
alcloinetasone,
alfentanil, algestone, allylprodine, alminoprofen, aloxiprin, alphaprodine,
aluminum
bis(acetylsalicylate), amcinonide, amfenac, aminochlorthenoxazin, 3-ainino-4-
hydroxybutyric acid, 2-amino-4-picoline, aminopropylon, aininopyrine,
amixetrine,
ammonium salicylate, ampiroxicain, amtolmetin guacil, anileridine, antipyrine,
antrafenine, apazone, becloinethasone, bendazac, benorylate, benoxaprofen,
benzpiperylon, benzydainine, benzylmorphine, bennoprofen, betamethasone,
betainethasone-l7-valerate, bezitramide, a-bisabolol, bromfenac, p-
broinoacetanilide,
5-bromosalicylic acid acetate, bromosaligenin, bucetin, bucloxic acid,
bucolome,
191
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
budesonide, bufexamac, bumadizon, buprenorphine, butacetin, butibufen,
butorphanol,
carbamazepine, carbiphene, carprofen, carsalam, chlorobutanol,
chloroprednisone,
chlorthenoxazin, choline salicylate, cinchophen, cinmetacin, ciramadol,
clidanac,
clobetasol, clocortolone, clometacin, clonitazene, clonixin, clopirac,
cloprednol, clove,
codeine, codeine methyl bromide, codeine phosphate, codeine sulfate,
cortisone,
cortivazol, cropropamide, crotethamide, cyclazocine, deflazacort,
dehydrotestosterone,
desomorphine, desonide, desoximetasone, dexamethasone, dexamethasone-21-
isonicotinate, dexoxadrol, dextromoramide, dextropropoxyphene,
deoxycorticosterone, dezocine, diampromide, diamorphone, diclofenac,
difenamizole,
difenpiramide, diflorasone, diflucortolone, diflunisal, difluprednate,
dihydrocodeine,
dihydrocodeinone enol acetate, dihydromorphine, dihydroxyaluminum
acetylsalicylate, dimenoxadol, dimepheptanol, dimethylthiambutene, dioxaphetyl
butyrate, dipipanone, diprocetyl, dipyrone, ditazol, droxicam, emorfazone,
enfenamic
acid, enoxolone, epirizole, eptazocine, etersalate, ethenzamide,
ethoheptazine,
ethoxazene, ethyhnethylthiambutene, ethylmoiphine, etodolac, etofenamate,
etonitazene, eugenol, felbinac, fenbufen, fenclozic acid, fendosal,
fenoprofen,
fentanyl, fentiazac, fepradinol, feprazone, floctafenine, fluazacort,
flucloronide,
flufenamic acid, flumethasone, flunisolide, flunixin, flunoxaprofen,
fluocinolone
acetonide, fluocinonide, fluocinolone acetonide, fluocortin butyl,
fluocortolone,
fluoresone, fluorometholone, fluperolone, flupirtine, fluprednidene,
fluprednisolone,
fluproquazone, flurandrenolide, flurbiprofen, fluticasone, formocortal,
fosfosal,
gentisic acid, glafenine, glucametacin, glycol salicylate, guaiazulene,
halcinonide,
halobetasol, halometasone, haloprednone, heroin, hydrocodone, hydrocortamate,
hydrocortisone, hydrocortisone acetate, hydrocortisone succinate,
hydrocortisone
hemisuccinate, hydrocortisone 21-lysinate, hydrocortisone cypionate,
hydromorphone,
hydroxypethidine, ibufenac, ibuprofen, ibuproxam, imidazole salicylate,
indomethacin, indoprofen, isofezolac, isoflupredone, isoflupredone acetate,
isoladol,
isomethadone, isonixin, isoxepac, isoxicam, ketobeinidone, ketoprofen,
ketorolac, p-
lactophenetide, lefetamine, levallorphan, levorphanol, levophenacyl-morphan,
lofentanil, lonazolac, lornoxicain, loxoprofen, lysine acetylsalicylate,
mazipredone,
meclofenainic acid, medrysone, mefenainic acid, meloxicain, meperidine,
meprednisone, meptazinol, mesalamine, metazocine, methadone,
methotriineprazine,
methylprednisolone, inethylprednisolone acetate, methylprednisolone sodium
succinate, methylprednisolone suleptnate, metiazinic acid, metofoline,
metopon,
192
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
mofebutazone, mofezolac, mometasone, morazone, morphine, morphine
hydrochloride, morphine sulfate, morpholine salicylate, myrophine, nabumetone,
nalbuphine, nalorphine, 1-naphthyl salicylate, naproxen, narceine, nefopain,
nicomorphine, nifenazone, niflumic acid, nimesulide, 5'-nitro-2'-
propoxyacetanilide,
norlevorphanol, normethadone, normorphine, norpipanone, olsalazine, opium,
oxaceprol, oxametacine, oxaprozin, oxycodone, oxymorphone, oxyphenbutazone,
papaveretum, paramethasone, paranyline, parsalmide, pentazocine, perisoxal,
phenacetin, phenadoxone, phenazocine, phenazopyridine hydrochloride,
phenocoll,
phenoperidine, phenopyrazone, phenomorphan, phenyl acetylsalicylate,
phenylbutazone, phenyl salicylate, phenyramidol, piketoprofen, piminodine,
pipebuzone, piperylone, pirazolac, piritramide, piroxicam, pirprofen,
pranoprofen,
prednicarbate, prednisolone, prednisone, prednival, prednylidene,
proglumetacin,
proheptazine, promedol, propacetamol, properidine, propiram, propoxyphene,
propyphenazone, proquazone, protizinic acid, proxazole, ramifenazone,
remifentanil,
rimazolium metilsulfate, salacetamide, salicin, salicylamide, salicylamide o-
acetic
acid, salicylic acid, salicylsulfuric acid, salsalate, salverine, simetride,
sufentanil,
sulfasalazine, sulindac, superoxide dismutase, suprofen, suxibuzone,
talniflumate,
tenidap, tenoxicam, terofenamate, tetrandrine, thiazolinobutazone, tiaprofenic
acid,
tiaramide, tilidine, tinoridine, tixocortol, tolfenamic acid, tolmetin,
trainadol,
triamcinolone, triamcinolone acetonide, tropesin, viminol, xenbucin,
ximoprofen,
zaltoprofen and zomepirac.
In an exemplary embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases
the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be administered with a
selective
COX-2 inhibitor for treating or preventing inflammation. Exeinplary selective
COX-2
inhibitors include, for example, deracoxib, parecoxib, celecoxib, valdecoxib,
rofecoxib, etoricoxib, lumiracoxib, 2-(3,5-difluorophenyl)-3-- [4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-cyclopenten-l-one, (S)-6,8-dichloro-2-(triflu-
oromethyl)-
2H-1-benzopyran-3-carboxylic acid, 2-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4-(3-hydroxy-3-
methyl-l-
butoxy)-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-3-(2H)-pyridazinone, 4-[5-(4-
fluorophenyl)-3-
(trifluoroinethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]benzenesulfonamide, tert-butyl 1 benzyl-4-
[(4-
oxopiperidin-1-yl)sulfonyl]piperidine-4-carboxylate, 4-[5-(phenyl)-3-
(trifluoroinethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]benzenesulfonainide, salts and prodrugs
thereof.
193
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Fluslaing
In another aspect, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein may be used for reducing the incidence or
severity of
flushing and/or hot flashes which are symptoms of a disorder. For instance,
the subject
method includes the use of sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the
level and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein, alone or in combination with other agents, for
reducing
incidence or severity of flushing and/or hot flashes in cancer patients. In
other
embodiments, the method provides for the use of sirtuin-modulating coinpounds
that
increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein to reduce the
incidence or severity
of flushing and/or hot flashes in menopausal and post-menopausal woman.
In another aspect, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein may be used as a therapy for reducing the
incidence or
severity of flushing and/or hot flashes which are side-effects of another drug
therapy,
e.g., drug-induced flushing. In certain embodiments, a metliod for treating
and/or
preventing drug-induced flushing comprises adininistering to a patient in need
thereof a
fomiulation coinprising at least one flushing inducing compound and at least
one
sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin protein.
In other einbodiments, a method for treating drug induced flushing comprises
separately adininistering one or more compounds that induce flushing and one
or more
sirtuin-modulating coinpounds, e.g., wherein the sirtuin-modulating compound
and
fluslling inducing agent have not been formulated in the saine compositions.
When
using separate formulations, the sirtuin-modulating compound may be
administered (1)
at the same as administration of the flushing inducing agent, (2)
intermittently with the
flushing inducing agent, (3) staggered relative to administration of the
flushing
inducing agent, (4) prior to adininistration of the flushing inducing agent,
(5)
subsequent to administration of the flushing inducing agent, and (6) various
combination thereof. Exemplary flushing inducing agents include, for example,
niacin,
faloxifene, antidepressants, anti-psychotics, chemotherapeutics, calcium
channel
blockers, and antibiotics.
In one embodiment, sirtuin-modulating coinpounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to reduce flushing side
effects of a
vasodilator or an antilipemic agent (including anticholestereinic agents and
lipotropic
agents). In an exemplary embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound that
increases
194
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to reduce flushing
associated
with the administration of niacin.
Nicotinic acid, 3-pyridinecarboxylic acid or niacin, is an antilipidemic agent
that is marketed under, for exainple, the trade names Nicolar , S1oNiacin ,
Nicobid
and Time Release Niacin . Nicotinic acid has been used for many years in the
treatment of lipidemic disorders such as hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia
and
atherosclerosis. This compound has long been known to exhibit the beneficial
effects of
reducing total cholesterol, low density lipoproteins or "LDL cholesterol,"
triglycerides
and apolipoprotein a (Lp(a)) in the huinan body, while increasing desirable
high density
lipoproteins or "HDL cholesterol".
Typical doses range from about 1 grain to about 3 grams daily. Nicotinic acid
is
normally administered two to four times per day after meals, depending upon
the
dosage form selected. Nicotinic acid is currently commercially available in
two dosage
forms. One dosage fonn is an immediate or rapid release tablet which should be
adininistered three or four times per day. Immediate release ("IR") nicotinic
acid
formulations generally release nearly all of their nicotinic acid within about
30 to 60
minutes following ingestion. The other dosage form is a sustained release form
which is
suitable for adininistration two to four times per day. In contrast to IR
formulations,
sustained release ("SR") nicotinic acid formulations are designed to release
significant
quantities of drug for absorption into the blood stream over specific timed
intervals in
order to maintain therapeutic levels of nicotinic acid over an extended period
such as 12
or 24 hours after ingestion.
As used herein, the term "nicotinic acid" is meant to encompass nicotinic acid
or a compound other than nicotinic acid itself which the body metabolizes into
nicotinic
acid, tlius producing essentially the same effect as nicotinic acid. Exemplary
compounds that produce an effect similar to that of nicotinic acid include,
for example,
nicotinyl alcohol tartrate, d-glucitol hexanicotinate, aluminum nicotinate,
niceritrol and
d,1-alpha-tocopheryl nicotinate. Each such colnpound will be collectively
referred to
herein as "nicotinic acid."
In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating and/or
preventing hyperlipidemia with reduced flushing side effects. The method
comprises
the steps of administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically
effective
amount of nicotinic acid and a sirtuin-modulating compound that increases the
level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein in an amount sufficient to reduce
flushing. In an
195
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
exemplary embodiment, the nicotinic acid and/or sirtuin-modulating compound
may be
administered nocturnally.
In another representative embodiment, the method involves the use of sirtuin-
modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein to
reduce flushing side effects of raloxifene. Raloxifene acts like estrogen in
certain
places in the body, but is not a hormone. It helps prevent osteoporosis in
women who
have reached menopause. Osteoporosis causes bones to gradually grow thin,
fragile,
and more likely to break. Evista slows down the loss of bone mass that occurs
with
menopause, lowering the risk of spine fractures due to osteoporosis. A common
side
effect of raloxifene is hot flashes (sweating and flushing). This can be
uncomfortable
for women who already have hot flashes due to menopause.
In another representative embodiment, the method involves the use of sirtuin-
modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein to
reduce flushing side effects of antidepressants or anti-psychotic agent. For
instance,
sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin protein
can be used in conjunction (administered separately or together) with a
serotonin
reuptake inhibitor, a 5HT2 receptor antagonist, an anticonvulsant, a
norepinephrine
reuptake inhibitor, an a-adrenoreceptor antagonist, an NK-3 antagonist, an NK-
1
receptor antagonist, a PDE4 inhibitor, an Neuropeptide Y5 Receptor
Antagonists, a D4
receptor antagonist, a 5HT1A receptor antagonist, a 5HT1D receptor antagonist,
a CRF
antagonist, a monoamine oxidase inhibitor, or a sedative-hypnotic drug.
In certain embodiments, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used as part of a treatinent with
a serotonin
reuptake inllibitor (SRI) to reduce flushing. In certain preferred
embodiments, the SRI
is a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI), sucli as a fluoxetinoid
(fluoxetine,
norfluoxetine) or a nefazodonoid (nefazodone, hydroxynefazodone,
oxonefazodone).
Other exeinplary SSRI's include duloxetine, venlafaxine, milnacipran,
citalopram,
fluvoxainine, paroxetine and sertraline. The sirtuin-modulating compound that
increases the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein can also be used as
part of a
treatinent with sedative-hypnotic drug, such as selected from the group
consisting of a
benzodiazepine (such as alprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, clonazepain,
clllorazepate,
clobazam, diazepain, halazepam, lorazepain, oxazepain and prazepam), zolpidem,
and
barbiturates. In still other einbodiments, a sirtuin-modulating compound that
increases
196
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used as part of a
treatment with a 5-
HT1A receptor partial agonist, such as selected from the group consisting of
buspirone,
flesinoxan, gepirone and ipsapirone. Sirtuin-modulating compounds that
increase the
level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein can also used as part of a
treatment with a
norepinephrine reuptalce inhibitor, such as selected from tertiary amine
tricyclics and
secondary amine tricyclics. Exemplary tertiary amine tricyclic include
amitriptyline,
clomiprainine, doxepin, imipramine and trimipramine. Exemplary secondary amine
tricyclic include amoxapine, desipramine, maprotiline, nortriptyline and
protriptyline.
In certain embodiments, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein may be used as part of a treatment with a
monoamine
oxidase inhibitor, such as selected from the group consisting of
isocarboxazid,
phenelzine, tranylcypromine, selegiline and moclobemide.
In still another representative embodiment, sirtuin-modulating coinpounds that
increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to reduce
flushing
side effects of chemotherapeutic agents, such as cyclophosphamide, tamoxifen.
In another embodiment, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to reduce flushing side
effects of
calcium channel blockers, such as amlodipine.
In another embodiment, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used to reduce flushing side
effects of
antibiotics. For example, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein can be used in combination with levofloxacin.
Levofloxacin
is used to treat infections of the sinuses, skin, lungs, ears, airways, bones,
and joints
caused by susceptible bacteria. Levofloxacin also is frequently used to treat
urinary
infections, including those resistant to other antibiotics, as well as
prostatitis.
Levofloxacin is effective in treating infectious diarrheas caused by E. coli,
cainpylobacter jejuni, and shigella bacteria. Levofloxacin also can be used to
treat
various obstetric infections, including mastitis.
Ocular Disor(lers
One aspect of the present invention is a method for inhibiting, reducing or
otherwise treating vision impairment by adininistering to a patient a
therapeutic dosage
of sirtuin modulator selected from a compound disclosed herein, or a
pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, prodrug or a metabolic derivative thereof.
197
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In certain aspects of the invention, the vision impairment is caused by damage
to the optic nerve or central nervous system. In particular embodiments, optic
nerve
damage is caused by high intraocular pressure, such as that created by
glaucoma. In
other particular embodiments, optic nerve damage is caused by swelling of the
nerve,
which is often associated with an infection or an iminune (e.g., autoimmune)
response
such as in optic neuritis.
Glaucoma describes a group of disorders which are associated with a visual
field defect, cupping of the optic disc, and optic nerve damage. These are
commonly
referred to as glaucomatous optic neuropathies. Most glaucomas are usually,
but not
always, associated with a rise in intraocular pressure. Exemplary forms of
glaucoma
include Glaucoma and Penetrating Keratoplasty, Acute Angle Closure, Chronic
Angle
Closure, Chronic Open Angle, Angle Recession, Aphakic and Pseudophakic, Drug-
Induced, Hyphema, Intraocular Tumors, Juvenile, Lens-Particle, Low Tension,
Malignant, Neovascular, Phacolytic, Phacomorphic, Pigmentary, Plateau Iris,
Primary
Congenital, Primary Open Angle, Pseudoexfoliation, Secondary Congenital, Adult
Suspect, Unilateral, Uveitic, Ocular Hypertension, Ocular Hypotony, Posner-
Schlossman Syndrome and Scleral Expansion Procedure in Ocular Hypertension &
Primary Open-angle Glaucoma.
Intraocular pressure can also be increased by various surgical procedures,
such
as phacoeinulsification (i.e., cataract surgery) and implanation of structures
such as an
artificial lens. In addition, spinal surgeries in particular, or any surgery
in which the
patient is prone for an extended period of time can lead to increased
interoccular
pressure.
Optic neuritis (ON) is inflammation of the optic nerve and causes acute loss
of
vision. It is highly associated with multiple sclerosis (MS) as 15-25% of MS
patients
initially present with ON, and 50-75% of ON patients are diagnosed with MS. ON
is
also associated with infection (e.g., viral infection, meningitis, syphilis),
inflamination
(e.g., from a vaccine), infiltration and ischeinia.
Another condition leading to optic nerve dainage is anterior ischemic optic
neuropathy (AION). There are two types of AION. Arteritic AION is due to giant
cell
arteritis (vasculitis) and leads to acute vision loss. Non-arteritic AION
encoinpasses all
cases of ischemic optic neuropathy other than those due to giant cell
arteritis. The
pathophysiology of AION is unclear although it appears to incorporate both
inflammatory and ischemic mechanisms.
198
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Other damage to the optic nerve is typically associated with demyleination,
inflammation, ischemia, toxins, or trauma to the optic nerve. Exemplary
conditions
where the optic nerve is damaged include Demyelinating Optic Neuropathy (Optic
Neuritis, Retrobulbar Optic Neuritis), Optic Nerve Sheath Meningioma, Adult
Optic
Neuritis, Childhood Optic Neuritis, Anterior Ischemic Optic Neuropathy,
Posterior
Ischeinic Optic Neuropathy, Compressive Optic Neuropathy, Papilledema,
Pseudopapilledema and Toxic/Nutritional Optic Neuropathy.
Other neurological conditions associated with vision loss, albeit not directly
associated with dainage to the optic nerve, include Amblyopia, Bells Palsy,
Chronic
Progressive External Ophthalmoplegia, Multiple Sclerosis, Pseudotumor Cerebri
and
Trigeminal Neuralgia.
In certain aspects of the invention, the vision impairment is caused by
retinal
damage. In particular embodiments, retinal damage is caused by disturbances in
blood
flow to the eye (e.g., arteriosclerosis, vasculitis). In particular
embodiments, retinal
damage is caused by disrupton of the macula (e.g., exudative or non-exudative
macular
degeneration).
Exemplary retinal diseases include Exudative Age Related Macular
Degeneration, Nonexudative Age Related Macular Degeneration, Retinal
Electronic
Prosthesis and RPE Transplantation Age Related Macular Degeneration, Acute
Multifocal Placoid Pigment Epitheliopathy, Acute Retinal Necrosis, Best
Disease,
Branch Retinal Artery Occlusion, Branch Retinal Vein Occlusion, Cancer
Associated
and Related Autoimmune Retinopathies, Central Retinal Artery Occlusion,
Central
Retinal Vein Occlusion, Central Serous Chorioretinopathy, Eales Disease,
Epimacular
Membrane, Lattice Degeneration, Macroaneurysm, Diabetic Macular Edema, Irvine-
Gass Macular Edema, Macular Hole, Subretinal Neovascular Membranes, Diffuse
Unilateral Subacute Neuroretinitis, Nonpseudophalcic Cystoid Macular Edema,
Presumed Ocular Histoplasmosis Syndrome, Exudative Retinal Detachment,
Postoperative Retinal Detachinent, Proliferative Retinal Detachment,
Rheginatogenous
Retinal Detachtnent, Tractional Retinal Detaclunent, Retinitis Pigmentosa, CMV
Retinitis, Retinoblastoma, Retinopathy of Preinaturity, Birdshot Retinopathy,
Background Diabetic Retinopatliy, Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy,
Heinoglobinopathies Retinopathy, Purtscher Retinopathy, Valsalva Retinopathy,
Juvenile Retinoschisis, Senile Retinoschisis, Terson Syndrome and White Dot
Syndromes.
199
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Other exemplary diseases include ocular bacterial infections (e.g.
conjunctivitis,
keratitis, tuberculosis, syphilis, gonorrhea), viral infections (e.g. Ocular
Herpes
Simplex Virus, Varicella Zoster Virus, Cytomegalovirus retinitis, Human
Iinmunodeficiency Virus (HIV)) as well as progressive outer retinal necrosis
secondary
to HIV or other HIV-associated and other immunodeficiency-associated ocular
diseases. In addition, ocular diseases include fungal infections (e.g. Candida
choroiditis, histoplasmosis), protozoal infections (e.g. toxoplasmosis) and
otliers such
as ocular toxocariasis and sarcoidosis.
One aspect of the invention is a method for inhibiting, reducing or treating
vision
impairment in a subject undergoing treatment with a cheinotherapeutic drug
(e.g., a
neurotoxic drug, a drug that raises intraocular pressure such as a steroid),
by
administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutic dosage of
a sirtuin
modulator disclosed herein.
Another aspect of the invention is a method for inhibiting, reducing or
treating
vision impairment in a subject undergoing surgery, including ocular or other
surgeries
performed in the prone position such as spinal cord surgery, by administering
to the
subject in need of such treatment a therapeutic dosage of a sirtuin modulator
disclosed
herein. Ocular surgeries include cataract, iridotomy and lens replacements.
Another aspect of the invention is the treatment, including inhibition and
prophylactic
treatment, of age related ocular diseases include cataracts, dry eye, retinal
damage and
the like, by administering to the subject in need of such treatment a
therapeutic dosage
of a sirtuin modulator disclosed herein.
The formation of cataracts is associated with several biochemical changes in
the
lens of the eye, such as decreased levels of antioxidants ascorbic acid and
glutatllione,
increased lipid, amino acid and protein oxidation, increased sodiuin and
calcium, loss
of amino acids and decreased lens metabolism. The lens, which laclcs blood
vessels, is
suspended in extracellular fluids in the anterior part of the eye. Nutrients,
such as
ascorbic acid, glutathione, vitamin E, selenium, bioflavonoids and carotenoids
are
required to maintain the transparency of the lens. Low levels of selenium
results in an
increase of free radical-inducing hydrogen peroxide, whicll is neutralized by
the
seleniuin-dependent antioxidant enzyme glutathioiie peroxidase. Lens-
protective
glutathione peroxidase is also dependent on the ainino acids methionine,
cysteine,
glycine and glutamic acid.
200
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Cataracts can also develop due to an inability to properly metabolize
galactose
found in dairy products that contain lactose, a disaccharide composed of the
monosaccharide galactose and glucose. Cataracts can be prevented, delayed,
slowed
and possibly even reversed if detected early and metabolically corrected.
Retinal damage is attributed, inter alia, to free radical initiated reactions
in
glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy and age-related macular degeneration (AMD). The
eye
is a part of the central nervous system and has limited regenerative
capability. The
retina is composed of numerous nerve cells which contain the highest
concentration of
polyunsaturated fatty acids (PFA) and subject to oxidation. Free radicals are
generated
by UV light entering the eye and mitochondria in the rods and cones, which
generate
the energy necessary to transform light into visual impulses. Free radicals
cause
peroxidation of the PFA by hydroxyl or superoxide radicals which in turn
propagate
additional free radicals. The free radicals cause temporary or permanent
damage to
retinal tissue.
Glaucoma is usually viewed as a disorder that causes an elevated intraocular
pressure (IOP) that results in permanent damage to the retinal nerve fibers,
but a sixth
of all glaucoma cases do not develop an elevated IOP. This disorder is now
perceived
as one of reduced vascular perfusion and an increase in neurotoxic factors.
Recent
studies have implicated elevated levels of glutamate, nitric oxide and
peroxynitirite in
the eye as the causes of the death of retinal ganglion cells. Neuroprotective
agents may
be the future of glaucoma care. For example, nitric oxide synthase inliibitors
block the
formation of peroxynitrite from nitric oxide and superoxide. In a recent
study, animals
treated with aininoguanidine, a nitric oxide synthase inhibitor, had a
reduction in the
loss of retinal ganglion cells. It was concluded that nitric oxide in the eye
caused
cytotoxicity in many tissues and neurotoxicity in the central nervous system.
Diabetic retinopathy occurs when the underlying blood vessels develop
microvascular abnormalities consisting primarily of microaneurysms and
intraretinal
hemorrhages. Oxidative metabolites are directly involved witll the
pathogenesis of
diabetic retinopathy and free radicals auginent the generation of growth
factors that
lead to enhanced proliferative activity. Nitric oxide produced by endothelial
cells of the
vessels may also cause smooth muscle cells to relax and result in vasodilation
of
segments of the vessel. Ischemia and hypoxia of the retina occur after
thickening of the
arterial basement membrane, endothelial proliferation and loss of pericytes.
The
inadequate oxygenation causes capillary obliteration or nonperfusion,
arteriolar-venular
201
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
shunts, sluggish blood flow and an impaired ability of RBCs to release oxygen.
Lipid
peroxidation of the retinal tissues also occurs as a result of free radical
dainage.
The macula is responsible for our acute central vision and composed of light-
sensing cells (cones) while the underlying retinal pigment epithelium (RPE)
and
choroid nourish and help remove waste materials. The RPE nourishes the cones
with
the vitamin A substrate for the photosensitive pigments and digests the cones
shed
outer tips. RPE is exposed to high levels of UV radiation, and secretes
factors that
inhibit angiogenesis. The choroid contains a dense vascular network that
provides
nutrients and reinoves the waste materials.
In AMD, the shed cone tips become indigestible by the RPE, where the cells
swell and die after collecting too much undigested material. Collections of
undigested
waste material, called drusen, form under the RPE. Photoxic damage also causes
the
accumulation of lipofuscin in RPE cells. The intracellular lipofuscin and
accumulation
of drusen in Bruch's membrane interferes with the transport of oxygen and
nutrients to
the retinal tissues, and ultimately leads to RPE and photoreceptor
dysfunction. In
exudative AMD, blood vessels grow from the choriocapillaris through defects in
Bruch's membrane and may grow under the RPE, detaching it from the choroid,
and
leaking fluid or bleeding.
Macular pigment, one of the protective factors that prevent sunlight from
damaging the retina, is formed by the accumulation of nutritionally derived
carotenoids, such as lutein, the fatty yellow pigment that serves as a
delivery vehicle for
other important nutrients and zeaxanthin. Antioxidants such as vitamins C and
E, beta-
carotene and lutein, as well as zinc, selenium and copper, are all found in
the healthy
macula. In addition to providing nourishinent, these antioxidants protect
against free
radical damage that initiates macular degeneration.
Anotller aspect of the invention is the prevention or treatment of damage to
the
eye caused by stress, chemical insult or radiation, by administering to the
subject in
need of such treatment a therapeutic dosage of a sirtuin modulator disclosed
herein.
Radiation or electromagnetic damage to the eye can include that caused by
CRT's or
exposure to sunlight or UV.
In one einbodiment, a combination drug regimen may include drugs or
compounds for the treatment or prevention of ocular disorders or secondary
conditions
associated with these conditions. Thus, a combination drug regimen may include
one
or more sirtuin activators and one or more therapeutic agents for the
treatment of an
202
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
ocular disorder. For example, one or more sirtuin-activating coinpounds can be
combined with an effective amount of one or more of: an agent that reduces
intraocular
pressure, an agent for treating glaucoma, an agent for treating optic
neuritis, an agent
for treating CMV Retinopathy, an agent for treating multiple sclerosis, and/or
an
antibiotic, etc.
In one embodiment, a sirtuin modulator can be administered in conjunction with
a therapy for reducing intraocular pressure. One group of therapies involves
blocking
aqueous production. For example, topical beta-adrenergic antagonists (tiinolol
and
betaxolol) decrease aqueous production. Topical timolol causes IOP to fall in
30
minutes with peak effects in 1-2 hours. A reasonable regimen is Tiinoptic
0.5%, one
drop every 30 minutes for 2 doses. The carbonic anhydrase inhibitor,
acetazolamide,
also decreases aqueous production and should be given in conjunction with
topical
beta-antagonists. An initial dose of 500 mg is administered followed by 250 mg
every 6
hours. This medication may be given orally, intramuscularly, or intravenously.
In
addition, alpha 2-agonists (e.g., Apraclonidine) act by decreasing aqueous
production.
Their effects are additive to topically administered beta-blockers. They have
been
approved for use in controlling an acute rise in pressure following anterior
chamber
laser procedures, but has been reported effective in treating acute closed-
angle
glaucoma. A reasonable regimen is 1 drop every 30 minutes for 2 doses.
A second group of therapies for reducing intraocular pressure involve reducing
vitreous volume. Hyperosmotic agents can be used to treat an acute attack.
These
agents draw water out of the globe by making the blood hyperosmolar. Oral
glycerol in
a dose of 1 mL/kg in a cold 50% solution (mixed with lemon juice to make it
more
palatable) often is used. Glycerol is converted to glucose in the liver;
persons with
diabetes may need additional insulin if they become hyperglycemic after
receiving
glycerol. Oral isosorbide is a metabolically inert alcohol that also can be
used as an
osmotic agent for patients with acute angle-closure glaucoma. Usual dose is
100 g
taken p.o. (220 cc of a 45% solution). This inert alcohol should not be
confused with
isosorbide dinitrate, a nitrate-based cardiac medication used for angina and
for
congestive heart failure. Intravenous maimitol in a dose of 1.0-1.5 ing/lcg
also is
effective and is well tolerated in patients with nausea and vomiting. These
hyperosmotic agents should be used with caution in any patient with a history
of
congestive heart failure.
203
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
A third group of therapies involve facilitating aqueous outflow from the eye.
Miotic agents pull the iris from the iridocomeal angle and may help to relieve
the
obstruction of the trabecular meshwork by the peripheral iris. Pilocarpine 2%
(blue
eyes)-4% (brown eyes) can be administered every 15 minutes for the first 1-2
hours.
More frequent administration or higher doses may precipitate a systemic
cholinergic
crisis. NSAIDS are sometimes used to reduce inflammation.
Exemplary therapeutic agents for reducing intraocular pressure include
ALPHAGANO P (Allergan) (brimonidine tartrate ophthalmic solution), AZOPTO
(Alcon) (brinzolamide ophthalmic suspension), BETAGAN RO (Allergan)
(levobunolol
hydrochloride ophthalmic solution, USP), BETIMOLO (Vistakon) (timolol
ophthalmic
solution), BETOPTIC SO (Alcon) (betaxolol HCl), BRIMONIDINE TARTRATE
(Bausch & Lomb), CARTEOLOL HYDROCHLORIDE (Bausch & Lomb), COSOPTO
(Merck) (dorzolamide hydrochloride-timolol maleate ophthalmic solution),
LUMIGANOO (Allergan) (bimatoprost ophthalmic solution), OPTIPRANOLOLO
(Bausch & Lomb) (metipranolol ophthahnic solution), TIMOLOL GFS (Falcon)
(timolol maleate ophtllahnic gel forming solution), TIMOPTICO (Merck) (timolol
maleate ophthalmic solution), TRAVATANO (Alcon) (travoprost ophthalmic
solution), TRUSOPTOO (Merck) (dorzolamide hydrochloride ophthalmic solution)
and
XALATANO (Pharmacia & Upjohn) (latanoprost ophthalmic solution).
In one embodiment, a sirtuin modulator can be administered in conjunction with
a therapy for treating and/or preventing glaucoma. An example of a glaucoma
drug is
DARANIDEO Tablets (Merck) (Dichlorphenamide).
In one einbodiment, a sirtuin modulator can be administered in conjunction
with
a therapy for treating and/or preventing optic neuritis. Examples of drugs for
optic
neuritis include DECADRONOO Phosphate Injection (Merck) (Dexamethasone Sodium
Phosphate), DEPO-MEDROLO (Pharmacia & Upjohn)(methylprednisolone acetate),
HYDROCORTONEO Tablets (Merck) (Hydrocortisone), ORAPREDO (Biomarin)
(prednisolone sodium phosphate oral solution) and PEDIAPREDO (Celltech)
(prednisolone sodium phosphate, USP).
In one embodiment, a sirtuin modulator can be adininistered in conjunction
with
a therapy for treating and/or preventing CMV Retinopathy. Treatments for CMV
retinopatliy include CYTOVENEO (ganciclovir capsules) and VALCYTEOO (Roche
Laboratories) (valganciclovir hydrochloride tablets).
204
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In one embodiment, a sirtuin modulator can be administered in conjunction with
a therapy for treating and/or preventing multiple sclerosis. Examples of such
drugs
include DANTRIUMO (Procter & Gamble Pharmaceuticals) (dantrolene sodium),
NOVANTRONEO (Serono) (mitoxantrone), AVONEXO (Biogen Idec) (Interferon
beta-1a), BETASERONO (Berlex) (Interferonbeta-lb), COPAXONEO (Teva
Neuroscience) (glatiramer acetate injectioii) and REBIFO (Pfizer) (interferon
beta-la).
In addition, macrolide and/or mycophenolic acid, which has multiple
activities,
can be co-administered with a sirtuin modulator. Macrolide antibiotics include
tacrolimus, cyclosporine, sirolimus, everoliinus, ascomycin, erythromycin,
azithromycin, clarithromycin, clindamycin, lincomycin, dirithromycin,
josamycin,
spirainycin, diacetyl-midecamycin, tylosin, roxithromycin, ABT-773,
telithroinycin,
leucomycins, and lincosamide.
Mitochondrial Associated Diseases and Disorders
In certain embodiments, the invention provides methods for treating diseases
or
disorders that would benefit from increased mitochondrial activity. The
methods
involve administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective
amount of
a sirtuin activating compound. Increased mitochondrial activity refers to
increasing
activity of the mitochondria while inaintaining the overall numbers of
mitochondria
(e.g., mitocllondrial mass), increasing the numbers of mitochondria thereby
increasing
mitochondrial activity (e.g., by stimulating mitochondrial biogenesis), or
combinations
thereof. In certain embodiments, diseases and disorders that would benefit
from
increased mitochondrial activity include diseases or disorders associated with
mitochondrial dysfunction.
In certain embodiments, methods for treating diseases or disorders that would
benefit from increased mitochondrial activity may comprise identifying a
subject
suffering from a mitochondrial dysfunction. Methods for diagnosing a
mitochondrial
dysfunction may involve molecular genetic, pathologic and/or biochemical
analysis are
suiumarized in Cohen and Gold, Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, 68: 625-
642
(2001). One method for diagnosing a mitochondrial dysfunction is the Thor-
Byrne-ier
scale (see e.g., Cohen and Gold, supra; Collin S. et al., Eur Neurol. 36: 260-
267
(1996)). Other methods for determining mitochondrial number and function
include,
for exainple, enzymatic assays (e.g., a mitochondrial enzyine or an ATP
biosynthesis
factor such as an ETC enzynle or a Krebs cycle enzyme), detennination or
mitochondrial mass, mitochondrial volume, and/or mitochondrial number,
205
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
quantification of mitochondrial DNA, monitoring intracellular calcium
homeostasis
and/or cellular responses to perturbations of this homeostasis, evaluation of
response to
an apoptogenic stimulus, determination of free radical production. Such
methods are
known in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Publication
No.
2002/0049176 and references cited therein.
Mitochondria are critical for the survival and proper function of almost all
types
of eukaryotic cells. Mitochondria in virtually any cell type can have
congenital or
acquired defects that affect their function. Thus, the clinically significant
signs and
symptoms of mitochondrial defects affecting respiratory chain function are
heterogeneous and variable depending on the distribution of defective
mitochondria
among cells and the severity of their deficits, and upon physiological demands
upon the
affected cells. Nondividing tissues with high energy requirements, e.g.
nervous tissue,
skeletal muscle and cardiac muscle are particularly susceptible to
mitochondrial
respiratory chain dysfunction, but any organ system can be affected.
Diseases and disorders associated with mitocliondrial dysfunction include
diseases and disorders in which deficits in mitochondrial respiratory chain
activity
contribute to the development of pathophysiology of such diseases or disorders
in a
inammal. This includes 1) congenital genetic deficiencies in activity of one
or more
components of the mitochondrial respiratory chain; and 2) acquired
deficiencies in the
activity of one or more coinponents of the mitochondrial respiratory chain,
wherein
such deficiencies are caused by a) oxidative damage during aging; b) elevated
intracellular calcium; c) exposure of affected cells to nitric oxide; d)
hypoxia or
ischemia; e) microtubule-associated deficits in axonal transport of
mitochondria, or f)
expression of mitochondrial uncoupling proteins.
Diseases or disorders that would benefit from increased mitochondrial activity
generally include for example, diseases in which free radical mediated
oxidative injury
leads to tissue degeneration, diseases in whicli cells inappropriately undergo
apoptosis,
and diseases in which cells fail to undergo apoptosis. Exemplary diseases or
disorders
that would benefit from increased mitochondrial activity include, for
exainple, AD
(Alzheimer's Disease), ADPD (Alzheimer's Disease and Parlcinsons's Disease),
AMDF
(Ataxia, Myoclonus and Deafness), auto-iminune disease, cancer, CIPO (Chronic
Intestinal Pseudoobstruction with myopathy and Ophthalmoplegia), congenital
muscular dystrophy, CPEO (Chronic Progressive External Ophthalmoplegia), DEAF
(Maternally inherited DEAFness or aminoglycoside-induced DEAFness), DEMCHO
206
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
(Dementia and Chorea), diabetes mellitus (Type I or Type II), DIDMOAD
(Diabetes
Insipidus, Diabetes Mellitus, Optic Atrophy, Deafness), DMDF (Diabetes
Mellitus and
Deafness), dystonia, Exercise Intolerance, ESOC (Epilepsy, Strokes, Optic
atrophy, and
Cognitive decline), FBSN (Familial Bilateral Striatal Necrosis), FICP (Fatal
Infantile
Cardiomyopathy Plus, a MELAS-associated cardiomyopathy), GER (Gastrointestinal
Reflux), HD (Huntington's Disease), KSS (Kearns Sayre Syndrome), "later-onset"
myopathy, LDYT (Leber's hereditary optic neuropathy and DYsTonia), Leigh's
Syndrome, LHON (Leber Hereditary Optic Neuropathy), LIMM (Lethal Infantile
Mitochondrial Myopathy), MDM (Myopathy and Diabetes Mellitus), MELAS
(Mitochondrial Encephalomyopathy, Lactic Acidosis, and Stroke-like episodes),
MEPR
(Myoclonic Epilepsy and Psychomotor Regression), MERME (MERRF/MELAS
overlap disease), MERRF (Myoclonic Epilepsy and Ragged Red Muscle Fibers),
MHCM (Maternally Inherited Hypertrophic CardioMyopathy), MICM (Maternally
Inherited Cardiomyopathy), MILS (Maternally Inherited Leigh Syndrome),
Mitochondrial Encephalocardiomyopathy, Mitochondrial Encephalomyopathy, MM
(Mitochondrial Myopathy), MMC (Maternal Myopathy and Cardiomyopathy), MNGIE
(Myopathy and external ophthalmoplegia, Neuropathy, Gastro-Intestinal,
Encephalopathy), Multisystem Mitochondrial Disorder (myopathy, encephalopathy,
blindness, hearing loss, peripheral neuropathy), NARP (Neurogenic muscle
weakness,
Ataxia, and Retinitis Pigmentosa; alternate phenotype at this locus is
reported as Leigh
Disease), PD (Parkinson's Disease), Pearson's Syndrome, PEM (Progressive
Encephalopathy), PEO (Progressive External Ophthalmoplegia), PME (Progressive
Myoclonus Epilepsy), PMPS (Pearson Marrow-Pancreas Syndrome), psoriasis, RTT
(Rett Syndrome), schizophrenia, SIDS (Sudden Infant Death Syndrome), SNHL
(Sensorineural Hearing Loss), Varied Familial Presentation (clinical
manifestations
range from spastic paraparesis to multisystein progressive disorder & fatal
cardiomyopathy to truncal ataxia, dysarthria, severe hearing loss, mental
regression,
ptosis, ophthalmoparesis, distal cyclones, and diabetes mellitus), or Wolfram
syndrome.
Other diseases and disorders that would benefit from increased mitochondrial
activity include, for example, Friedreich's ataxia and other ataxias,
ainyotrophic lateral
sclerosis (ALS) and other motor neuron diseases, macular degeneration,
epilepsy,
Alpers syndrome, Multiple mitocllondrial DNA deletion syndrome, MtDNA
depletion
syndrome, Complex I deficiency, Coinplex II (SDH) deficiency, Complex III
deficiency, Cytochrome c oxidase (COX, Complex IV) deficiency, Complex V
207
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
deficiency, Adenine Nucleotide Translocator (ANT) deficiency, Pyruvate
dehydrogenase (PDH) deficiency, Ethylmalonic aciduria with lactic acidemia, 3-
Methyl
glutaconic aciduria with lactic acidemia, Refractory epilepsy with declines
during
infection, Asperger syndrome with declines during infection, Autism with
declines
during infection, Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), Cerebral
palsy with
declines during infection, Dyslexia with declines during infection, materially
inherited
thrombocytopenia and leukemia syndrome, MARIAHS syndrome (Mitrochondrial
ataxia, recurrent infections, aphasia, hypouricemia/hypomyelination, seizures,
and
dicarboxylic aciduria), ND6 dystonia, Cyclic vomiting syndrome with declines
during
infection, 3-Hydroxy isobutryic aciduria with lactic acidemia, Diabetes
mellitus with
lactic acidemia, Uridine responsive neurologic syndrome (URNS), Dilated
cardiomyopathy, Splenic Lymphoma, and Renal Tubular Acidosis/Diabetes/Ataxis
syndrome.
In other einbodiinents, the invention provides metllods for treating a subject
suffering from mitochondrial disorders arising from, but not limited to, post-
traumatic
head injury and cerebral edema, stroke (invention methods useful for
preventing or
preventing reperfusion injury), Lewy body dementia, hepatorenal syndrome,
acute liver
failure, NASH (non-alcoholic steatohepatitis), Anti-
metastasis/prodifferentiation
therapy of cancer, idiopathic congestive heart failure, atrial fibrilation
(non-valvular),
Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome, idiopathic heart block, prevention of
reperfusion
injury in acute myocardial infarctions, fainilial migraines, irritable bowel
syndrome,
secondary prevention of non-Q wave inyocardial infarctions, Premenstrual
syndrome,
Prevention of renal failure in hepatorenal syndrome, anti-phospholipid
antibody
syndrome, eclampsia/pre-eclainpsia, oopause infertility, ischeinic heart
disease/angina,
and Shy-Drager and unclassified dysautonomia syndromes.
In still another einbodiment, there are provided methods for the treatment of
mitochondrial disorders associated with pharmacological drug-related side
effects.
Types of pharinaceutical agents that are associated with mitochondrial
disorders
include reverse transcriptase inliibitors, protease inhibitors, inhibitors of
DHOD, and
the like. Exainples of reverse transcriptase inhibitors include, for example,
Azidothymidine (AZT), Stavudine (D4T), Zalcitabine (ddC), Didanosine (DDI),
Fluoroiodoarauracil (FIAU), Lainivudine (3TC), Abacavir and the like. Examples
of
protease inhibitors include, for example, Ritonavir, Indinavir, Saquinavir,
Nelfinavir
208
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
and the like. Examples of inhibitors of dihydroorotate dehydrogenase (DHOD)
include,
for example, Leflunomide, Brequinar, and the like.
Reverse transcriptase inhibitors not only inhibit reverse transcriptase but
also
polymerase gamma which is required for mitochondrial function. Inhibition of
polymerase gamma activity (e.g., with a reverse transcriptase inhibitor)
therefore leads
to mitochondrial dysfunction and/or a reduced mitochondrial mass which
manifests
itself in patients as hyperlactatemia. This type of condition may benefit from
an
increase in the number of mitochondria and/or an iinprovement in mitochondrial
function, e.g., by administration of a sirtuin activating compound.
Common symptoms of mitochondrial diseases include cardiomyopathy, muscle
weakness and atrophy, developmental delays (involving motor, language,
cognitive or
executive function), ataxia, epilepsy, renal tubular acidosis, peripheral
neuropathy,
optic neuropathy, autonomic neuropathy, neurogenic bowel dysfunction,
sensorineural
deafness, neurogenic bladder dysfunction, dilating cardiomyopathy, migraine,
hepatic
failure, lactic acidemia, and diabetes mellitus.
In certain embodiments, the invention provides methods for treating a disease
or
disorder that would benefit from increased mitochondrial activity that
involves
administering to a subject in need tliereof one or more sirtuin activating
coinpounds in
coinbination with another therapeutic agent such as, for example, an agent
useful for
treating mitochondrial dysfunction (such as antioxidants, vitamins, or
respiratory chain
cofactors), an agent useful for reducing a symptom associated with a disease
or disorder
involving mitochondrial dysfiinction (such as, an anti-seizure agent, an agent
useful for
alleviating neuropathic pain, an agent for treating cardiac dysfunction), a
cardiovascular
agent (as described further below), a chemotherapeutic agent (as described
further
below), or an anti-neurodegeneration agent (as described further below). In an
exemplary embodiment, the invention provides methods for treating a disease or
disorder that would benefit from increased mitochondrial activity that
involves
administering to a subject in need thereof one or more sirtuin activating
compounds in
combination with one or more of the following: coenzyme QIO, L-camitine,
thiainine,
riboflavin, niacinainide, folate, vitamin E, selenium, lipoic acid, or
prednisone.
Coinpositions comprising such combinations are also provided herein.
In exemplary embodiments, the invention provides methods for treating
diseases or disorders that would benefit from increased mitochondrial acitivty
by
administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a sirtuin
activating
209
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
compound. Exemplary diseases or disorders include, for example, neuromuscular
disorders (e.g., Friedreich's Ataxia, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis,
etc.),
disorders of neuronal instability (e.g., seizure disorders, migrane, etc.),
developinental
delay, neurodegenerative disorders (e.g., Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's
Disease,
amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, etc.), ischemia, renal tubular acidosis, age-
related
neurodegeneration and cognitive decline, chemotherapy fatigue, age-related or
cheinotherapy-induced menopause or irregularities of menstrual cycling or
ovulation,
mitochondrial myopathies, mitochondrial damage (e.g., calcium accumulation,
excitotoxicity, nitric oxide exposure, hypoxia, etc.), and mitochondrial
deregulation.
A gene defect underlying Friedreich's Ataxia (FA), the most common hereditary
ataxia, was recently identified and is designated "frataxin". In FA, after a
period of
normal development, deficits in coordination develop which progress to
paralysis and
death, typically between the ages of 30 and 40. The tissues affected most
severely are
the spinal cord, peripheral nerves, myocardium, and pancreas. Patients
typically lose
motor control and are confined to wheel chairs, and are cominonly afflicted
with heart
failure and diabetes. The genetic basis for FA involves GAA trinucleotide
repeats in an
intron region of the gene encoding fiataxin. The presence of these repeats
results in
reduced transcription and expression of the gene. Frataxin is involved in
regulation of
mitochondrial iron content. When cellular frataxin content is subnormal,
excess iron
accumulates in mitochondria, promoting oxidative damage and consequent
mitochondrial degeneration and dysfunction. When intermediate numbers of GAA
repeats are present in the frataxin gene intron, the severe clinical phenotype
of ataxia
may not develop. However, these intermediate-length trinucleotide extensions
are
found in 25 to 30% of patients with non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus,
compared
to about 5% of the nondiabetic population. In certain embodiments, sirtuin
activating
compounds may be used for treating patients with disorders related to
deficiencies or
defects in frataxin, including Friedreich's Ataxia, myocardial dysfunction,
diabetes
mellitus and complications of diabetes like peripheral neuropathy.
Muscular dystropliy refers to a family of diseases involving deterioration of
neuroinuscular structure and function, often resulting in atrophy of skeletal
muscle and
myocardial dysfunction. In the case of Ducllenne muscular dystrophy, mutations
or
deficits in a specific protein, dystropliin, are implicated in its etiology.
Mice with their
dystrophin genes inactivated display some characteristics of muscular
dystrophy, and
have an approximately 50% deficit in mitochondrial respiratory chain activity.
A final
210
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
common pathway for neuromuscular degeneration in most cases is calcium-
mediated
impairment of mitochondrial function. In certain embodiments, sirtuin
activating
compounds may be used for reducing the rate of decline in muscular functional
capacities and for improving muscular functional status in patients with
muscular
dystrophy.
Multiple sclerosis (MS) is a neuromuscular disease characterized by focal
inflammatory and autoimmune degeneration of cerebral white matter. Periodic
exacerbations or attacks are significantly correlated with upper respiratory
tract and
other infections, both bacterial and viral, indicating that mitochondrial
dysfunction
plays a role in MS. Depression of neuronal mitochondrial respiratory chain
activity
caused by Nitric Oxide (produced by astrocytes and other cells involved in
inflammation) is implicated as a molecular mechanism contributing to MS. In
certain
embodiments, sirtuin activating compounds may be used for treatment of
patients with
multiple sclerosis, both prophylactically and during episodes of disease
exacerbation.
Epilepsy is often present in patients with mitochondrial cytopathies,
involving a
range of seizure severity and fiequency, e.g. absence, tonic, atonic,
myoclonic, and
status epilepticus, occurring in isolated episodes or many times daily. In
certain
embodiments, sirtuin activating coinpounds may be used for treating patients
with
seizures secondary to mitochondrial dysfunction, including reducing frequency
and
severity of seizure activity.
Metabolic studies on patients with recurrent migraine headaches indicate that
deficits in mitocllondrial activity are commonly associated with this
disorder,
manifesting as impaired-oxidative phosphorylation and excess lactate
production. Such
deficits are not necessarily due to genetic defects in mitochondrial DNA.
Migraineurs
are hypersensitive to nitric oxide, an endogenous inliibitor of Cytochrome c
Oxidase. In
addition, patients with mitochondrial cytopathies, e.g. MELAS, often have
recurrent
migraines. In certain embodiments, sirtuin activating compounds may be used
for
treating patients with recurrent migraine headaches, including headaches
refractory to
ergot compounds or serotonin receptor antagonists.
Delays in neurological or neuropsychological development are often found in
children with mitochondrial diseases. Development and reinodeling of neural
connections requires intensive biosynthetic activity, particularly involving
synthesis of
neuronal membranes and myelin, both of which require pyriinidine nucleotides
as
cofactors. Uridine nucleotides are involved inactivation and transfer of
sugars to
211
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
glycolipids and glycoproteins. Cytidine nucleotides are derived from uridine
nucleotides, and are crucial for synthesis of major membrane phospholipid
constituents
like phosphatidylcholine, which receives its choline moiety from cytidine
diphosphocholine. In the case of mitochondrial dysfunction (due to either
mitochondrial DNA defects or any of the acquired or conditional deficits like
exicitoxic
or nitric oxide-mediated mitochondrial dysfunction) or other conditions
resulting in
impaired pyrimidine synthesis, cell proliferation and axonal extension is
iinpaired at
crucial stages in development of neuronal interconnections and circuits,
resulting in
delayed or arrested development of neuropsychological functions like language,
motor,
social, executive function, and cognitive skills. In autism for example,
magnetic
resonance spectroscopy measurements of cerebral phosphate coinpounds indicates
that
there is global undersynthesis of membranes and membrane precursors indicated
by
reduced levels of uridine diphospho-sugars, and cytidine nucleotide
derivatives
involved in membrane synthesis. Disorders characterized by developmental delay
include Rett's Syndrome, pervasive developmental delay (or PDD-NOS "pervasive
developmental delay not otherwise specified" to distinguish it from specific
subcategories like autism), autism, Asperger's Syndrome, and Attention
Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), which is becoming recognized as a delay
or
lag in development of neural circuitry underlying executive functions. In
certain
embodiments, sirtuin activating compounds may be useful for treating treating
patients
with neurodevelopmental delays (e.g., involving motor, language, executive
function,
and cognitive skills), or other delays or arrests of neurological and
neuropsychological
development in the nervous system and somatic development in non-neural
tissues lilce
muscle and endocrine glands.
The two most significant severe neurodegenerative diseases associated with
aging, Alzheimer's Disease (AD) and Parkinson's Disease (PD), both involve
mitochondrial dysfunction in their pathogenesis. Complex I deficiencies in
particular
are frequently found not only in the nigrostriatal neurons that degenerate in
Parkinson's
disease, but also in peripheral tissues and cells like muscle and platelets of
Parlcinson's
Disease patients. In Alzheimer's Disease, mitochondrial respiratory chain
activity is
often depressed, especially Complex IV (Cytochrome c Oxidase). Moreover,
mitochondrial respiratory function altogether is depressed as a consequence of
aging,
further amplifying the deleterious sequelae of additional molecular lesions
affecting
respiratory chain function. Other factors in addition to primary mitochondrial
212
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
dysfunction underlie neurodegeneration in AD, PD, and related disorders.
Excitotoxic
stimulation and nitric oxide are implicated in both diseases, factors which
both
exacerbate mitochondrial respiratory chain deficits and whose deleterious
actions are
exaggerated on a background of respiratory chain dysfunction. Huntington's
Disease
also involves mitochondrial dysfunction in affected brain regions, with
cooperative
interactions of excitotoxic stimulation and mitochondrial dysfunction
contributing to
neuronal degeneration. In certain einbodiments, sirtuin activating compounds
may be
useful for treating and attenuating progression of age-related
neurodegenerative
diseases including AD and PD.
One of the major genetic defects in patients with Amyotrophic Lateral
Sclerosis
(ALS or Lou Gehrig's Disease) is mutation or deficiency in Copper-Zinc
Superoxide
Dismutase (SOD 1), an antioxidant enzyme. Mitochondria both produce and are
primary targets for reactive oxygen species. Inefficient transfer of electrons
to oxygen
in mitochondria is the most significant physiological source of free radicals
in
mammalian systems. Deficiencies in antioxidants or antioxidant enzymes can
result in
or exacerbate mitochondrial degeneration. Mice transgenic for mutated SOD1
develop
symptoms and pathology similar to those in huinan ALS. The development of the
disease in these animals has been shown to involve oxidative destruction of
mitochondria followed by functional decline of motor neurons and onset of
clinical
symptoms. Skeletal muscle from ALS patients has low mitochondrial Complex I
activity. In certain einbodiments, sirtuin activating compounds may be useful
for
treating ALS, for reversing or slowing the progression of clinical symptoms.
Oxygen deficiency results in botli direct inhibition of mitochondrial
respiratory
chain activity by depriving cells of a terminal electron acceptor for
Cytochrome c
reoxidation at Complex IV, and indirectly, especially in the nervous system,
via
secondary post-anoxic excitotoxicity and nitric oxide formation. In conditions
like
cerebral anoxia, angina or siclcle cell anemia crises, tissues are relatively
hypoxic. In
such cases, compounds that increase mitochondrial activity provide protection
of
affected tissues from deleterious effects of hypoxia, attenuate secondary
delayed cell
death, and accelerate recovery from hypoxic tissue stress and injury. In
certain
embodiments, sirtuin activating compounds may be useful for preventing delayed
cell
deatll (apoptosis in regions like the hippocampus or cortex occurring about 2
to 5 days
after an episode of cerebral ischemia) after ischeinic or hypoxic insult to
the brain.
213
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Acidosis due to renal dysfunction is often observed in patients with
mitochondrial disease, whether the underlying respiratory chain dysfunction is
congenital or induced by ischemia or cytotoxic agents like cisplatin. Renal
tubular
acidosis often requires administration of exogenous sodium bicarbonate to
maintain
blood and tissue pH. In certain embodiments, sirtuin activating compounds may
be
useful for treating renal tubular acidosis and other forms of renal
dysfunction caused by
mitochondrial respiratory chain deficits.
During normal aging, there is a progressive decline in mitochondrial
respiratory
chain function. Beginning about age 40, there is an exponential rise in
accumulation of
mitochondrial DNA defects in huinans, and a concurrent decline in nuclear-
regulated
elements of mitochondrial respiratory activity. Many mitochondrial DNA lesions
have
a selection advantage during initochondrial turnover, especially in
postmitotic cells.
The proposed mechanism is that mitochondria with a defective respiratory chain
produce less oxidative damage to themselves than do mitochondria with intact
functional respiratory chains (mitochondrial respiration is the primary source
of free
radicals in the body). Therefore, normally-functioning mitochondria
accuinulate
oxidative damage to membrane lipids more rapidly than do defective
mitocliondria, and
are therefore "tagged" for degradation by lysosomes. Since mitochondria within
cells
have a half life of about 10 days, a selection advantage can result in rapid
replacement
of functional mitochondria with those with diminished respiratory activity,
especially in
slowly dividing cells. The net result is that once a mutation in a gene for a
mitochondrial protein that reduces oxidative damage to mitochondria occurs,
such
defective mitochondria will rapidly populate the cell, diminishing or
eliminating its
respiratory capabilities. The accuinulation of such cells results in aging or
degenerative
disease at the organismal level. This is consistent with the progressive
mosaic
appearance of cells with defective electron transport activity in muscle,
witli cells
almost devoid of Cytochrome c Oxidase (COX) activity interspersed randomly
ainidst
cells with normal activity, and a higher incidence of COX-negative cells in
biopsies
from older subjects. The organism, during aging, or in a variety of
mitochondrial
diseases, is thus faced with a situation in which irreplaceable postmitotic
cells (e.g.
neurons, skeletal and cardiac muscle) inust be preseived and their fitnction
maintained
to a significant degree, in the face of an inexorable progressive decline in
mitochondrial
respiratory chain function. Neurons with dysfunctional mitochondria become
progressively more sensitive to insults like excitotoxic injury. Mitochondrial
failure
214
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
contributes to most degenerative diseases (especially neurodegeneration) that
accompany aging. Congenital mitochondrial diseases often involve early-onset
neurodegeneration similar in fundainental mechanism to disorders that occur
during
aging of people born with normal mitochondria. In certain embodiments, sirtuin
activating compounds may be useful for treating or attenuating cognitive
decline and
other degenerative consequences of aging.
Mitochondrial DNA damage is more extensive and persists longer than nuclear
DNA damage in cells subjected to oxidative stress or cancer chemotherapy
agents like
cisplatin due to botli greater vulnerability and less efficient repair of
mitochondrial
DNA. Although mitochondrial DNA may be more sensitive to damage than nuclear
DNA, it is relatively resistant, in some situations, to mutagenesis by
chemical
carcinogens. This is because mitochondria respond to some types of
mitochondrial
DNA damage by destroying their defective genomes rather than attempting to
repair
them. This results in global mitochondrial dysfunction for a period after
cytotoxic
chemotherapy. Clinical use of chemotherapy agents like cisplatin, mitomycin,
and
cytoxan is often accompanied by debilitating "chemotherapy fatigue", prolonged
periods of weakness and exercise intolerance which may persist even after
recovery
from hematologic and gastrointestinal toxicities of such agents. In certain
embodiments, sirtuin activating compounds may be useful for tieatment and
prevention
of side effects of cancer chemotherapy related to initochondrial dysfunction.
A crucial function of the ovary is to maintain integrity of the mitochondrial
genome in oocytes, since mitochondria passed onto a fetus are all derived from
those
present in oocytes at the time of conception. Deletions in mitochondrial DNA
become
detectable around the age of menopause, and are also associated with abnormal
menstrual cycles. Since cells cannot directly detect and respond to defects in
mitochondrial DNA, but can only detect secondary effects that affect the
cytoplasm,
like impaired respiration, redox status, or deficits in pyrimidine synthesis,
sucli
products of mitochondrial function participate as a signal for oocyte
selection and
follicular atresia, ultimately triggering menopause when maintenance of
mitochondrial
genomic fidelity and functional activity can no longer be guaranteed. This is
analogous
to apoptosis in cells with DNA damage, wllich undergo an active process of
cellular
suicide when genomic fidelity can no longer be achieved by repair processes.
Women
with mitochondrial cytopatliies affecting the gonads often undergo premature
menopause or display primary cycling abnorinalities. Cytotoxic cancer
chemotherapy
215
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
often induces premature menopause, with a consequent increased risk of
osteoporosis.
Chemotherapy-induced amenorrhea is generally due to primary ovarian failure.
The
incidence of chemotherapy-induced ainenorrhea increases as a function of age
in
premenopausal women receiving chemotherapy, pointing toward mitochondrial
involvement. Inhibitors of mitocliondrial respiration or protein synthesis
inhibit
hormone-induced ovulation, and furthermore inhibit production of ovarian
steroid
hormones in response to pituitary gonadotropins. Women with Down's syndrome
typically undergo menopause prematurely, and also are subject to early onset
of
Alzheimer-like dementia. Low activity of cytochrome oxidase is consistently
found in
tissues of Down's patients and in late-onset Alzheimer's Disease. Appropriate
support
of mitochondrial function or compensation for mitochondrial dysfunction
therefore is
useful for protecting against age-related or chemotherapy-induced menopause or
irregularities of inenstrual cycling or ovulation. In certain embodiments,
sirtuin
activating compounds may be useful for treating and preventing amenorrhea,
irregular
ovulation, menopause, or secondary consequences of menopause.
In certain embodiments, sirtuin modulating compounds may be useful for
treatment mitochondrial myopathies. Mitochondrial myopathies range from mild,
slowly progressive wealcness of the extraocular inuscles to severe, fatal
infantile
myopathies and multisystein encephalomyopathies. Some syndromes have been
defined, with some overlap between them. Established syndromes affecting
muscle
include progressive external ophthalmoplegia, the Kearns-Sayre syndrome (with
ophthalmoplegia, pigmentary retinopathy, cardiac conduction defects,
cerebellar ataxia,
and sensorineural deafness), the MELAS syndrome (mitochondrial
encephalomyopathy, lactic acidosis, and stroke-like episodes), the MERFF
syndrome
(myoclonic epilepsy and ragged red fibers), limb-girdle distribution weakness,
and
infantile myopathy (benign or severe and fatal). Muscle biopsy specimens
stained with
modified Gomori's trichrome stain show ragged red fibers due to excessive
accumulation of mitochondria. Biocheinical defects in substrate transport and
utilization, the IKrebs cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, or the respiratory
chain are
detectable. Nuinerous mitochondrial DNA point mutations and deletions have
been
described, transmitted in a inaternal, noninendelian inheritance pattern.
Mutations in
nuclear-encoded mitochondrial enzyines occur.
In certain embodiments, sirtuin activating coinpounds may be useful for
treating
patients suffering from toxic damage to mitochondria, such as, toxic damage
due to
216
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
calcium accumulation, excitotoxicity, nitric oxide exposure, drug induced
toxic
damage, or hypoxia.
A fundamental mechanism of cell injury, especially in excitable tissues,
involves excessive calcium entry into cells, as a result of either leakage
through the
plasma membrane or defects in intracellular calcium handling mechanisms.
Mitochondria are major sites of calcium sequestration, and preferentially
utilize energy
from the respiratory chain for taking up calcium rather than for ATP
synthesis, which
results in a downward spiral of mitochondrial failure, since calcium uptake
into
mitochondria results in diminished capabilities for energy transduction.
Excessive stimulation of neurons with excitatory amino acids is a common
mechanism of cell death or injury in the central nervous system. Activation of
glutamate receptors, especially of the subtype designated NMDA receptors,
results in
mitocllondrial dysfunction, in part through elevation of intracellular calcium
during
excitotoxic stimulation. Conversely, deficits in mitochondrial respiration and
oxidative
phosphorylation sensitizes cells to excitotoxic stimuli, resulting in cell
death or injury
during exposure to levels of excitotoxic neurotransmitters or toxins that
would be
innocuous to normal cells.
Nitric oxide (about 1 micromolar) inhibits cytochrome oxidase (Complex IV)
and thereby inhibits mitochondrial respiration; moreover, prolonged exposure
to nitric
oxide (NO) irreversibly reduces Complex I activity. Physiological or
pathophysiological concentrations of NO thereby inhibit pyrimidine
biosynthesis.
Nitric oxide is implicated in a variety of neurodegenerative disorders
including
inflammatory and autoiininune diseases of the central nervous system, and is
involved
in mediation of excitotoxic and post-hypoxic dainage to neurons.
Oxygen is the terminal electron acceptor in the respiratory chain. Oxygen
deficiency impairs electron transport chain activity, resulting in diminished
pyrimidine
synthesis as well as diminished ATP syntliesis via oxidative phosphorylation.
Huinan
cells proliferate and retain viability under virtually anaerobic conditions if
provided
with uridine and pyruvate (or a similarly effective agent for oxidizing NADH
to
optimize glycolytic ATP production).
In certain embodiments, sirtuin activating compounds may be useful for
treating
diseases or disorders associated with mitochondrial deregulation.
Transcription of initochondrial DNA encoding respiratory chain components
requires nuclear factors. In neuronal axons, mitochondria must shuttle back
and forth to
217
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
the nucleus in order to maintain respiratory chain activity. If axonal
transport is
impaired by hypoxia or by drugs like taxol which affect microtubule stability,
mitochondria distant from the nucleus undergo loss of cytochroine oxidase
activity.
Accordingly, treatment with a sirtuin activating compound may be useful for
promoting
nuclear-mitochondrial interactions.
Mitochondria are the primary source of free radicals and reactive oxygen
species, due to spillover from the mitochondrial respiratoiy chain, especially
when
defects in one or more respiratory chain components impairs orderly transfer
of
electrons from metabolic intermediates to molecular oxygen. To reduce
oxidative
damage, cells can compensate by expressing initochondrial uncoupling proteins
(UCP),
of which several have been identified. UCP-2 is transcribed in response to
oxidative
damage, inflammatory cytokines, or excess lipid loads, e.g. fatty liver and
steatohepatitis. UCPs reduce spillover of reactive oxygen species from
mitocliondria by
discharging proton gradients across the mitochondrial inner meinbrane, in
effect
wasting energy produced by metabolism and rendering cells vulnerable to energy
stress
as a trade-off for reduced oxidative injury.
Muscle PeNfot~maiice
In other embodiments, the invention provides methods for enhancing muscle
performance by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a sirtuin
activating
coinpound. For example, sirtuin activating compounds may be useful for
improving
physical endurance (e.g., ability to perform a physical task such as exercise,
physical
labor, sports activities, etc.), inhibiting or retarding physical fatigues,
enhancing blood
oxygen levels, enhancing energy in healthy individuals, enhance working
capacity and
endurance, reducing muscle fatigue, reducing stress, enhancing cardiac and
cardiovascular function, improving sexual ability, increasing muscle ATP
levels, and/or
reducing lactic acid in blood. In certain embodiments, the methods involve
adininistering an amount of a sirtuin activating compound that increase
mitochondrial
activity, increase mitochondrial biogenesis, and/or increase mitochondrial
mass.
Sports performance refers to the ability of the athlete's muscles to perforin
when
participating in sports activities. Enhanced sports performance, strength,
speed and
endurance are measured by an increase in inuscular contraction strength,
increase in
ainplitude of muscle contraction, shortening of muscle reaction time between
stiinulation and contraction. Athlete refers to an individual who participates
in sports at
any level and who seeks to achieve an improved level of strength, speed and
endurance
218
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
in their performance, such as, for example, body builders, bicyclists, long
distance
runners, short distance runners, etc. An athlete may be hard training, that
is, performs
sports activities intensely more than three days a week or for competition. An
athlete
may also be a fitness enthusiast who seeks to improve general health and well-
being,
improve energy levels, who works out for about 1-2 hours about 3 times a week.
Enhanced sports performance in manifested by the ability to overcome muscle
fatigue,
ability to maintain activity for longer periods of time, and have a more
effective
worlcout.
In the arena of athlete muscle performance, it is desirable to create
conditions
that permit competition or training at higher levels of resistance for a
prolonged period
of time. However, acute and intense anaerobic use of skeletal muscles often
results in
impaired athletic performance, witli losses in force and work output, and
increased
onset of muscle fatigue, soreness, and dysfunction. It is now recognized that
even a
single exhaustive exercise session, or for that matter any acute trauma to the
body such
as muscle injury, resistance or exhaustive muscle exercise, or elective
surgery, is
characterized by perturbed metabolism that affects muscle performance in both
short
and long tenn phases. Both muscle metabolic/enzymatic activity and gene
expression
are affected. For example, disruption of skeletal muscle nitrogen metabolism
as well as
depletion of sources of metabolic energy occur during extensive muscle
activity.
Amino acids, including branched-chain amino acids, are released from muscles
followed by their deamination to elevate serum ammonia and local oxidation as
muscle
fuel sources, which augments metabolic acidosis. In addition, there is a
decline in
catalytic efficiency of muscle contraction events, as well as an alteration of
enzymatic
activities of nitrogen and energy metabolism. Further, protein catabolism is
initiated
where rate of protein synthesis is decreased coupled with an increase in the
degradation
of non-contractible protein. These metabolic processes are also accompanied by
free
radical generation which further damages muscle cells.
Recovery from fatigue during acute and extended exercise requires reversal of
metabolic and non-metabolic fatiguing factors. K nown factors that participate
in human
muscle fatigue, such as lactate, ammonia, hydrogen ion, etc., provide an
incomplete and
unsatisfactory explanation of the fatigue/recovery process, and it is likely
that
additional unlcnown agents participate (Baker et al., J. Appl. Physiol.
74:2294-2300,
1993; Bazzarre et al., J Am. Coll. Nutr. 11:505-511, 1992; Dohm et al., Fed.
Proc.
44:348-352, 1985; Edwards In: Biochemistry of Exercise, Proceedings of the
Fifth
219 1
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
International Symposium on the Biochemistry of Exercise (Kutrgen, Vogel,
Poormans,
eds.), 1983; MacDougall et al., Acta Physiol. Scand. 146:403-404, 1992; Walser
et al.,
Kidney Int. 32:123-128, 1987). Several studies have also analyzed the effects
of
nutritional supplements and herbal supplements in enhancing muscle
performance.
Aside from inuscle performance during endurance exercise, free radicals and
oxidative stress parameters are affected in pathophysiological states. A
substantial body
of data now suggests that oxidative stress contributes to muscle wasting or
atrophy in
pathophysiological states (reviewed in Clarkson, P. M. Antioxidants and
physical
performance. Crit. Rev. Food Sci. Nutr. 35: 31-41; 1995; Powers, S. K.;
Lennon, S. L.
Analysis of cellular responses to free radicals: Focus on exercise and
skeletal muscle.
Proc. Nutr. Soc. 58: 1025-1033; 1999). For example, with respect to muscular
disorders
where both muscle endurance and function are compensated, the role of nitric
oxide
(NO), has been implicated. In muscular dystrophies, especially those due to
defects in
proteins that make up the dystrophin-glycoprotein complex (DGC), the enzyme
that
synthesizes NO, nitric oxide synthase (NOS), has been associated. Recent
studies of
dystrophies related to DGC defects suggest that one mechanism of cellular
injury is
functional ischeinia related to alterations in cellular NOS and disruption of
a normal
protective action of NO. This protective action is the prevention of local
ischeinia
during contraction-induced increases in sympathetic vasoconstriction. Rando
(Microsc
Res Tech 55(4):223-35, 2001), has shown that oxidative injury precedes
pathologic
changes and that muscle cells with defects in the DGC have an increased
susceptibility
to oxidant challenges. Excessive lipid peroxidation due to free radicals has
also been
shown to be a factor in myopathic diseases such as McArdle's disease (Russo et
al.,
Med Hypotheses. 39(2):147-51, 1992). Furthermore, mitochondrial dysfunction is
a
well-lcnown correlate of age-related muscle wasting (sarcopenia) and free
radical
damage has been suggested, though poorly investigated, as a contributing
factor
(reviewed in Navarro, A.; Lopez-Cepero, J. M.; Sanchez del Pino, M. L. Front.
Biosci.
6: D26-44; 2001). Other indications include acute sarcopenia, for example
muscle
atrophy and/or cachexia associated with burns, bed rest, limb immobilization,
or major
thoracic, abdominal, and/or ortllopedic surgery. It is contemplated that the
methods of
the present invention will also be effective in the treatinent of muscle
related
pathological conditions.
In certain einbodiments, the invention provides novel dietary compositions
comprising sirtuin modulators, a method for their preparation, and a method of
using
220
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
the compositions for improvement of sports performance. Accordingly, provided
are
therapeutic compositions, foods and beverages that have actions of improving
physical
endurance and/or inhibiting physical fatigues for those people involved in
broadly-
defined exercises including sports requiring endurance and labors requiring
repeated
muscle exertions. Such dietary compositions may additional comprise
electrolytes,
caffeine, vitamins, carbohydrates, etc.
Otlzer Uses
Sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin protein may be used for treating or preventing viral infections (such
as
infections by influenza, herpes or papilloma virus) or as antifungal agents.
In certain
embodiments, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or
activity of
a sirtuin protein may be administered as part of a combination drug therapy
with
another therapeutic agent for the treatment of viral diseases, including, for
example,
acyclovir, ganciclovir and zidovudine. In another einbodiment, sirtuin-
modulating
compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be
administered as part of a coinbination drug therapy with another anti-fungal
agent
including, for example, topical anti-fungals such as ciclopirox, clotrimazole,
econazole, miconazole, nystatin, oxiconazole, terconazole, and tolnaftate, or
systemic
anti-fungal such as fluconazole (Diflucan), itraconazole (Sporanox),
ketoconazole
(Nizoral), and miconazole (Monistat I.V.).
Subjects that may be treated as described herein include eukaryotes, such as
mammals, e.g., humans, ovines, bovines, equines, porcines, canines, felines,
non-
huinan primate, mice, and rats. Cells that may be treated include eukaryotic
cells, e.g.,
from a subject described above, or plant cells, yeast cells and prokaryotic
cells, e.g.,
bacterial cells. For example, modulating compounds may be administered to farm
animals to improve their ability to withstand farming conditions longer:
Sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin protein may also be used to increase lifespan, stress resistance, and
resistance to
apoptosis in plants. In one embodiment, a compound is applied to plants, e.g.,
on a
periodic basis, or to fungi. In another einbodiment, plants are genetically
modified to
produce a coinpound. In another embodiinent, plants and fruits are treated
with a
compound prior to piclcing and shipping to increase resistance to damage
during
shipping. Plant seeds may also be contacted with compounds described herein,
e.g., to
preserve them.
221
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In other einbodiments, sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or activity of a sirtuin protein may be used for modulating lifespan in
yeast cells.
Situations in which it may be desirable to extend the lifespan of yeast cells
include any
process in which yeast is used, e.g., the making of beer, yogurt, and bakery
items, e.g.,
bread. Use of yeast having an extended lifespan can result in using less yeast
or in
having the yeast be active for longer periods of time. Yeast or other
mammalian cells
used for recombinantly producing proteins may also be treated as described
herein.
Sirtuin-modulating coinpounds that increase the level and/or activity of a
sirtuin protein may also be used to increase lifespan, stress resistance and
resistance to
apoptosis in insects. In this embodiment, compounds would be applied to useful
insects, e.g., bees and other insects that are involved in pollination of
plants. In a
specific embodiment, a compound would be applied to bees involved in the
production
of honey. Generally, the methods described herein may be applied to any
organism,
e.g., eukaryote, that may have commercial importance. For example, they can be
applied to fish (aquaculture) and birds (e.g., chicken and fowl).
Higher doses of sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein may also be used as a pesticide by interfering
with the
regulation of silenced genes and the regulation of apoptosis during
development. In
this embodiment, a compound may be applied to plants using a method known in
the
art that ensures the compound is bio-available to insect larvae, and not to
plants.
At least in view of the link between reproduction and longevity (Longo and
Finch, Science, 2002), sirtuin-modulating compounds that increase the level
and/or
activity of a sirtuin protein can be applied to affect the reproduction of
organisms such
as insects, animals and microorganisms.
4. Assays
Yet other methods contemplated herein include screening methods for
identifying compounds or agents that modulate sirtuins. An agent may be a
nucleic
acid, such as an aptainer. Assays may be conducted in a cell based or cell
free format.
For example, an assay inay comprise incubating (or contacting) a sirtuin with
a test
agent under conditions in which a sirtuin can be modulated by an agent known
to
modulate the sirtuin, and monitoring or determining the level of modulation of
the
sirtuin in the presence of the test agent relative to the absence of the test
agent. The
level of modulation of a sirtuin can be determined by determining its ability
to
222
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
deacetylate a substrate. Exemplary substrates are acetylated peptides which
can be
obtained from BIOMOL (Plyinouth Meeting, PA). Preferred substrates include
peptides of p53, such as those comprising an acetylated K3 82. A particularly
preferred
substrate is the Fluor de Lys-SIRT1 (BIOMOL), i.e., the acetylated peptide Arg-
His-
Lys-Lys. Other substrates are peptides from human histones H3 and H4 or an
acetylated amino acid. Substrates may be fluorogenic. The sirtuin may be
SIRT1, Sir2,
SIRT3, or a portion thereof. For exainple, recombinant SIRT1 can be obtained
from
BIOMOL. The reaction may be conducted for about 30 minutes and stopped, e.g.,
with
nicotinamide. The HDAC fluorescent activity assay/drug discovery kit (AK-500,
BIOMOL Research Laboratories) may be used to determine the level of
acetylation.
Similar assays are described in Bitterman et al. (2002) J. Biol. Chem.
277:45099. The
level of modulation of the sirtuin in an assay may be coinpared to the level
of
modulation of the sirtuin in the presence of one or more (separately or
simultaneously)
compounds described herein, which may seive as positive or negative controls.
Sirtuins for use in the assays may be full length sirtuin proteins or portions
thereof.
Since it has been shown herein that activating compounds appear to interact
with the N-
terminus of SIRT1, proteins for use in the assays include N-terminal portions
of
sirtuins, e.g., about amino acids 1-176 or 1-255 of SIRT1; about amino acids 1-
174 or
1-252 of Sir2.
In one embodiment, a screening assay coinprises (i) contacting a sirtuin with
a
test agent and an acetylated substrate under conditions appropriate for the
sirtuin to
deacetylate the substrate in the absence of the test agent ; and (ii)
determining the level
of acetylation of the substrate, wherein a lower level of acetylation of the
substrate in
the presence of the test agent relative to the absence of the test agent
indicates that the
test agent stimulates deacetylation by the sirtuin, whereas a higher level of
acetylation
of the substrate in the presence of the test agent relative to the absence of
the test agent
indicates that the test agent inhibits deacetylation by the sirtuin.
Methods for identifying an agent that modulates, e.g., stiinulates or
inhibits,
sirtuins in vivo may comprise (i) contacting a cell with a test agent and a
substrate that
is capable of entering a cell in the presence of an inhibitor of class I and
class II
HDACs under conditions appropriate for the sirtuin to deacetylate the
substrate in the
absence of the test agent ; and (ii) deterinining the level of acetylation of
the substrate,
wherein a lower level of acetylation of the substrate in the presence of the
test agent
relative to the absence of the test agent indicates that the test agent
stimulates
223
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
deacetylation by the sirtuin, whereas a higher level of acetylation of the
substrate in the
presence of the test agent relative to the absence of the test agent indicates
that the test
agent inhibits deacetylation by the sirtuin. A preferred substrate is an
acetylated
peptide, which is also preferably fluorogenic, as further described herein.
The method
may further comprise lysing the cells to determine the level of acetylation of
the
substrate. Substrates may be added to cells at a concentration ranging from
about 1 M
to about 10mM, preferably from about 10 M to 1mM, even more preferably from
about 100 M to ImM, such as about 200 M. A preferred substrate is an
acetylated
lysine, e.g., s-acetyl lysine (Fluor de Lys, FdL) or Fluor de Lys-SIRT1. A
preferred
inhibitor of class I and class II HDACs is trichostatin A (TSA), which may be
used at
concentrations ranging from about 0.01 to 100 M, preferably from about 0.1 to
lO M,
such as 1 M. Incubation of cells with the test compound and the substrate may
be
conducted for about 10 minutes to 5 hours, preferably for about 1-3 hours.
Since TSA
inhibits all class I and class II HDACs, and that certain substrates, e.g.,
Fluor de Lys, is
a poor substrate for SIRT2 and even less a substrate for SIRT3-7, such an
assay may be
used to identify modulators of SIRT1 in vivo.
5. Pharmaceutical Compositions
The sirtuin-modulating compounds described herein may be formulated in a
conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers or
excipients. For example, sirtuin-modulating compounds and their
physiologically
acceptable salts and solvates may be forinulated for adininistration by, for
example,
injection (e.g. SubQ, IM, IP), inhalation or insufflation (either through the
mouth or the
nose) or oral, buccal, sublingual, transdermal, nasal, parenteral or rectal
administration.
In one einbodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound may be administered locally,
at the
site where the target cells are present, i.e., in a specific tissue, organ, or
fluid (e.g.,
blood, cerebrospinal fluid, etc.).
Sirtuin-modulating compounds can be formulated for a variety of modes of
adininistration, including systeinic and topical or localized administration.
Techniques
and formulations generally may be found in Remington's Pharinaceutical
Sciences,
Meade Publishing Co., Easton, PA. For parenteral adininistration, injection is
preferred, including intrainuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, and
subcutaneous. For
injection, the compounds can be fonnulated in liquid solutions, preferably in
physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution or Ringer's
solution. In
224
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
addition, the compounds may be formulated in solid form and redissolved or
suspended
immediately prior to use. Lyophilized forms are also included.
For oral administration, the phannaceutical compositions may take the form of,
for exaiuple, tablets, lozanges, or capsules prepared by conventional means
with
pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g.,
pregelatinised
maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers
(e.g.,
lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants
(e.g.,
magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or
sodium starch
glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate). The tablets may
be coated
by methods well known in the art. Liquid preparations for oral administration
may take
the form of, for exainple, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be
presented as
a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before
use. Such
liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means wit11
pharmaceutically
acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup,
cellulose
derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin
or acacia);
non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., ationd oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol or
fractionated
vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates
or sorbic
acid). The preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring and
sweetening agents as appropriate. Preparations for oral administration may be
suitably
formulated to give controlled release of the active compound.
For administration by inhalation (e.g., pulmonary delivery), sirtuin-
modulating
coinpounds may be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray
presentation
from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant,
e.g.,
dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane,
carbon
dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage
unit may
be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and
cartridges of e.g., gelatin, for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be
formulated
containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as
lactose
or starch.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration
by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations
for injection
may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose
containers,
with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as
suspensions,
solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain
formulatory agents
225
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the
active
ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle,
e.g., sterile
pyrogen-free water, before use.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds may also be formulated in rectal compositions
such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional
suppository
bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
In addition to the fonnulations described previously, sirtuin-modulating
compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting
formulations may be administered by implantation (for exainple subcutaneously
or
intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, sirtuin-
modulating
coinpounds may be fonnulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials
(for
example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as
sparingly
soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt. Controlled
release formula
also includes patches.
In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein can be formulated for
delivery to the central nervous system (CNS) (reviewed in Begley, Pharmacology
&
Therapeutics 104: 29-45 (2004)). Conventional approaches for drug delivery to
the
CNS include: neurosurgical strategies (e.g., intracerebral injection or
intracerebroventricular infusion); molecular manipulation of the agent (e.g.,
production
of a chimeric fusion protein that comprises a transport peptide that has an
affinity for an
endothelial cell surface molecule in coinbination with an agent that is itself
incapable of
crossing the BBB) in an attempt to exploit one of the endogenous transport
patllways of
the BBB; pharmacological strategies designed to increase the lipid solubility
of an
agent (e.g., conjugation of water-soluble agents to lipid or cliolesterol
carriers); and the
transitory disruption of the integrity of the BBB by hyperosmotic disruption
(resulting
from the infusion of a mannitol solution into the carotid artery or the use of
a
biologically active agent such as an angiotensin peptide).
One possibility to achieve sustained release kinetics is embedding or
encapsulating the active compound into nanoparticles. Nanoparticles can be
administrated as powder, as a powder inixture with added excipients or as
suspensions.
Colloidal suspensions of nanoparticles can easily be adininistrated through a
caiuiula
with small diameter.
Nanoparticles are particles with a diameter from about 5 nm to up to about
1000
nm. The term "nanoparticles" as it is used hereinafter refers to particles
formed by a
226
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
polymeric matrix in which the active compound is dispersed, also known as
"nanospheres", and also refers to nanoparticles which are composed of a core
containing the active compound which is surrounded by a polymeric membrane,
also
known as "nanocapsules". In certain embodiments, nanoparticles are preferred
having a
diaineter from about 50 nm to about 500 nm, in particular from about 100 mn to
about
200 nm.
Nanoparticles can be prepared by in situ polymerization of dispersed monomers
or by using preformed polymers. Since polymers prepared in situ are often not
biodegradable and/or contain toxicological serious byproducts, nanoparticles
from
preformed polymers are preferred. Nanoparticles from preformed polymers can be
prepared by different techniques, e.g., by einulsion evaporation, solvent
displacement,
salting-out, mechanical grinding, microprecipitation, and by emulsification
diffusion.
With the methods described above, nanoparticles can be formed with various
types of polymers. For use in the method of the present invention,
nanoparticles made
from biocompatible polymers are preferred. The term "biocompatible" refers to
material that after introduction into a biological environment has no serious
effects to
the biological environment. From biocompatible polymers those polymers are
especially preferred which are also biodegradable. The term "biodegradable"
refers to
material that after introduction into a biological environment is
enzyinatically or
cheinically degraded into smaller molecules, which can be eliminated
subsequently.
Examples are polyesters from hydroxycarboxylic acids such as poly(lactic acid)
(PLA),
poly(glycolic acid) (PGA), polycaprolactone (PCL), copolymers of lactic acid
and
glycolic acid (PLGA), copolymers of lactic acid and caprolactone, polyepsilon
caprolactone, polyhyroxy butyric acid and poly(ortho)esters, polyurethanes,
polyanhydrides, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates, natural
polymers
such as alginate and other polysaccharides including dextran and cellulose,
collagen
and albumin.
Suitable surface modifiers can preferably be selected from known organic and
inorganic pharinaceutical excipients. Such excipients include various
polymers, low
molecular weight oligomers, natural products and surfactants. Preferred
surface
modifiers include nonionic and ionic surfactants. Representative examples of
surface
modifiers include gelatin, casein, lecithin (phosphatides), guin acacia,
cholesterol,
tragacanth, stearic acid, benzalkonium chloride, calciuin stearate, glycerol
monostearate, cetostearyl alcohol, cetomacrogol einulsifying wax, sorbitan
esters,
227
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, e.g., macrogol ethers such as cetomacrogol 1000,
polyoxyethylene castor oil derivatives, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid
esters, e.g.,
the commercially available TweensTM, polyethylene glycols, polyoxyethylene
stearates, colloidal silicon dioxide, phosphates, sodium dodecylsulfate,
carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium,
methylcellulose,
hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxy propylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose
phthalate, noncrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate,
triethanolamine,
polyvinyl alcohol, and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). Most of these surface
modifiers are
known pharmaceutical excipients and are described in detail in the Handbook of
Pharmaceutical Excipients, published jointly by the American Pharmaceutical
Association and The Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, the
Pharmaceutical Press,
1986.
Further description on preparing nanoparticles can be found, for example, in
US
Patent No. 6,264,922, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference.
Liposomes are a furtller drug delivery system whicll is easily injectable.
Accordingly, in the method of invention the active compounds can also be
administered
in the form of a liposome delivery system. Liposomes are well-known by a
person
skilled in the art. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids,
such as
cholesterol, stearylamine of phosphatidylcholines. Liposomes being usable for
the
method of invention encompass all types of liposomes including, but not
limited to,
small unilainellar vesicles, large unilainellar vesicles and multilamellar
vesicles.
Liposomes are used for a variety of therapeutic purposes, and in particular,
for
carrying therapeutic agents to target cells. Advantageously, liposome-drug
formulations
offer the potential of improved drug-delivery properties, which include, for
example,
controlled drug release. An extended circulation time is often needed for
liposomes to
reach a target region, cell or site. In particular, this is necessary where
the target region,
cell or site is not located near the site of administration. For example, when
liposomes
are administered systemically, it is desirable to coat the liposomes with a
hydrophilic
agent, for example, a coating of hydrophilic polymer chains such as
polyethylene
glycol (PEG) to extend the blood circulation lifetime of the liposomes. Such
surface-
modified liposomes are cominonly referred to as "long circulating" or
"sterically
stabilized" liposomes.
One surface modification to a liposome is the attachment of PEG chains,
typically having a molecular weight from about 1000 daltons (Da) to about 5000
Da,
228
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
and to about 5 mole percent (%) of the lipids making up the liposomes (see,
for
example, Stealth Liposomes, CRC Press, Lasic, D. and Martin, F., eds., Boca
Raton,
Fla., (1995)), and the cited references therein. The pharmacokinetics
exhibited by such
liposomes are characterized by a dose-independent reduction in uptake of
liposomes by
the liver and spleen via the mononuclear phagocyte system (MPS), and
significantly
prolonged blood circulation time, as compared to non-surface-modified
liposomes,
which tend to be rapidly removed from the blood and accumulated in the liver
and
spleen.
In certain embodiments, the coinplex is shielded to increase the circulatory
half-
life of the complex or shielded to increase the resistance of nucleic acid to
degradation,
for example degradation by nucleases.
As used herein, the term "shielding", and its cognates such as "shielded",
refers
to the ability of "shielding moieties" to reduce the non-specific interaction
of the
complexes described herein with serum complement or with other species present
in
serum in vitro or in vivo. Shielding moieties may decrease the complex
interaction with
or binding to these species through one or more mechanisms, including, for
example,
non-specific steric or non-specific electronic interactions. Examples of such
interactions include non-specific electrostatic interactions, charge
interactions, Van der
Waals interactions, steric-hindrance and the like. For a moiety to act as a
shielding
moiety, the mechanism or mechanisms by whicli it may reduce interaction with,
association with or binding to the serum complement or other species does not
have to
be identified. One can determine whether a moiety can act as a shielding
moiety by
determining whether or to what extent a complex binds serum species.
It should be noted that "shielding moieties" can be multifunctional. For
example, a shielding moiety may also function as, for example, a targeting
factor. A
shielding moiety may also be referred to as multifunctional with respect to
the
mechanism(s) by which it shields the complex. While not wishing to be limited
by
proposed mechanism or theory, examples of such a multifunctional shielding
moiety
are pH sensitive endosomal membrane-disruptive synthetic polymers, such as
PPAA or
PEAA. Certain poly(alkylacrylic acids) have been shown to disrupt endosomal
inembranes while leaving the-outer cell surface membrane intact (Stayton et
al. (2000)
J. Controll. Release 65:203-220; Murthy et al. (1999) J. Controll. Release
61:137-143;
WO 99/34831), thereby increasing cellular bioavailability and functioning as a
229
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
targeting factor. However, PPAA reduces binding of serum complement to
complexes
in which it is incorporated, thus functioning as a shielding moiety.
Another way to produce a fonnulation, particularly a solution, of a sirtuin
modulator such as resveratrol or a derivative thereof, is through the use of
cyclodextrin.
By cyclodextrin is meant a-, (3-, or y-cyclodextrin. Cyclodextrins are
described in detail
in Pitha et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,727,064, which is incorporated herein by
reference.
Cyclodextrins are cyclic oligomers of glucose; these compounds form inclusion
coinplexes with any drug whose molecule can fit into the lipophile-seeking
cavities of
the cyclodextrin molecule.
The cyclodextrin of the compositions according to the invention may be a-, (3-
,
or 7-cyclodextrin. a-cyclodextrin contains six glucopyranose units; (3-
cyclodextrin
contains seven glucopyranose units; and 7-cyclodextrin contains eight
glucopyranose
units. The molecule is believed to fonn a truncated cone having a core opening
of 4.7-
5.3 angstroms, 6.0-6.5 angstroms, and 7.5-8.3 angstroms in a-, (3-, or y-
cyclodextrin
respectively. The composition according to the invention may comprise a
mixture of
two or more of the a-, (3-, or y-cyclodextrins. Typically, however, the
composition
according to the invention will comprise only one of the a-, (3-, or y-
cyclodextrins.
Most preferred cyclodextrins in the coinpositions according to the invention
are
amorphous cyclodextrin compounds. By amorphous cyclodextrin is meant non-
crystalline mixtures of cyclodextrins wherein the mixture is prepared from a-,
(3-, or y-
cyclodextrin. In general, the ainorphous cyclodextrin is prepared by non-
selective
alkylation of the desired cyclodextrin species. Suitable alkylation agents for
this
purpose include but are not limited to propylene oxide, glycidol,
iodoacetamide,
cliloroacetate, and 2-diethylaminoethlychloride. Reactions are carried out to
yield
mixtures containing a plurality of components thereby preventing
crystallization of the
cyclodextrin. Various alkylated cyclodextrins can be made and of course will
vary,
depending upon the starting species of cyclodextrin and the alkylating agent
used.
Among the amorphous cyclodextrins suitable for compositions according to the
invention are hydroxypropyl, hydroxyethyl, glucosyl, maltosyl and maltotriosyl
derivatives of (3-cyclodextrin, carboxyamidomethyl-(3-cyclodextrin,
carboxymethyl-(3-
cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-(3-cyclodextrin and diethylamino-(3-cyclodextrin.
One example of resveratrol dissolved in the presence of a cyclodextrin is
provided in Marier et al., J. Pharrizacol. Exp. Thef=ap. 302:369-373 (2002),
the contents
230
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
of which are incorporated herein by reference, where a 6 mg/mL solution of
resveratrol
was prepared using 0.9% saline containing 20% hydroxylpropyl-(3-cyclodextrin.
As mentioned above, the compositions of matter of the invention comprise an
aqueous preparation of preferably substituted amorphous cyclodextrin and one
or more
sirtuin modulators. The relative amounts of sirtuin modulators and
cyclodextrin will
vary depending upon the relative amount of each of the sirtuin modulators and
the
effect of the cyclodextrin on the compound. In general, the ratio of the
weight of
coinpound of the sirtuin modulators to the weight of cyclodextrin compound
will be in
a range between 1:1 and 1:100. A weight to weight ratio in a range of 1:5 to
1:50 and
more preferably in a range of 1:10 to 1:20 of the compound selected from
sirtuin
modulators to cyclodextrin are believed to be the most effective for increased
circulating availability of the sirtuin modulator.
Importantly, if the aqueous solution comprising the sirtuin modulators and a
cyclodextrin is to be administered parenterally, especially via the
intravenous route, a
cyclodextrin will be substantially free of pyrogenic contaminants. Various
forms of
cyclodextrin, such as forins of amorphous cyclodextrin, may be purchased from
a
number of vendors including Sigma-Aldricli, Inc. (St. Louis, Mo.,,USA). A
method for
the production of hydroxypropyl-(3-cyclodextrin is disclosed in Pitha et al.,
U.S. Pat.
No. 4,727,064 which is incorporated herein by reference.
Additional description of the use of cyclodextrin for solubilizing compounds
can be found in US 2005/0026849, the contents of wliich are incorporated
herein by
reference.
Rapidly disintegrating or dissolving dosage forms are useful for the rapid
absorption, particularly buccal and sublingual absorption, of pharmaceutically
active
agents. Fast melt dosage forms are beneficial to patients, such as aged and
pediatric
patients, who have difficulty in swallowing typical solid dosage fonns, such
as caplets
and tablets. Additionally, fast melt dosage forms circumvent drawbaclcs
associated
with, for example, chewable dosage fonns, wherein the length of time an active
agent
remains in a patient's mouth plays an important role in detennining the amount
of taste
masking and the extent to which a patient may object to throat grittiness of
the active
agent.
To overcome such problems manufacturers have developed a nuinber of fast
melt solid dose oral formulations. These are available from manufacturers
including
231
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Cima Labs, Fuisz Technologies Ltd., Prographarm, R. P. Scherer, Yamanouchi-
Shaklee, and McNeil-PPC, Inc. All of these manufacturers market different
types of
rapidly dissolving solid oral dosage forms. See e.g., patents and publications
by Cima
Labs such as U.S. Pat. No. 5,607,697, 5,503,846, 5,223,264, 5,401,513,
5,219,574, and
5,178,878, WO 98/46215, WO 98/14179; patents to Fuisz Technologies, now part
of
BioVail, such as U.S. Pat. No. 5,871,781, 5,869,098, 5,866,163, 5,851,553,
5,622,719,
5,567,439, and 5,587,172; U.S. Pat. No. 5,464,632 to Prographarm; patents to
R. P.
Scherer such as U.S. Pat. No. 4,642,903, 5,188,825, 5,631,023 and 5,827,541;
patents
to Yainanouchi-Shaklee such as U.S. Pat. No. 5,576,014 and 5,446,464; patents
to
Janssen such as U.S. Pat. No. 5,807,576, 5,635,210, 5,595,761, 5,587,180 and
5,776,491; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,639,475 and 5,709,886 to Eurand America, Inc.;
U.S. Pat.
Nos. 5,807,578 and 5,807,577 to L.A.B. Pharmaceutical Research; patents to
Schering
Corporation such as U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,112,616 and 5,073,374; U.S. Pat. No.
4,616,047 to
Laboratoire L. LaFon; U.S. Pat. No. 5,501,861 to Takeda Chemicals Inc., Ltd.;
and
U.S. Pat. No. 6,316,029 to Elan.
In one example of fast melt tablet preparation, granules for fast melt tablets
made by either the spray drying or pre-compacting processes are mixed with
excipients
and compressed into tablets using conventional tablet making machinery. The
granules
can be combined with a variety of carriers including low density, high
moldability
saccharides, low moldability saccharides, polyol combinations, and then
directly
compressed into a tablet that exhibits an improved dissolution and
disintegration
profile.
The tablets according to the present invention typically have a hardness of
about
2 to about 6 Strong-Cobb units (scu). Tablets within this hardness range
disintegrate or
dissolve rapidly when chewed. Additionally, the tablets rapidly disentegrate
in water.
On average, a typical 1.1 to 1.5 gram tablet disintegrates in 1-3 minutes
without
stirring. This rapid disintegration facilitates delivery of the active
material.
The granules used to make the tablets can be, for example, mixtures of low
density alkali eartli metal salts or carbohydrates. For exainple, a mixture of
alkali earth
metal salts includes a combination of calciuin carbonate and magnesium
hydroxide.
Similarly, a fast melt tablet can be prepared according to the inetliods of
the present
invention that incorporates the use of A) spray dried extra light calcium
carbonate/maltodextrin, B) magnesium hydroxide and C) a eutectic polyol
coinbination
including Sorbitol Instant, xylitol and mannitol. These materials have been
combined to
232
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
produce a low density tablet that dissolves very readily and promotes the fast
disintegration of the active ingredient. Additionally, the pre-compacted and
spray dried
granules can be combined in the same tablet.
For fast melt tablet preparation, a sirtuin modulator useful in the present
invention can be in a form such as solid, particulate, granular, crystalline,
oily or
solution. The sirtuin modulator for use in the present invention may be a
spray dried
product or an adsorbate that has been pre-compacted to a harder granular form
that
reduces the medicament taste. A pharmaceutical active ingredient for use in
the present
invention may be spray dried with a carrier that prevents the active
ingredient from
being easily extracted from the tablet when chewed.
In addition to being directly added to the tablets of the present invention,
the
medicament drug itself can be processed by the pre-compaction process to
achieve an
increased density prior to being incorporated into the formulation.
The pre-compaction process used in the present invention can be used to
deliver
poorly soluble pharmaceutical materials so as to improve the release of such
pharmaceutical materials over traditional dosage forms. This could allow for
the use of
lower dosage levels to deliver equivalent bioavailable levels of drug and
thereby lower
toxicity levels of both currently marketed drug and new chemical entities.
Poorly
soluble pharmaceutical materials can be used in the form of nanoparticles,
which are
nanometer-sized particles.
In addition to the active ingredient and the granules prepared from low
density
alkali earth metal salts and/or water soluble carbohydrates, the fast melt
tablets can be
formulated using conventional carriers or excipients and well established
pharmaceutical techniques. Conventional carriers or excipients include, but
are not
limited to, diluents, binders, adhesives (i.e., cellulose derivatives and
acrylic
derivatives), lubricants (i.e., magnesium or calcium stearate, vegetable oils,
polyethylene glycols, talc, sodiurn lauryl sulphate, polyoxy ethylene
monostearate),
disintegrants, colorants, flavorings, preservatives, sweeteners and
miscellaneous
materials such as buffers and adsorbents.
Additional description of the preparation of fast melt tablets can be found,
for exainple,
in U.S. Pat. No. 5,939,091, the contents of wliich are incoiporated herein by
reference.
Phannaceutical coinpositions (including cosmetic preparations) may comprise
from about 0.00001 to 100% such as from 0.001 to 10% or from 0.1 % to 5% by
weight of one or more sirtuin-modulating coinpounds described herein.
233
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
In one embodiment, a sirtuin-modulating compound described herein, is
incorporated into a topical formulation containing a topical carrier that is
generally
suited to topical drug administration and comprising any such material known
in the
art. The topical carrier may be selected so as to provide the composition in
the desired
form, e.g., as an ointment, lotion, cream, microemulsion, gel, oil, solution,
or the like,
and may be coinprised of a material of either naturally occurring or synthetic
origin. It
is preferable that the selected carrier not adversely affect the active agent
or other
components of the topical formulation. Examples of suitable topical carriers
for use
herein include water, alcohols and other nontoxic organic solvents, glycerin,
mineral
oil, silicone, petroleum jelly, lanolin, fatty acids, vegetable oils,
parabens, waxes, and
the like.
Formulations may be colorless, odorless ointments, lotions, creams,
microemulsions and gels.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds may be incorporated into ointments, which
generally are semisolid preparations which are typically based on petrolatum
or other
petroleum derivatives. The specific ointment base to be used, as will be
appreciated by
those skilled in the art, is one that will provide for optimum drug delivery,
and,
preferably, will provide for other desired characteristics as well, e.g.,
emolliency or the
like. As with other carriers or vehicles, an ointment base should be inert,
stable,
nonirritating and nonsensitizing. As explained in Remington's (supra) ointment
bases
may be grouped in four classes: oleaginous bases; emulsifiable bases; emulsion
bases;
and water-soluble bases. Oleaginous ointment bases include, for example,
vegetable
oils, fats obtained from animals, and semisolid hydrocarbons obtained from
petroleum.
Emulsifiable ointinent bases, also known as absorbent ointment bases, contain
little or
no water and include, for example, hydroxystearin sulfate, anhydrous lanolin
and
hydrophilic petrolatum. Emulsion ointment bases are either water-in-oil (W/0)
emulsions or oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions, and include, for example, cetyl
alcohol,
glyceryl monostearate, lanolin and stearic acid. Exemplary water-soluble
ointment
bases are prepared from polyethylene glycols (PEGs) of varying molecular
weight;
again, reference may be had to Remington's, supra, for further information.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds may be incorporated into lotions, which
generally are preparations to be applied to the skin surface without friction,
and are
typically liquid or semiliquid preparations in which solid particles,
including the active
agent, are present in a water or alcohol base. Lotions are usually suspensions
of solids,
234
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
and may comprise a liquid oily emulsion of the oil-in-water type. Lotions are
preferred
formulations for treating large body areas, because of the ease of applying a
more fluid
composition. It is generally necessary that the insoluble matter in a lotion
be finely
divided. Lotions will typically contain suspending agents to produce better
dispersions
as well as compounds useful for localizing and holding the active agent in
contact with
the skin, e.g., methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, or the like.
An
exemplary lotion formulation for use in conjunction with the present method
contains
propylene glycol mixed with a hydrophilic petrolatum such as that which may be
obtained under the trademark AquaphorRTM from Beiersdorf, Inc. (Norwalk,
Conn.).
Sirtuin-modulating compounds may be incorporated into creams, which
generally are viscous liquid or semisolid emulsions, either oil-in-water or
water-in-oil.
Creain bases are water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier and
an
aqueous phase. The oil phase is generally comprised of petrolatum and a fatty
alcohol
such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol; the aqueous phase usually, although not
necessarily,
exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant. The
emulsifier in
a cream formulation, as explained in Remington 's, supra, is generally a
nonionic,
anionic, cationic or amphoteric surfactant.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds may be incorporated into microeinulsions,
which generally are thermodynamically stable, isotropically clear dispersions
of two
immiscible liquids, such as oil and water, stabilized by an interfacial film
of surfactant
molecules (Encyclopedia of Pharinaceutical Technology (New York: Marcel
Dekker,
1992), voluine 9). For the preparation of microemulsions, surfactant
(emulsifier), co-
surfactant (co-emulsifier), an oil phase and a water phase are necessary.
Suitable
surfactants include any surfactants that are useful in the preparation of
emulsions, e.g.,
emulsifiers that are typically used in the preparation of creams. The co-
surfactant (or
"co-emulsifer") is generally selected from the group of polyglycerol
derivatives,
glycerol derivatives and fatty alcohols. Preferred einulsifier/co-einulsifier
combinations are generally altliough not necessarily selected from the group
consisting
of: glyceryl monostearate and polyoxyethylene stearate; polyethylene glycol
and
ethylene glycol palmitostearate; and caprilic and capric triglycerides and
oleoyl
macrogolglycerides. The water phase includes not only water but also,
typically,
buffers, glucose, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycols, preferably lower
molecular
weight polyethylene glycols (e.g., PEG 300 and PEG 400), and/or glycerol, and
the
like, while the oil phase will generally comprise, for example, fatty acid
esters,
235
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
modified vegetable oils, silicone oils, mixtures of mono- di- and
triglycerides, mono-
and di-esters of PEG (e.g., oleoyl macrogol glycerides), etc.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds may be incorporated into gel formulations,
which generally are semisolid systems consisting of either suspensions made up
of
small inorganic particles (two-phase systems) or large organic molecules
distributed
substantially uniformly throughout a carrier liquid (single phase gels).
Single phase
gels can be made, for example, by combining the active agent, a carrier liquid
and a
suitable gelling agent such as tragacanth (at 2 to 5%), sodiuin alginate (at 2-
10%),
gelatin (at 2-15%), methylcellulose (at 3-5%), sodium carboxymethylcellulose
(at 2-
5%), carbomer (at 0.3-5%) or polyvinyl alcohol (at 10-20%) together and mixing
until
a characteristic semisolid product is produced. Other suitable gelling agents
include
methylhydroxycellulose, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene,
hydroxyethylcellulose
and gelatin. Although gels commonly employ aqueous carrier liquid, alcohols
and oils
can be used as the carrier liquid as well.
Various additives, known to those skilled in the art, may be included in
formulations, e.g., topical formulations. Examples of additives include, but
are not
limited to, solubilizers, skin penneation enhancers, opacifiers, preservatives
(e.g., anti-
oxidants), gelling agents, buffering agents, surfactants (particularly
nonionic and
amphoteric surfactants), emulsifiers, emollients, thickening agents,
stabilizers,
humectants, colorants, fragrance, and the like. Inclusion of solubilizers
and/or skin
permeation enhancers is particularly preferred, along witli emulsifiers,
emollients and
preservatives. An optimum topical formulation comprises approximately: 2 wt. %
to
60 wt. %, preferably 2 wt. % to 50 wt. %, solubilizer and/or skin permeation
enhancer;
2 wt. % to 50 wt. %, preferably 2 wt. % to 20 wt. %, emulsifiers; 2 wt. % to
20 wt. %
einollient; and 0.01 to 0.2 wt. % preservative, with the active agent and
carrier (e.g.,
water) making of the remainder of the forinulation.
A skin permeation enhancer serves to facilitate passage of therapeutic levels
of
active agent to pass through a reasonably sized area of unbroken skin.
Suitable
enhaizcers are well known in the art and include, for example: lower alkanols
such as
methanol ethanol and 2-propanol; alkyl methyl sulfoxides such as
dimethylsulfoxide
(DMSO), decylmethylsulfoxide (Clo MSO) and tetradecylmethyl sulfboxide;
pyrrolidones such as 2-pyiT olidone, N-inethyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-(-
hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidone; urea; N,N-diethyl-m-toluamide; C2 -C6 alkanediols;
miscellaneous solvents such as dimethyl formamide (DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide
236
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
(DMA) and tetrahydrofiirfuryl alcohol; and the 1-substituted azacycloheptan-2-
ones,
particularly 1-n-dodecylcyclazacycloheptan-2-one (laurocapram; available under
the
trademark AzoneRTM from Whitby Research Incorporated, Richmond, Va.).
Examples of solubilizers include, but are not limited to, the following:
hydrophilic ethers sucli as diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (ethoxydiglycol,
available commercially as TranscutolRTM) and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether
oleate (available commercially as SoftcutolRTM); polyethylene castor oil
derivatives
such as polyoxy 35 castor oil, polyoxy 40 hydrogenated castor oil, etc.;
polyethylene
glycol, particularly lower molecular weiglit polyethylene glycols such as PEG
300 and
PEG 400, and polyethylene glycol derivatives such as PEG-8 caprylic/capric
glycerides (available commercially as LabrasolRTM); alkyl methyl sulfoxides
such as
DMSO; pyrrolidones such as 2-pyrrolidone and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone; and DMA.
Many solubilizers can also act as absorption enhancers. A single solubilizer
may be
incorporated into the fonnulation, or a mixture of solubilizers may be
incorporated
therein.
Suitable emulsifiers and co-emulsifiers include, without limitation, those
emulsifiers and co-emulsifiers described with respect to microemulsion
formulations.
Emollients include, for example, propylene glycol, glycerol, isopropyl
myristate,
polypropylene glycol-2 (PPG-2) inyristyl ether propionate, and the like.
Other active agents may also be included in formulations, e.g., other anti-
inflammatory agents, analgesics, antimicrobial agents, antifungal agents,
antibiotics,
vitamins, antioxidants, and sunblock agents commonly found in sunscreen
formulations including, but not limited to, anthranilates, benzophenones
(particularly
benzophenone-3), camphor derivatives, cinnamates (e.g., octyl
methoxycinnamate),
dibenzoyl methanes (e.g., butyl methoxydibenzoyl methane), p-aminobenzoic acid
(PABA) and derivatives thereof, and salicylates (e.g., octyl salicylate).
In certain topical formulations, the active agent is present in an ainount in
the
range of approximately 0.25 wt. % to 75 wt. % of the formulation, preferably
in the
range of approximately 0.25 wt. % to 30 wt. % of the forinulation, more
preferably in
the range of approximately 0.5 wt. % to 15 wt. % of the formulation, and most
preferably in the range of approximately 1.0 wt. % to 10 wt. % of the
formulation.
Topical skin treatment coinpositions can be packaged in a suitable container
to
suit its viscosity and intended use by the consumer. For example, a lotion or
cream can
be packaged in a bottle or a roll-ball applicator, or a propellant-driven
aerosol device
237
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
or a container fitted with a pump suitable for finger operation. When the
composition
is a cream, it can simply be stored in a non-deformable bottle or squeeze
container,
such as a tube or a lidded jar. The composition may also be included in
capsules such
as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,063,507. Accordingly, also provided are
closed
containers containing a cosmetically acceptable coinposition as herein
defined.
In an alternative embodiment, a pharmaceutical formulation is provided for
oral or parenteral administration, in which case the formulation may comprises
a
modulating compound-containing microemulsion as described above, but may
contain
alternative pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, vehicles, additives, etc.
particularly
suited to oral or parenteral drug administration. Alternatively, a modulating
compound-containing microemulsion may be administered orally or parenterally
substantially as described above, without modification.
Phospholipids complexes, e.g., resveratrol-phospholipid complexes, and their
preparation are described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2004/116386.
Methods for stabilizing active components using polyol/polymer microcapsules,
and
their preparation are described in US20040108608. Processes for dissolving
lipophilic
compounds in aqueous solution with ainphiphilic block copolymers are described
in
WO 04/035013.
Conditions of the eye can be treated or prevented by, e.g., systemic, topical,
intraocular injection of a sirtuin-modulating compound, or by insertion of a
sustained
release device that releases a sirtuin-modulating compound. A sirtuin-
modulating
compound that increases or decreases the level and/or activity of a sirtuin
protein may
be delivered in a pharmaceutically acceptable ophthalmic vehicle, such that
the
compound is maintained in contact with the ocular surface for a sufficient
time period
to allow the compound to penetrate the corneal and internal regions of the
eye, as for
example the anterior chamber, posterior chamber, vitreous body, aqueous humor,
vitreous humor, cornea, iris/ciliary, lens, choroid/retina and sclera. The
pharmaceutically-acceptable ophthalmic vehicle may, for example, be an
ointinent,
vegetable oil or an encapsulating material. Alternatively, the compounds of
the
invention may be injected directly into the vitreous and aqueous humour. In a
further
alternative, the compounds may be administered systemically, such as by
intravenous
infusion or injection, for treatment of the eye.
Sirtuin-modulating compounds described herein may be stored in oxygen free
environment according to methods in the art. For example, resveratrol or
analog
238
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
thereof can be prepared in an airtight capsule for oral administration, such
as Capsugel
from Pfizer, Inc.
Cells, e.g., treated ex vivo with a sirtuin-modulating compound, can be
administered according to methods for administering a graft to a subject,
which may
be accompanied, e.g., by adininistration of an immunosuppressant drug, e.g.,
cyclosporin A. For general principles in medicinal fonnulation, the reader is
referred
to Cell Therapy: Stein Cell Transplantation, Gene Therapy, and Cellular
Immunotherapy, by G. Morstyn & W. Sheridan eds, Cambridge University Press,
1996; and Hematopoietic Stem Cell Therapy, E. D. Ball, J. Lister & P. Law,
C1lurchill
Livingstone, 2000.
Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of sirtuin-modulating compounds can be
determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or
experimental
animals. The LDso is the dose lethal to 50% of the population. The EDso is the
dose
therapeutically effective in 50% of the population. The dose ratio between
toxic and
therapeutic effects (LDso/EDso) is the therapeutic index. Sirtuin-modulating
compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indexes are preferred. While sirtuin-
modulating coinpounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should
be
talcen to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of
affected
tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby,
reduce
side effects.
The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used
in
formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds
may
lie within a range of circulating concentrations that include the EDso with
little or no
toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form
employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound, the
therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture
assays. A
dose may be fonnulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma
concentration
range that includes the ICso (i.e., the concentration of the test compound
that achieves a
half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such
information
can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in huinans. Levels in
plasma
may be measured, for example, by high perfonnance liquid chroinatography.
239
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
6. Kits
Also provided herein are kits, e.g., kits for therapeutic purposes or kits for
modulating the lifespan of cells or modulating apoptosis. A kit may comprise
one or
more sirtuin-modulating compounds, e.g., in premeasured doses. A kit may
optionally
comprise devices for contacting cells with the compounds and instructions for
use.
Devices include syringes, stents and other devices for introducing a sirtuin-
modulating
compound into a subject (e.g., the blood vessel of a subject) or applying it
to the skin
of a subject.
Another type of kit contemplated by the invention are lcits for identifying
sirtuin-modulating compounds. Such lcits contain (1) a sirtuin or sirtuin-
containing
material and (2) a sirtuin-modulating compound of the invention, which are in
separate
vessels. Such kits can be used, for example, to perform a competition-type
assay to
test other compounds (typically provided by the user) for sirtuin-modulating
activity.
In certain embodiments, these kits further comprise means for determining
sirtuin
activity (e.g., a peptide with an appropriate indicator, such as those
disclosed in the
Exemplification).
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a composition of matter
comprising a sirtruin modulator of this invention and another therapeutic
agent [t11e
same ones used in combination therapies and combination coinpositions] in
separate
dosage forms, but associated with one anotlier. The term "associated with one
another" as used herein means that the separate dosage forms are paclcaged
together or
otherwise attached to one another such that it is readily apparent that the
separate
dosage forms are intended to be sold and administered as part of the same
regimen.
The agent and the sirtruin modulator are preferably packaged together in a
blister pack
or other multi-chamber package, or as connected, separately sealed containers
(such as
foil pouches or the like) that can be separated by the user (e.g., by tearing
on score
lines between the two containers).
In still another einbodiinent, the invention provides a kit coinprising in
separate
vessels, a) a sirtruin modulator of this invention; and b) another another
therapeutic
agent such as those described elsewhere in the specification.
The practice of the present methods will einploy, unless otherwise indicated,
conventional techniques of cell biology, cell culture, molecular biology,
transgenic
biology, microbiology, recombinant DNA, and immunology, which are within the
skill
of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. See, for
example,
240
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Molecular Cloning A Laboratory Manual, 2"d Ed., ed. by Sambrook, Fritsch and
Maniatis (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press: 1989); DNA Cloning, Volumes I
and
II (D. N. Glover ed., 1985); Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M. J. Gait ed., 1984);
Mullis et
al. U.S. Patent No: 4,683,195; Nucleic Acid Hybridization (B. D. Haines & S.
J.
Higgins eds. 1984); Transcription And Translation (B. D. Hames & S. J. Higgins
eds.
1984); Culture Of Animal Cells (R. I. Freshney, Alan R. Liss, Inc., 1987);
Immobilized
Cells And Enzymes (IRL Press, 1986); B. Perbal, A Practical Guide To Molecular
Cloning (1984); the treatise, Methods In Enzymology (Academic Press, Inc.,
N.Y.);
Gene Transfer Vectors For Mammalian Cells (J. H. Miller and M. P. Calos eds.,
1987,
Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory); Methods In Enzymology, Vols. 154 and 155 (Wu
et
al. eds.), Immunochemical Methods In Cell And Molecular Biology (Mayer and
Walker, eds., Academic Press, London, 1987); Handbook Of Experimental
Immunology, Volumes I-IV (D. M. Weir and C. C. Blackwell, eds., 1986);
Manipulating the Mouse Embryo, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold
Spring
Harbor, N.Y., 1986).
EXEMPLIFICATION
The invention now being generally described, it will be more readily
understood
by reference to the following exainples which are included merely for purposes
of
illustration of certain aspects and embodiments of the present invention, and
are not
intended to limit the invention in any way.
241
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
EXAMPLE 1: Syntlzesis azzd Cliaracteri.zation of Sirtuizz Modulators
General Schemes:
Scheme 1:
~ . ~
S\/N,,~( SN\
S
ci
NH NH ~ Noz
2 2 o NH
Smith et al, Sulfur Lett. 1994 vol 17, p. 197 ~ s
and E. Ma, Molecules 2003, vol 8, p. 678-686 Et3N, CH2CI2 O N02
NO2 sodium NH2
S hydrosulfide N S
-~ -
4N HCI N
reflux
0
OCN-R
CI~R
H
H N-R N--~-R
N S 0 N3", S 0
N
N
242
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Scheme 2:
s N
S\ /N~ y
S
~S" Et3N, CH2CI2 a~l
N
c' / ~ No2 NH
NHZ c ~ i O \ NOZ
0 OMe
0 OMe
0
N02 sodium NH2 CIAR
N\ S hydrosulfide N\
2N HCI N N
reflux OMe OMe
0 0
--~ R H R
H N- ~ 1) isobutyl chloroformate
N NMM, THF
azz,~ S O N\ S _ O
NN NaOH N 2) NaBH41 water
OMe OH
0 0
H R
N-~
N, a--- S O
N
OH
243
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Scheme 3:
HATU, DIEA O NO2
DMF PPA CCOH
OH N
N NH2 Noz N NH OH
o ~ ~ O NO2 O
O OMe
O OMe
NH2
R" N Oa
sodium \ O
HN-R, I\ O hydrosulfide I
i N R N N R"
HATU N / N
DIEA, DMF N, O ~R'
O R
H R
N-~
O O 0
CIR I i N ~~ R
N
O R'
'
244
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Scheme 4:
0
N NOZ
CI ~
N O2 CI N sodium
NH i ~ O - hydrosulfide
~ ~
2 /
2) PPA N
H R
NH2 p N
O
~ p
CI R / N
Experimental Section:
Abbreviations used in experimental section:
HATU = O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium
hexafluorophosphate
NMM = 4-Methylmorpholine
DIEA = N,N-Diisopropylethylamine
DMF = N,N-Dimethylformamide
CH2C12 = Dichloromethane
EtOAc =Ethyl acetate
MeOH = Methanol
Na2SO4 = Sodium sulfate
PPA= Polyphosphoric acid
Et3N = Triethylamine
rt = room temperature
245
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of 3-(thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzenamine:
\r
S~" \\ /N,,,( NH2
S N S
N
,
NH2 N
4-aminopyridin-3-yl diisopropylcarbamodithioate was prepared according to the
procedures outlined in Smith et al, Sulfur Lett. 1994 vol 17, p. 197 and E.
Ma,
Molecules 2003, vol 8, p. 678-686.
220 mg of 4-aminopyridin-3-yl diisopropylcarbamodithioate (0.81 mmol) was
dissolved in 6 mL of methylene chloride and cooled to 10 degrees C (ice bath)
along
with triethylamine (0.175 mL, 1.5 eq). 3-Nitrobenzoyl chloride (150mg, 1 eq,
0.81
mmol) was dissolved in 3 mL of methylene chloride and then added to the cooled
solution of 4-aminopyridin-3-yl diisopropylcarbamodithioate. The reaction
mixture was
warmed to rt and stirred for 45 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with 5
mL of
methylene chloride and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4)
and
concentrated to afford 280 mg of compound of the intermediate ainide (83%
crude
yield).
This inter-mediate amide (280 mg) was suspended in 5 mL of 4 N aq HC1 and
stirred under reflux for 30 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and
neutralized
with 3 N NaOH and extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was
dried
(Na2SO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 200 mg of coinpound
of 2-
(3-nitrophenyl)thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine (95% crude yield).
310 mg of 2-(3-nitrophenyl)thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine (1.2 minol) was mixed with
mL of MeOH along with 6 mL of water. Sodiuin hydrosulfide hydrate (6 eq, 7.24
mmol, 400 mg) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for
3
25 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and
concentrated. The
aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride. The combined organic
layers
were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated to afford 230 ing of 3-(thiazolo[5,4-
c]pyridin-2-
yl)benzenamine (84% crude yield) (MS, M + + H = 228).
246
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of Compound 115:
MeO OMe
~ ~ -OMe
H
NH2 N
N~ S N~ S 0
~ / N ~ / N
In a typical run, 40 mg of 3-(thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzenamine (0.176
mmol) was suspended in 1 mL of pyridine along with 1 eq of 3,4,5-
trimethoxybenzoyl
clzloride. The reaction mixture was then heated in a Biotage microwave reactor
at 160
degree for 10 min. It was then cooled to room ternperature and concentrated
under
reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by chromatography using a
9:1
mixture of CH2C12 to MeOH (MS, M+ + H= 422)
Preparation of Compounds 113 and 114:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 115 was employed
using the appropriate acid chloride.
Preparation of Compound 99:
\
0
H
H O)
--~ C~
NH2
N~ g N S O
~ / N N
In a typical run, 3-(thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzenainine (25 mg, 0.11
mmol) was suspended in 1 mL of pyridine along witlz 18 mg of 3,4-
(1nethylenedioxy)phenyl isocyanate. The reaction mixture was then heated in a
Biotage
microwave reactor at 140 degree for 10 inin. It was then cooled to room
temperature
and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by chromatography using a
9:1
mixture of CHaCl2 to MeOH (MS, M++ H= 391).
247
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of inethyl3-amino-5-(thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzoate:
~
g y~ S NH2
S
N N
NH2 OMe
0
Mono-methyl 5-nitro-isophthlate (1.25g, 5.58 mmol) was suspended in 25 mL
of CH2Cl2 and oxalyl chloride (0.49 mL, 5.58 inmol) was added. After 3 drops
of DMF
was added, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature until all gas
evolution
had ceased and all the solids had dissolved. This freshly prepared solution of
the acid
chloride was then added dropwise to a solution of 4-aminopyridin-3-yl
diisopropylcarbamodithioate (1.5g, 5.58 mmol) and trietllylamine (0.77 mL,
5.58
mmol) in 50 mL of CH2C12 at 0 C. The resulting reaction mixture was warmed to
room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. It was then quenched with 25 mL of
brine and
the two layers were separated. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and
concentrated.
The resulting residue was suspended in 25 mL of 2 N HC1 and stirred under
reflux for
30 inin. It was then cooled to room temperature and the solids were collected
by
filtration and dried to afford 1.0 g of inethyl3-nitro-5-(thiazolo[5,4-
c]pyridin-2-
yl)benzoate. This material was then mixed with 20 mL of methanol and 3 mL of
water
along with 1 g of sodium hydrosulfide hydrate and stirred under reflux for 2
hours. The
resulting reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. The aqueous layer was
extracted with CH2C12. The combined organic layers were dried (NaZSO4) and
concentrated to afford 150 mg of inet11y1 3-amino-5-(thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-
yl)benzoate (MS, M+ + H = 286).
Preparation of Compound 133:
MeO OMe
~ ~ OMe
NHZ N
S S O
N N
OMe OMe
O O
Methyl3-amino-5-(thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzoate (150 mg, 0.526 mmol)
was mixed together with 3,4,5-triinethoxybenzoyl chloride (121 mg, 0.526 mmol)
in 1
248
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
mL of pyridine. The reaction mixture was reacted in a Biotage microwave
reactor at
160 degrees for 10 min. It was then cooled to room temperature and
concentrated. The
resulting residue was purified by chromatography using a 9:1 mixture of CH2Cl2
to
MeOH to afford 90 mg of methyl 3-(thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)-5-(3,4,5-
trimethoxybenzamido)benzoate(36% yield) (MS, M+ + H = 480).
Preparation of Compound 134:
MeO OMe MeO OMe
~ ~ OMe ~ ~
_ OMe
H H
N N
N\ S - O N\ C g O
N ~ /
N
OMe OH
O O
Methyl3-(thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzamido)benzoate
(80 mg, 0.167 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of THF and 2 mL of water containing
30
mg of sodiuin hydroxide. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 1
hour. It was then acidified to pH 4 with 6 N HCl and concentrated. The solids
were
collected by filtration and dried to afford 60 mg of 3-(thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-
2-yl)-5-
(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzamido)benzoic acid (78% yield) (MS, M+ + H= 466).
Preparation of Compound 135:
MeO OMe MeO OMe
~ OMe I _ OMe
~ H
N N
N\ S - O N\ g O
N ~ /
N
OH OH
O
3-(thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzainido)benzoic acid (50
mg, 0.108 inmol) was suspended in 2 mL of ai-Aiydrous THF and cooled to 0 C
along
with 1 eq of NMM. Isobutyl chloroformate (1 eq) was added and the reaction
mixture
was stiiTed for 45 min. NaBH4 (1 eq) was then added as a solution in 0.5 mL of
water.
The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 inin and then warmed to room
temperature and
concentrated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CHaCl2. The combined
organic
249
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the crude product. This
was
purified by chromatography using a 9:1 mixture of CH2C12 to MeOH (MS, M + + H
452).
Preparation of 3-(oxazolo[5,4-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzenamine:
NH2
N CI N 0-0
NHZ N
2-Chloropyridin-3-ainine (3.20 g, 0.025 mol) was suspended in 15 mL of
pyridine and added slowly to a suspension of 3-nitrobenzoyl chloride (4.64 g,
0.025
mol) in 15 mL of pyridine in an ice bath. The reaction mixture was slowly
warmed to
room temperature and stirred overnight. The next day, the reaction mixture was
cooled
in an ice bath and 30 mL of glacial acetic acid was added slowly. The
resulting mixture
was diluted with 200 mL of EtOAc and washed with water (3 x 20 mL). The
organic
layer was then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The resulting residue was
mixed with
10 mL of PPA and stirred at 160 degree for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was
then
poured carefully into 150 mL of water. The pH was brought to about 5 with
solid
NaOH and the solids were collected by filtration and dried. This material was
mixed
with 50 mL of MeOH and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to afford 2.1 g
of 2-(3-
nitrophenyl)oxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine (35% yield) (MS, M++ H = 242).
2-(3-Nitrophenyl)oxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine (600 mg, 2.49 mmol) was mixed with
mL of MeOH and 4 mL of water along with 837 mg of sodium hydrosulfide hydrate
(14.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for 3 hours. It was
then
cooled to room teinperature and concentrated. The aqueous layer was extracted
with
CH2C12. The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to
afford
25 520 mg of 3-(oxazolo[5,4-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzenamine (quantitative crude
yield) (MS,
M++H=212).
250
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of Compound 112:
O-
~ ~ o
- \
H
NH2 N
N 0 - _~ N O O
N N
3-(Oxazolo[5,4-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzenamine was reacted with 3,4-
dimethoxybenzoyl chloride under the microwave reaction conditions described
earlier.
The crude product was purified by chromatography using a 9:1 mixture of CH2C12
to
MeOH (MS, M+ + H = 376)
Preparation of Compound 74 and 111:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 112 was employed
using 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl sulfonyl chloride and 3-dimethylaminobenzoyl
chloride
hydrochloride, respectively. The final product was purified by chromatography
using a
9:1 mixture of CH2C12 to MeOH.
Preparation of 3-nitro-5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid and methyl 3-
nitro-5-(oxazolo [4,5-b] pyridin-2-yl)benzoate:
NO~ NOa
O a~N OH
N N
N NH2 OH OMe
O O
2-Amino-3-hydroxypyridine (1.00 g, 9.16 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of
DMF along with 2.06 g of mono-methyl5-nitroisophthlate (9.16 inmol), 5.2g of
HATU
(13.7 mmol) and 3.2 mL of DIEA (18.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred
at
room temperature for 18 hours. It was then diluted with 200 mL of EtOAc and
washed
with water (3 x25 inL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated.
The
resulting residue was mixed with 10 mL of PPA and stirred at 160 degree for 6
hours.
The reaction mixture was then poured carefully into 200 mL of water and the pH
was
brought to 5 with solid NaOH. The solids were collected by filtration and
dried to
afford the product as a 1:1 mixture of the methyl ester and the acid. This
mixture was
251
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
separated by suspending in 150 mL of CH2C12 and then filtered. The filtrate
was the
methyl ester (MS, M+ + H = 300) and the solids were the desired acid, namely,
3-nitro-
5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (MS, M++ H = 286).
Preparation of 3-amino-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-
yl)benzamide:
NO2 NHz
O O
I i N N
N N H
OH ~
O O
/ N-
3-Nitro-5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (250 mg, 0.877 mmol) was
dissolved in 5 mL of DMF along with 1 eq of N, N-diinethylethylenediamine, 500
mg
of HATU (1.5 eq) and 0.3 mL of DIEA (2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred
at
room temperature for 18 hours. It was then diluted with 50 mL of EtOAc and
washed
with water. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford
the nitro
ainide intermediate. This was dissolved in 50 mL of MeOH and 5 mL of water
along
with 200 mg of sodium hydrosulfide hydrate (4 eq). The reaction mixture was
stirred
under reflux for 1 hour. It was then concentrated to dryness and mixed wit1150
mL of
1:1 CH2C12/MeOH and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to afford
essentially
quantitative yield of 3-ainino-N-(2-(diinethylainino)ethyl)-5-(oxazolo[4,5-
b]pyridin-2-
yl)benzamide (MS, M++ H = 326).
Preparation of Compound 153:
OMe
H OMe
NHz N
\ O - \ O O
I i
N N N N
N N
O \-~ O
/N /N
3-amino-N-(2-(dimethylainino)ethyl)-5-(oxazolo [4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzainide
was reacted with 3,4-diinethoxybenzoyl chloride under the same microwave
conditions
252
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
as described earlier. The crude product was purified by chromatography using a
9:1
mixture of CH2C12 to MeOH (MS, M+ + H= 490).
Preparation of Compounds 154 and 155:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 153 was einployed
using the appropriate acid cllloride.
Preparation of tert-butyl4-(3-amino-5-(oxazolo [4,5-b] pyridin-2-
yl)benzoyl)pip erazine-l-carboxylate:
NO2 NHZ
O
N N N O
a~O N
OH N N4
O O O
3-Nitro-5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (250 mg, 0.877 mmol) was
dissolved in 5 mL of DMF along with 1 eq of Boc-piperazine (163 mg), 500 mg of
HATU (1.5 eq) and 0.3 mL of DIEA (2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at
room
temperature for 18 hours. It was then diluted wit1150 mL of EtOAc and washed
with
water. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the
nitro
ainide interinediate. This was dissolved in 50 mL of MeOH and 5 mL of water
along
with 200 mg of sodium lzydrosulfide hydrate (4 eq). The reaction mixture was
stirred
under reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the aqueous
layer
was extracted with CHZC12. The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and
concentrated to afford 300 mg of tert-butyl 4-(3-amino-5-(oxazolo[4,5-
b]pyridin-2-
yl)benzoyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate. (MS, M+ + H = 424).
Preparation of Compound 107:
OMe
OMe
H
NH2 N
O O
o
N N O N N
N~~N H
N O4-
253
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
tert-Butyl 4-(3 -amino-5-(oxazolo [4, 5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoyl)piperazine-l-
carboxylate (100 mg, 0.236 mmol) was dissolved in 1 mL of pyridine along with
47 ing
of 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride (1 eq). The reaction mixture was heated in a
Biotage
microwave reactor for 10 inin. It was then cooled to room temperature and
concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by chromatography using a 9:1
mixture of CH2C12 to MeOH to afford 120 mg of the Boc-protected diamide
derivative.
This was treated with 2 inL of 25% TFA in CH2C12 and allowed to stand at room
temperature for 1 hour. It was then concentrated and triturated with Et20 to
afford 3,4-
dimethoxy-N-(3-(oxazolo [4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-5-(piperazine-1-
carbonyl)phenyl)benzamide as the TFA salt (MS, M+ + H= 488).
Preparation of Compounds 138 and 139:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 107 was employed using
the appropriate acid chloride.
Preparation of Compound 136:
OMe
I OMe
H
N O2 N
O - ~ O - O
I r N r N
N N
OMe OMe
O O
Methyl 3-nitro-5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoate (2.70 g) was mixed with
100 inL of MeOH and 20 mL of water along with 3 g of sodiuin hydrosulfide
hydrate
(6 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for 1 hour. It was then
cooled to
room temperature and concentrated. The aqueous layer was extracted with
CH2C12.
The combined organic layers were dried (NaZSO~) and concentrated to afford 600
mg
of the intermediate ainine. A portion of this intermediate amine (50 mg) was
reacted
with 1 eq of 3,4-diinethoxybenzoyl chloride under the same microwave reaction
conditions described earlier. The crude product was purified by chromatography
using
a 9:1 mixture of CHaC12 to MeOH (MS, M+ + H= 434).
254
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of Compound 137:
OMe OMe
OMe ~ ~ OMe
N N
-'Z~ O O O O
N N N N
OMe OH
O O
Methyl 3 -(3,4-dimethoxybenzamido)-5 -(oxazolo [4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoate
(20 mg) was dissolved in 2 mL of THF and 1 mL of water contaiuling 2 eq of
NaOH.
The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. It was then
acidified
to pH 5 with 6 N HCl and concentrated. The resulting solids were collected by
filtration and dried to afford the acid (MS, M+ + H = 420).
Preparation of Compounds 79, 80 and 81:
3-(2-Methylthiazol-4-yl)benzenamine (Aldrich) was subjected to the same
microwave reaction conditions described earlier using the appropriate acid
chloride.
The final products were purified by chroinatography using a 9:1 mixture of
CH2C12 to
MeOH.
Preparation of 2-amino-3-hydroxy-6-methylpyridine:
~ OH a OH I i N NO2 N NH2
7.00 g of 3-hydroxy-6-methyl-2-nitropyridine (Aldrich, 0.045 mol) was
dissolved in 250 mL of MeOH and 20 mL of H20 along with 15 g of sodium
hydrosulfide hydrate (6 eq, 0.27 mol). The reaction micture was stirred under
reflux
for 5 hours. The reaction inixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted
with 300
mL of absolute EtOH and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was
dissolved
in 300 mL of CH202 and 10 mL of MeOH. The mixture was sonicated for 10 min and
allowed to stand at room teinperature for 3 hours. The resulting salts that
precipitated
out at this point were removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to
afford the
crude ainine. This was purified by passing througli a short plug of silica gel
and eluting
255
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
with 95% CH2C12, 4% MeOH and 1% Et3N. A total of 5.0 g of the desired amine
was
obtained (89% yield).
Preparation of 5-methyl-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine:
NOa
~ OH ~ OHO O I N NH2 N N NO2 I N N
H
1.20 g of 2-amino-3-hydroxy-6-methyl pyridine (9.68 mmol) was dissolved in
20 inL of DMF along with 1.60 g of 3-nitrobenzoic acid (1 eq), 4.4 g of HATU
(Novabiochem, 1.2 eq. 11.6 mmol) and 2.5 mL of DIEA (1.5 eq, 14.5 mmol). The
reaction mixture was stiiTed at room tenzperature for 181us. It was then
diluted with
250 mL of EtOAc and washed with water (4 x 15 mL). The organic layer was dried
(Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the crude product. Purification by
chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, pentane to 80% EtOAc/pentane) afforded
1.10
g of the desired amide intermediate (42% yield).
This amide intermediate (1.10 g, 4.00 mmol) was mixed with 7 mL of PPA and
stirred at 150 C for 5 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to about 80 C
and diluted
with 200 mL of water. This mixture was cooled in an ice bath and the pH was
slowly
brouglzt to 5 using solid NaOH. The resulting solids were collected by
filtration and
dried to afford 600 mg of the desired product, nainely, 5-methyl-2-(3-nitro-
phenyl)-
oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine (24% overall yield for the 2 steps). LC/MS showed >95%
purity.
Preparation of 5-bromomethyl-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine:
N02 NOZ
O
~ ~ ~ \ / - Br ~ ~
N N N N
In a typical run, 400 mg of 5-methyl-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine
(1.57 ininol) was suspended in 50 mL of CC14 along with 280 mg (1.57 inmol) of
NBS
and 20 mg of benzoyl peroxide. The reaction mixture was stirred under reflux
for 4
hours. LC/MS showed about 50 % conversion to the desired broinide. After
another 2
256
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
hours of reflux, no additional change was observed. Another 1 eq of NBS was
added
and reflux was continued for another 4 hours. LC/MS showed coinplete
conversion.
The reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulting crude product was
purified by
chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, CHZC12 to 9:1 CH2C12/MeOH) to afford
essentially quantitative yield of 5-bromomethyl-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-oxazolo[4,5-
b]pyridine.
Preparation of 4-[2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-oxazolo [4,5-b]pyridin-5-ylmethyl]-
piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester:
NOZ ' I 1O2
ON O
Br N N ~~~ N N
5-Bromomethyl-2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine (250 mg, 0.75
minol) was dissolved in 5 mL of CH3CN along with Et3N (0.200 mL, 1.5 mmol) and
140 mg of Boc-piperazine. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature
for
18 hours. It was then concentrated and the resulting residue was mixed with 25
mL of
CH2Cl2 and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried (Nk,)SO4) and
concentrated to afford essentially quantitative yield of 4-[2-(3-nitro-phenyl)-
oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-ylmethyl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl
ester.
Preparation of 4-[2-(3-amino-phenyl)-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-ylmethyl]-
piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester:
N02 >~ NH2
N o o N N o
N
4-[2-(3-Nitro-phenyl)-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-ylmethyl]-piperazine-l-
carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (330 mg, 0.75 mmol) was dissolved in 6 mL of
MeOH
and 2 mL of water along with 210 mg of sodiuin liydrosulfide hydrate (3.75
mmol).
The reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for 4 hours. The reaction
appeared to be
complete based on LC/MS. The reaction mixture was cooled to room teinperature
and
concentrated. The aqueous layer was extracted witll CH2Cla. The combined
organic
layers were dried (NaZSO4) and concentrated to afford essentially quantitative
yield of
257
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
4-[2-(3-amino-phenyl)-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-ylmethyl]-piperazine-l-
carboxylic acid
tert-butyl ester.
Preparation of Compound 166:
~ ~ N
\
O
0 NHZ NH
O - N - O
O N~ I / \ / - ~N j N ~ ~
~NI~~'N N
N
4- [2-(3 -Amino-phenyl)-oxazolo [4, 5-b] pyridin-5-ylmethyl] -pip erazine-l-
carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (83 ing, 0.2 mmol) was dissolved in 1 inL of
pyridine
along with 1 eq of 3-dimethylamino benzoyl chloride hydrochloride (44 mg, 0.2
mmol). The reaction mixture was heated in a Biotage microwave reactor (160 C)
for
10 min. It was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The resulting
residue was purified by chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, CH2C12 to 95%
CH2C12, 4% MeOH and 1% Et3N) to afford 25 mg of 4- {2-[3-(3-dimethylamino-
benzoylamino)-phenyl]-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-ylmethyl} -piperazine-l-
carboxylic
acid tert-butyl ester (23% yield).
4- {2-[3-(3-Dimethylamino-benzoylamino)-phenyl]-oxazolo [4,5-b]pyridin-5-
ylmethyl}-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (25 mg, 0.045 mmol)
was
dissolved in 1 mL of 25% TFA in CH2C12 and allowed to stand at room
temperature for
1 hour. It was then concentrated and the resulting residue was triturated with
Et20 to
afford essentially quantitative yield of 3-dimethylamino-N-[3-(5-piperazin-1-
ylmethyl-
oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide as the TFA salt.
Preparation of Compound 514:
The preparation followed essentially the same procedure as detailed in the
preparation of Compound 166 except that 2-quinoxaloyl chloride was used as the
acid
chloride coinponent.
258
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of 3-nitro-5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid and methyl 3-
nitro-5-(oxazolo [4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoate:
N02 NO2
O
OH O
/ N N
N N
N NH2 OH OMe
O
2-Amino-3-hydroxypyridine (1.OOg, 9.16 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of
DMF along with 2.06 g of mono-methyl 5-nitroisophthlate (9.16 mmol), 5.2g of
HATU
(13.7 mmol) and 3.2 mL of DIEA (18.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred
at
room temperature for 18 hours. It was then diluted with 200 mL of EtOAc and
washed
with water (3 x25 mL). The organic layer was dried (NaZSO4) and concentrated.
The
resulting residue was mixed with 10 mL of PPA and stirred at 160 degree for 6
hours.
The reaction mixture was then poured carefully into 200 mL of water and the pH
was
brought to 5 with solid NaOH. The solids were collected by filtration and
dried to
afford the product as a 1:1 mixture of the methyl ester and the acid. This
inixture was
separated by suspending it in150 mL of CH2Cl2 and then filtering. The filtrate
was the
methyl ester (MS, M+ + H = 300) and the solids were the desired acid, namely,
3-nitro-
5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (MS, M++ H = 286).
Preparation of 3-amino-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-5-(oxazolo [4,5-b] pyridin-2-
yl)benzaniide:
N02 NH2
O O
I i N N
N N H
OH N
O ~-- ~
3 -Nitro- 5 -(oxazolo [4,5 -b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (250 mg, 0.877 minol)
was
dissolved in 5 inL of DMF along with 1 eq of N, N-dimethylethylenediamine, 500
ing
of HATU (1.5 eq) and 0.3 mL of DIEA (2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred
at
room teinperature for 18 hours. It was then diluted with 50 inL of EtOAc and
washed
with water. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford
the nitro
ainide intermediate. This was dissolved in 50 mL of MeOH and 5 mL of water
along
with 200 mg of sodium hydrosulfide liydrate (4 eq). The reaction mixture was
stirred
259
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
under reflux for 1 hour. It was then concentrated to dryness and mixed with 50
mL of
1:1 CHaC12/MeOH and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to afford
essentially
quantitative yield of 3-amino-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-5-(oxazolo[4,5-
b]pyridin-2-
yl)benzamide (MS, M++ H = 326).
Preparation of tert-butyl 4-(3-amino-5-(oxazolo [4,5-b] pyridin-2-
yl)benzoyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate:
NOz NH2
a~N O N
N N O
OH N N4
O O \-/ O 4-
3-Nitro-5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (250 mg, 0.877 mmol) was
dissolved in 5 mL of DMF along with 1 eq of Boc-piperazine (163 mg), 500 mg of
HATU (1.5 eq) and 0.3 mL of DIEA (2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at
room
temperature for 18 hours. It was then diluted with 50 mL of EtOAc and washed
with
water. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the
nitro
amide intermediate. This was dissolved in 50 mL of MeOH and 5 mL of water
along
with 200 mg of sodium hydrosulfide hydrate (4 eq). The reaction mixture was
stirred
under reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the aqueous
layer
was extracted witlz CH2C12. The coinbined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4)
and
concentrated to afford 300 mg of tert-butyl4-(3-amino-5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-
2-
yl)benzoyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate. (MS, M+ + H = 424).
Preparation of Compound 164:
OMe
~ ~ OMe
H
NH2 N
I i O O
N ~N N /-~
N N- N NH
Tert-Buty14-(3-ainino-5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoyl)piperazine-l-
carboxylate (100 mg, 0.23 6 mmol) was dissolved in 1 mL of pyridine along with
47 mg
of 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride (1 eq). The reaction mixture was heated in a
Biotage
260
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
microwave reactor for 10 min. It was then cooled to room temperature and
concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by chromatography using a 9:1
mixture of CHZC12 to MeOH to afford 120 mg of the Boc-protected diamide
derivative.
This was treated with 2 mL of 25% TFA in CH2C12 and allowed to stand at room
temperature for 1 hour. It was then concentrated and triturated with Et20 to
afford 3,4-
dimethoxy-N-(3 -(oxazolo [4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-5-(piperazine- l -
carbonyl)phenyl)benzainide as the TFA salt (MS, M+ + H = 488).
Preparation of (3-nitro-5-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-phenyl)-methanol:
NO2 NO2
~ 0 ~ O -
~ e N I N N ~~
N
OH OH
O
In a typical run, 3-nitro-5-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (770 mg,
2.70 mmol) was suspended in 50 mL of anhydrous THF and cooled in an ice bath
along
with NMM (0.3 mL, 2.70 minol). Isobutyl chloroformate (0.35 mL, 2.70 mmol) was
added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 1 hour. A solution of
NaBH4
(102 mg, 2.70 inmol) in 6 mL of water was then added at 0 C and the reaction
mixture
was stirred at the same teinperature for 45 min. It was then concentrated and
the
resulting residue was diluted with 10 mL of water. The aqueous layer was
extracted
with CH2C12. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford
500 mg
of (3-nitro-5-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-phenyl)-inethanol (68% yield, >95%
pure by
LC/MS).
Preparation of 4-(3-amino-5-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-benzyl)-piperazine-l-
carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester:
N02 NHZ
O O
N a~N O
C~ -
OH ~
N N~JN
O
261
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCTIUS2006/030661
In a typical run, 250 mg of (3-nitro-5-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-phenyl)-
methanol (0.923 mmol) was dissolved in 25 mL of CH2C12 along with 1 eq of Et3N
(130 L). Methanesulfonyl chloride (1 eq, 70 L) was added and the reaction
mixture
was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 15 min. It was then quenched
with
brine and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organic layers were dried
(Na2SO4)
and concentrated to afford the mesylate intermediate. This material was mixed
with 4
mL of CH3CN along with 130 L of Et3N and 172 mg of Boc-piperazine (0.923
mmol)
and stirred at room temperature for 1 day. The reaction mixture was
concentrated and
the resulting residue was partitioned between CH2C12 and water. The organic
layer was
dried (Na2SO~) and concentrated to afford essentially quantitative yield of 4-
(3-nitro-5-
oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-benzyl)-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl
ester. This
material was mixed with 6 mL of MeOH and 1 mL of water along with 200 mg of
sodium hydrosulfide hydrate. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred under
reflux
for 1 hour. It was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The
resulting
residue was diluted with 2 mL of water and extracted with CH2C12. The combined
organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford 280 mg of 4-(3-
amino-5-
oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-benzyl)-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl
ester.
Preparation of Compound 159:
0
/ \ o
H
NHZ N
O / O
~ 0 a~N
~ N N /-\ 0 N
NN N~.JN H
O ~
4-(3-Ainino-5-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-benzyl)-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid
tert-butyl ester (0.2 minol) was mixed with 1 mL of pyridine along with 1 eq
(40 mg) of
3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride. The reaction inixture was reacted in a Biotage
microwave reactor at 160 C for 10 min. It was then cooled to room
teinperature and
concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by chromatography
(Isco,
262
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
gradient elution, CH2C12 to 95% CH2Cl2, 4% MeOH and 1% Et3N). The purified
product was then treated with 2 mL of 25% TFA in CH2C12 for 2 hours. It was
then
concentrated and the resulting residue was triturated with Et20 to afford the
desired
product as the TFA salt (MS, M++ H= 474).
Preparation of Compound 160 and Compound 161:
The saine procedure used in the preparation of Compound 159 was employed
using the appropriate acid cliloride.
Preparation of 3-dimethylaminomethyl-5-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-phenylamine:
NO2 NH2
O
0 a~N
N
N
OH N
In a typical run, 250 mg of (3-nitro-5-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-phenyl)-
metlianol (0.923 mmol) was dissolved in 25 mL of CH2C1Z along with 1 eq of
Et3N
(130 L). Methanesulfonyl chloride (1 eq, 70 L) was added and the reaction
mixture
was warmed to room teinperature and stirred for 15 min. It was then quenched
with
brine and extracted with CH2C12. The combined organic layers were dried
(NaZSO4)
and concentrated to afford the mesylate intermediate. This material was
dissolved in 5
mL of CH3CN along with 2 mL of 2 N-dimethylainine in THF. The reaction mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. It was then concentrated and the
resulting
residue was partitioned between CH2C12 and water. The organic layer was
separated,
dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the crude nitro derivative. This
material was
mixed with 6 mL of MeOH and 1 mL of water along with 200 mg of sodium
hydrosulfide hydrate and stirred under reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture
was
cooled to room temperature and diluted with 100 mL of absolute EtOH and
concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was mixed with 10 inL of 9:1
CH2C12/MeOH and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to afford 220 mg of 3-
dimethylaminomethyl-5-oxazolo [4, 5-b]pyridin-2-yl-phenylamine.
263
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of Compound 156:
O
~ ~ o
H
NH2 N
o O o
N N N N
N N
3-Dimethylaminomethyl-5-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-phenylamine (0.2 mmol)
was mixed with 1 mL of pyridine along with 40 mg of 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl
chloride
(0.2 inmol). The reaction mixture was reacted in a Biotage microwave reactor
at 160
C for 10 min. It was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The
resulting
residue was purified by chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, CH2C12 to 95%
CH2C12, 4% MeOH and 1% Et3N) to afford the desired product (MS, M++ H = 433).
Preparation of Compound 157 and Compound 158:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 156 was employed
using the appropriate acid chloride.
Preparation of (3-nitro-5-thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl-phenyl)-methanol
NO 2 NO2
S N S
N ~ C
~ / N N
OH OH
O
3-Nitro-5-thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl-benzoic acid (880 mg, 2.92 minol) was
suspended in 50 mL of anhydrous THF along with NMM (0.32 mL, 2.92 mmol). The
reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and isobutyl chloroformate (0.38
inL, 2.92
mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 40 inin. NaBH4
(110
mg, 2.92 inmol) was then added as a solution in 5 mL of water. The reaction
mixture
was stirred at 0 C for 30 min and then wanned to room teinperature. It was
concentrated and then extracted with CHaC12. The combined organic layers were
dried
(Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the crude product. Purification by
264
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, CH2C12 to 9:1 CH2Cla/MeOH) afford 150
mg
of (3-nitro-5-thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl-phenyl)-methanol.
Preparation of 3-dimethylaminomethyl-5-thiazolo [5,4-c] pyridin-2-yl-
phenylamine:
NO2 NH2
N \ S N S
~ / N N
OH N
\
(3-Nitro-5-thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl-phenyl)-methanol (120 mg, 0.418 mmol)
was suspended in 20 mL of CH2C12 along with Et3N (87 L, 1.5 eq) cooled in an
ice
bath. Methanesulfonyl chloride (32 L, 0.418 mmol) was added and the reaction
mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction mixture was
partitioned between CH2C12 and brine. The organic layer was separated, dried
(Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the crude mesylate intermediate. This
material
was dissolved in 2 mL of CH3CN along with 2 mL of 2 N dimetllylamine in THF.
The
resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. It was
then
concentrated. The resulting residue was mixed with 6 mL of MeOH and 2 mL of
water
containing 200 mg of sodiuin hydrosulfide hydrate. The reaction mixture was
stirred
under reflux for 3 hours. It was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with
100 mL
of absolute EtOH, and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was mixed
with
10 mL of 9:1 CH2C12/MeOH and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to afford
essentially quantitative yield of 3-dimethylaininomethyl-5-thiazolo[5,4-
c]pyridin-2-yl-
phenylainine.
265
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of Compound 174:
-o \ 0
~ ~ o
NH2 N
N S - N S O
I N \ / N
\ \
3-Dimethylaminomethyl-5-thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl-phenylamine (0.2 mmol)
was mixed with 1 mL of pyridine along with 47 mg of 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl
chloride (0.2 minol). The reaction mixture was reacted in a Biotage microwave
reactor
at 160 C for 10 min. It was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated.
The
resulting residue was purified by chromatography (Isco, gradient elution,
CH2C12 to
95% CH2C12, 4% MeOH and 1% Et3N) to afford 30 mg of the desired product (MS,
M+
+H=479).
Preparation of 3-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid:
0
OH
a-- OH O ~
N NH2 N
2-Amino-3-hydroxypyridine (lg, 9.16 mmol) was dissolved in 25 mL of DMF
along with 1.65 g of mono-methyl isophthalate (9.16 mmol), 5.2 g of HATU (1.5
eq)
and 3.2 mL of DIEA. The reaction mixture was stirred at room teinperature for
18 hrs.
It was then diluted with 150 mL of ethyl acetate and washed with water (5 x 20
mL).
The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford 3.20 g of the
intermediate amide. This material was mixed with 10 mL of PPA and stirred at
160
degree for 4 hrs. It was then cooled to room temperature and carefully poured
into 150
mL of water. The pH was brought to about 5 with solid NaOH. The resulting
precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to afford 380 mg of the
desired acid,
nainely, 3-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid.
266
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of Compound 102:
-o \ 0
/ \ o
O O -
OH H
O - -~ ~ O
N N N N
For amide formation, 3-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (30 mg, 0.125
mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of DMF along with 3,4,5-trimetlloxyaniline (23 mg,
1
eq) and 71 mg of HATU (1.5 eq). After 45 microliters of DIEA (2 eq) were
added, the
reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. It was then
diluted with
ethyl acetate and washed witll water and concentrated. The resulting residue
was
purified by chromatography using a 9:1 mixture of CH2C12 to MeOH to afford 3-
(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)benzamide. (MS, M+ + H
=
406).
Preparation of Compound 100, Compound 101 and Compound 103:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 102 was employed
using the appropriate amine.
Preparation of 5-oxazolo [4,5-b] pyridin-2-yl-pyridin-3-ylamine:
NH2
OH
O _
~ ~ ~
N NHZ N N N
a-a
In a typical run, 790 mg of 2-amino-3-hydroxypyridine (7.24 mmol) and 1.00 g
of 5-aminonicotinic acid (7.24 mmol) were mixed with 10 mL of PPA and stirred
at
200 C for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to about 100 C and
carefully
poured into 100 mL of water. The pH was brougllt to 6 with solid NaOH and the
solids
were collected by filtration. After drying under high vacuum, a total of 180
ing of 5-
oxazolo [4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-pyridin-3 -ylamine.
267
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of Compound 73:
0
/ \
H
NH2 N O-
~ O - O O
~~ i\/ ~ l o i\ i
N N N N N N
5-Oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl-pyridin-3-ylamine (25 mg, 0.118 minol) was
mixed with 1 mL of pyridine along with 24 mg of 2,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride
(0.118 mmol). The reaction mixture was reacted in a Biotage microwave reactor
at 160
C for 10 min. It was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The
resulting
crude product was purified by chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, CH2C12
to 9:1
CH2C12/MeOH) to afford 11 mg of the product (MS, M++ H = 377).
Preparation of Compounds 66, 67 and 68:
Essentially the same procedure as detailed for the preparation of Compound 73
was used employing the appropriate acid cllloride.
Preparation of 2-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl-phenylamine:
H2N
(NH2 N
In a typical run, 123 ing of 2-aininothiazole (1.23 mmol) and 2-bromo-2'-
nitroacetophenone (300 mg, 1.23 minol) was mixed with 15 mL of methyl ethyl
ketone
and stirred under reflux for 18 hours. It was then cooled to room teinperature
and
filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The resulting solids were mixed with
20 inL of
EtOH and 5 drops of concentrated HBr were added. The reaction mixture was
stirred
under reflux for 6 hours. Everything dissolved at this point and LC/MS showed
formation of desired nitro intermediate (MS, M++ H= 246). The reaction mixture
was
concentrated and mixed with 20 inL of dilute aq. NaHCO3. The resulting solids
were
collected by filtration and dried to afford 300 ing of the nitro intermediate.
This
268
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
material was mixed with 15 mL of MeOH and 3 mL of water along with 6 eq of
sodium
hydrosulfide hydrate. The reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for 8
hours. It was
then cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The aqueous layer was
extracted
with CH2C12. The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated
to
afford 260 mg of 2-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl-phenylamine.
Preparation of Compound 203:
-O O
O
H2N HN
~
b ~X ~SI X
2-hnidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl-phenylamine (64 mg, 0.30 mmol) was mixed with
1 mL of pyridine along with 60 ing of 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride (0.30
mmol).
The reaction mixture was reacted in the Biotage microwave reactor at 160 C
for 10
min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The
resulting residue was purified by chromatography (Isco, gradient elution,
CH2C12 to 9:1
CH2CI2/MeOH) to afford the desired product (MS, M+ + H = 380).
Preparation of Compound 204:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 203 was employed
using the appropriate acid chloride.
Prparation of Compounds 707, 739 and 740:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 203 was einployed
except with 2-amino-4-inethylthiazole at the beginning of the synthetic
sequence, and
the appropriate acid cliloride at the last amide forination step.
269
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of 6-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-3-carboxylic acid
ethyl
ester:
02N
7NH2
O O
O 0
In a typical run, 2.1 g of ethyl 2-aminothiazole-4-carboxylate (Combi-Blocks,
0.0123 mol) was mixed with 25 mL of methyl ethyl ketone along with 2-broino-2'-
nitroacetophenone (3.0 g, 0.0123 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred under
reflux
for 18 hours. It was then cooled to room teinperature and filtered to remove
some of
the solids. The filtrate was concentrated to afford 3.10 g of 6-(2-nitro-
phenyl)-
imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (MS, M+ + H= 318).
Preparation of [6-(2-nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-3-yl]-methanol:
O2 N
02N SvN
S N I'
HO
O O
~
6-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (14.50
g, 0.0458 mol) was mixed with 100 mL of THF and 100 mL of water containing 7.3
g
of NaOH (4 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18
hours. It
was then concentrated. The aqueous layer was washed once with CH2C1z and then
acidified with 6 N HCI. The solids were collected by filtration and dried to
afford 7.4 g
of the acid intermediate. This material (7.4 g, 0.0256 mol) was mixed with 200
mL of
anhydrous THF along with NMM (2.8 mL, 0.0256 mol) and cooled to 0 C. Isobutyl
chloroforinate (3.35 mL, 0.0256 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was
stilTed in
the ice bath for 3 hours. NaBH4 (0.97 g, 0.0256 mol) was added as a solution
in 30 inL
of water. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 45 min. It was then
warmed to
room temperature and concentrated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH202.
270
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the
crude
product. Purification by chromatography (Isco, using a mixture of
pentane/EtOAc)
afforded 5.20 g of [6-(2-nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-3-yl]-inethanol
(74%
yield).
Preparation of 4-[6-(2-amino-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-3-ylmethyl]-
piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester:
02N H2N
b S ~N
\~'~ ~ ~ ~
N O
HO NN
O
[6-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-3-yl]-methanol (1.0 g, 3.64 ininol)
was dissolved in 100 mL of CH2C12 along with 1 eq of Et3N (0.51 mL).
Methanesulfonyl chloride (1 eq, 0.28 mL) was added and the reaction mixture
was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 15 min. It was then quenched with
brine
and extracted with CH2C12. The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and
concentrated to afford the mesylate intermediate. This material was mixed with
4 mL of
CH3CN along with 0.51 mL of Et3N and 680 mg of Boc-piperazine (3.64 mmol) and
stirred at room temperature for 1 day. The reaction mixture was concentrated
and the
resulting residue was partitioned between CH2C12 and water. The organic layer
was
dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford essentially quantitative yield of
the product.
This material was mixed witli 6 mL of MeOH and 1 mL of water along with 200 mg
of
sodium hydrosulfide hydrate. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred under
reflux
for 24 hours. It was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The
resulting
residue was diluted with 2 mL of water and extracted with CHZC12. The
coinbined
organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford 0.90 g of 4-[6-
(2-amino-
phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-3-ylmethyl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-
butyl
ester.
271
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of Compound 207:
-O 0
0
H2N HN
SVN S~N -
N'~ IN'~
O
NN O HN~/N
\---~
4-[6-(2-Amino-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-3-ylmethyl]-piperazine-l-
carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.3 mmol) was mixed with 1 mL of pyridine
along with
1 eq (60 mg) of 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride. The reaction mixture was
reacted in a
Biotage microwave reactor at 160 C for 10 inin. It was then cooled to room
temperature and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by
chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, CHZC12 to 95% CH2C12, 4% MeOH and 1%
Et3N). The purified product was then treated with 2 mL of 25% TFA in CH2C12
for 2
hours. It was then concentrated and the resulting residue was triturated with
Et20 to
afford the desired product as the TFA salt (MS, M++ H = 478).
Preparation of Compounds 208, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 337, 338, 440, 441,
442,
443, 444, 445, 446, 447, 448, 510, 511, 512, 543, 544, 708, 709, 710, 733,
735, 736,
737, 738, 743 and 744:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 207 was employed
using the appropriate acid chloride or sulfonyl chloride. Compounds 623, 624,
625,
644, 645, 692, 695, 697 and 698 were prepared according to the procedure used
for the
preparation of Compound 207, using the appropriate acid chloride. The acid
chlorides
were either commercially available or made from the carboxylic acids as
follows: The
carboxylic acid (1.0 minol), thionyl chloride (2.0 ininol), and a catalytic
amount of
N,N-dimethylformainide (DMF) (2 drops) was refluxed in toluene (2 mL) for 1
hour.
The reaction was cooled to room teinperature and concentrated in vacuo to
afford the
desired acid chlorides.
272
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of 2-(3-Dimethylaminomethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl)-
phenylamine:
OZN H2N
S N
N :C-X
HO
/ N
[6-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-3-yl]-methanol (435 mg, 1.58 mmol)
was dissolved in 25 mL of CH2C12 along with 1 eq of Et3N (0.330 mL).
Methanesulfonyl chloride (1 eq, 0.12 mL) was added and the reaction mixture
was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 15 min. It was then quenched with
brine
and extracted with CH2)C12. The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4)
and
concentrated to afford the mesylate intermediate. This material was mixed with
4 mL of
THF along with 4 mL of a 2 N dimethylainine solution in THF and stirred at
room
temperature for 3 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulting
residue
was partitioned between CH2C12 and water. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4)
and
concentrated to afford essentially quantitative yield of the product. This
material was
mixed with 6 mL of MeOH and 1 mL of water along with 200 mg of sodium
hydrosulfide hydrate. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred under reflux
for 6
hours. It was then cooled to room temperature, diluted witli 100 mL of
absolute EtOH
and concentrated. The resulting residue was mixed with 20 mL of 9:1
CH2C12/MeOH
and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to afford 2-(3-dimethylaminomethyl-
imidazo[2, 1 -b]thiazol-6-yl)-phenylainine.
Preparation of Compound 205:
-O \ O
O
H2N HN
S ~N - S -N
/ b
N N
273
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
2-(3-Dimethylaminomethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl)-phenylamine (0.3
mmol) was mixed with 1 mL of pyridine along with 1 eq (60 mg) of 3,4-
dimethoxybenzoyl chloride. The reaction mixture was reacted in a Biotage
microwave
reactor at 160 C for 10 min. It was then cooled to room temperature and
concentrated.
The resulting crude product was purified by chromatography (Isco, gradient
elution,
CH2Cl2 to 95% CH2C12, 4% MeOH and 1% Et3N) to afford the desired product as a
light yellow solid (MS, M++ H= 437).
Preparation of Compound 206:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 205 was employed
using the appropriate acid chloride.
Preparation of 2-(3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-imidazo [2,1-b] thiazol-6-yl)-
phenylamine:
02N H2N
S:N S N
N N
HO 0~N
[6-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-imidazo [2, 1 -b]thiazol-3 -yl] -methanol (435 mg, 1.58
mmol)
was dissolved in 25 mL of CHZC12 along with 1 eq of Et3N (0.330 mL).
Methanesulfonyl chloride (1 eq, 0.12 mL) was added and the reaction mixture
was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 15 min. It was then quenched wit11
brine
and extracted with CH2C12. The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and
concentrated to afford the mesylate intermediate. This material was mixed with
6 mL
of CH3CN along with 0.33 mL of Et3N and 0.14 mL of morpholine. The reaction
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The next day, it was
concentrated and the resulting residue was partitioned between CH2C12 and
water. The
organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford essentially
quantitative
yield of the product. This material was mixed with 6 inL of MeOH and 1 inL of
water
along with 200 mg of sodiuin hydrosulfide hydrate. The resulting reaction
mixture was
stirred under reflux for 6 hours. It was then cooled to room teinperature,
diluted with
100 mL of absolute EtOH and concentrated. The resulting residue was mixed with
20
274
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCTIUS2006/030661
mL of 9:1 CH2C12/MeOH and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to afford 2-
(3-
morpholin-4-ylmethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl)-phenylamine.
Preparation of Compound 209:
-O O
O
H2N HN
S r N S rN -
\ /
O N O N
s ~-~ - v
2-(3-Morpholin-4-ylmethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl)-phenylamine (0.3
mmol) was mixed with 1 mL of pyridine along with 1 eq (60 mg) of 3,4-
dimethoxybenzoyl chloride. The reaction mixture was reacted in a Biotage
microwave
reactor at 160 C for 10 min. It was then cooled to room temperature and
concentrated.
The resulting crude product was purified by chromatography (Isco, gradient
elution,
CH2Cl2 to 95% CH2C12, 4% MeOH and 1% Et3N) to afford the desired product as a
light yellow solid (MS, M++ H = 479).
Preparation of Compound 210:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 209 was employed
using the appropriate acid cllloride.
Preparation of 6-(2-nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-2-carboxylic acid
ethyl
ester:
O2 N
O O~SVN
/~O \ S~NH? o~
N
In a typical run, 1.0 g of ethyl 2-aminothiazole-5-carboxylate (Astatech, 5.81
mmol) was mixed with 50 mL of acetone along with 1.42 g of 2-bromo-2'-
nitroacetophenone and stirred under reflux for 18 hours. It was then filtered.
The
275
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
filtrate was concentrated to afford the intermediate amide (MS, M + + H =
336). This
material was mixed with 20 mL of EtOH along with 6 drops of concentrated HBr
and
stirred under reflux for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room
temperature
and concentrated. The resulting residue was diluted with dilute aqueous
NaHCO3. The
solids were collected by filtration and dried to afford 6-(2-nitro-phenyl)-
imidazo[2,1-
b]thiazole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (MS, M+ + H= 318).
Preparation of [6-(2-nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-2-yl]-methanol:
02N 02N
O S _N - Y -
I
N
0 HO
6-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (660
mg, 2.08 mmol) was dissolved in 12 mL of THF and NaOH (4 eq) was added as a
solution in 10 mL of water. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 C for 12
hours. It
was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The aqueous layer was
acidified to pH 5 with 6 N HCI. The solids were collected by filtration and
dried to
afford essentially quantitative yield of the acid. This material (2.08 mmol)
was mixed
with 20 mL of anhydrous THF along with NMM (0.23 mL, 2.08 mmol) and cooled in
an ice bath. Isobutyl chloroformate (0.27 mL, 2.08 mmol) was added and the
reaction
mixture was stirred at 0 C for 30 min. NaBH4 (80 mg, 2.08 mmol) was added as a
solution in 5 mL of water. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 30 min
and then
concentrated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2C12. The combined
organic
layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. Purification by chromatography
(Isco,
gradient elution using a mixture of CH2 C12 and MeOH) afforded 190 ing of [6-
(2-nitro-
phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-2-yl]-methanol.
Preparation of 2-(2-Dimethylaminomethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl)-
phenylamine:
O,N H2N
S IN
i
~~')
HON b _N/
276
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Essentially the same procedure used during the preparation of 2-(3-
dimethylaminomethyl-imidazo [2,1 -b]thiazol-6-yl)-phenylamine was employed,
except
that [6-(2-nitro-plienyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-2-yl]-methanol was used as the
starting
material.
Preparation of Compound 178:
-O \ O
O
H2N HN
SIN
si
~ ~
-NN N/
~
2-(2-Dimethylaminomethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl)-phenylainine (0.3
minol) was mixed with 1 mL of pyridine along with 1 eq (60 mg) of 3,4-
dimethoxybenzoyl chloride. The reaction mixture was reacted in a Biotage
microwave
reactor at 160 C for 10 min. It was then cooled to room temperature and
concentrated.
The resulting crude product was purified by chromatography (Isco, gradient
elution,
CH2C1Z to 95% CHZC12, 4% MeOH and 1% Et3N) to afford the desired product as a
light yellow solid (MS, M}+ H = 437).
Preparation of Compound 179:
The saine procedure used in the preparation of Compound 178 was employed
using the appropriate acid chloride.
277
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of 4-[6-(2-Amino-phenyl)-imidazo [2,1-b]thiazol-2-ylmethyl]-
piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester:
02N H2N
b S N
~- ~T /
HO CD
O=<
O
Essentially the same procedure used during the preparation of 4-[6-(2-amino-
phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-3-ylmethyl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-
butyl ester
was employed, except that[6-(2-nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-2-yl]-
methanol
was used as the starting material.
Preparation of Compound 270:
-0 \ 0
H2N O
S~ HN
/~ ~ ~~
-
~~N
CD
N
O=< H
O
4-[6-(2-Amino-phenyl)-imidazo [2,1-b] thiazol-2-ylmethyl]-piperazine-l-
carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.2 inmol) was mixed with 1 mL of pyridine
along with
1 eq (40 ing) of 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride. The reaction mixture was
reacted in a
Biotage microwave reactor at 160 C for 10 inin. It was then cooled to room
teinperature and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by
chroinatography (Isco, gradient elution, CH2C12 to 95% CH2C12, 4% MeOH and 1%
Et3N). The purified product was then treated with 2 mL of 25% TFA in CHZC12
for 2
hours. It was then concentrated and the resulting residue was triturated with
Et20 to
afford the desired product as the TFA salt (MS, M++ H= 478).
278
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of Compound 271 and Compound 513:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 270 was employed
using the appropriate acid chloride.
Preparation of 3-(2-nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-6-carboxylic acid
ethyl
ester:
H2NVS O NvS
IN 9'IN
NO2 \ NO2
4-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-thiazol-2-ylamine was prepared as follows: 2-Bromo-2'-
nitroacetophenone (1.75 g, 7.2 mmol) was mixed with 50 mL of absolute EtOH
along
with thiourea (1.09 g, 14.4 mmol) and stirred under reflux for 2 hours. The
reaction
mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The
resulting residue was basified with 20 inL of 1 N aqueous NaOH and extracted
with
CH2CIZ. The coinbined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to
afford
essentially quantitative yield of 4-(2-nitro-phenyl)-thiazol-2-ylamine.
4-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-thiazol-2-ylamine (1.60 g, 7.2 mmol) was mixed with 50 mL
of methyl ethyl ketone along 0.90 mL of ethyl bromopyruvate (7.2 mmol) and
stirred
under reflux for 24 hours. Another equivalent of ethyl bromopyruvate (0.90 mL,
7.2
inmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for another
8 hours.
The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under
reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by chromatography (Isco, gradient
elution,
CHZC12 to 95% CH2C12, 5% MeOH) to afford 1.2 g of 3-(2-nitro-phenyl)-
iinidazo[2,1-
b]thiazole-6-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (52% yield).
279
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of [3-(2-nitro-phenyl)-imidazo [2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl]-methanol:
0 NS NVS
~HO ~IN
O NpZ NOZ
~
3-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-6-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.2
g,
3.78 inrnol) was mixed with 50 mL of THF and 50 mL of water containing 600 mg
of
NaOH (4 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 C for 8 hours. It was
then cooled
to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The aqueous layer
was
acidified to pH 6 with 6 N HC1. The resulting solids were collected by
filtration and
dried to afford 465 mg of the intermediate acid. This acid intermediate (465
mg, 1.61
nuuol) was mixed wit1150 mL of ailllydrous THF along witll NMM (0.18 mL, 1.61
mmol). The reaction inixture was cooled in an ice bath and isobutyl
chloroformate
(0.21 mL, 1.61 mmol) was added. After 30 minutes at 0 C, a solution of NaBH4
(240
mg) in 2 mL of water was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at
0 C for
30 min and then concentrated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The
combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the
crude
alcohol. Purification by chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, CH2C12 to 95%
CH2Cl2, 5% MeOH) afforded 200 mg of [3-(2-nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-
6-
yl]-methanol (45% yield).
Preparation of 4-[3-(2-nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-ylmethylj-
piperazine-
1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester:
N S NY S
HO ' N N
N02 NOZ
N
O=< ~
O
[3-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl]-methanol (200 mg, 0.727
inmol) was mixed with 50 mL of CHaCl2 along with Et3N (0.10 mL, 0.727 inmol)
and
cooled in an ice bath. Methanesulfonyl cliloride (56 L, 0.727 minol) was
added and
the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 inin.
The
280
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
reaction mixture was quenched with brine and extracted with CH2ClZ. The
combined
organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford essentially
quantitative
yield of the mesylate intennediate. This material was dissolved in 10 mL of
acetonitrile along with triethylamine (0.10 mL, 0.727 mmol) and Boc-
piperazine. The
reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. It was then
concentrated. The resulting residue was partitioned between water and CH2C12.
The
organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford
essentially
quantitative yield of 4-[3-(2-nitro-phenyl)-iinidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-ylmethyl]-
piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester.
Preparation of 4-[3-(2-amino-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-ylmethyl]-
piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester:
N S N S
N - - N~
NO2 NH2
CND N
O=< 0=~
O 0
4-[3-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-ylmethyl]-piperazine-l-
carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (320 mg, 0.73 iumol) was mixed with 20 mL of
MeOH
and 5 mL of water containing sodium hydrosulfide hydrate (244 mg, 6 eq). The
reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for 4 hours. It was then cooled to
room
temperature and concentrated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2C12. The
combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford 280 mg
of 4-
[3-(2-amino-phenyl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-ylmethyl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic
acid
tert-butyl ester (92% yield).
Preparation of Compound 560:
N~ S
N N H N
N dNH2
OH N ~
O
O
281
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
4-[3 -(2-amino-phenyl)-imidazo [2,1-b]thiazol-6-ylmethyl] -piperazine-l-
carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (45 mg, 0.1 mmol) was mixed with 1 mL of
pyridine
along with 1 eq (40 mg) of 2-quinoxaloyl chloride. The reaction mixture was
reacted in
a Biotage microwave reactor at 160 C for 10 min. It was then cooled to room
temperature and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by
chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, CH2C12 to 95% CH2Cl2, 4% MeOH and 1%
Et3N). The purified product was then treated with 2 mL of 25% TFA in CH2C12
for 2
hours. It was then concentrated and the resulting residue was triturated with
Et20 to
afford the desired product as the TFA salt (MS, M++ H = 470).
Preparation of Compound 559:
The same procedure used in the preparation of Compound 560 was employed
using the appropriate acid chloride.
Preparation of a 1:1 mixture of 6-(2-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazo[2,1-
b]thiazole-
3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester and 6-(2-bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazo[2,1-
b]thiazole-
3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester:
0 x
Br 6,- CI Br
7NH2 X= CI, Br -N
IN IN
O O O
O O O
(\ \ \
The 1:1 mixture of 2'-bromo-l-(2-chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-ethanone and 2-bromo-l-
(2-bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-ethanone was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in
WO 2005/061476. This mixture (5.6 g, approximately 0.0240 mol) was mixed with
150 mL of methyl ethyl ketone along with 2-amino-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid
ethyl
ester (4.6 g) and stirred under reflux for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was
concentrated. The resulting residue was mixed with 150 mL of CH2C12 and
filtered.
The filtered solids were unreacted 2-amino-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl
ester. The
filtrate was concentrated to afford an essentially pure and 1:1 mixture of 6-
(2-Chloro-
pyridin-3-yl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester and 6-(2-
broino-
pyridin-3-yl)-iinidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g
total).
282
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of a 1:1 mixture of 6-(2-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-3-morpholin-4-
ylmethyl-
imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole and 6-(2-bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-
imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole:
X CI
Br
_ S N N
N
:N~ ~~ :~N
N
O X = CI/Br
O ON
O
The 1:1 mixture of 6-(2-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-3-
carboxylic acid ethyl ester and 6-(2-bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazo[2,1-
b]thiazole-3-
carboxylic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g) was mixed with 100 mL of THF along with 25
mL of
water containing 3 g of NaOH. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 C for 3
hours.
It was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The aqueous layer was
acidified to pH 5 with 6 N HCI and the resulting mixture was filtered. The
solids were
collected to afford 2.14 g the intermediate acid.
This 1:1 mixture of the acid (2.14 g) was inixed with 250 mL of anhydrous THF
along with NMM (0.85 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. Isobutyl chloroformate
(1.0
mL) was added and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and
stirred
for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and NaBH4 (0.29g)
was
added as a solution in 20 mL of water. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30
min and
then wanned to room temperature. It was concentrated and subsequently
extracted
with CH2C12. The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated
to
afford 1.5 g of the intermediate alcohol.
This 1:1 mixture of the intennediate alcohol (1.5 g) was mixed with 100 mL of
CH2C12 along with Et3N (0.80 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. Methanesulfonyl
chloride (0.44 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was warmed to room
temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with brine and the two layers
were
separated. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the
intennediate mesylate. This inaterial was iininediately inixed with 30 mL of
CH3CN
along with 0.80 mL of Et3N and 0.5 mL of morpholine. The reaction mixture was
stirred at 50 C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
reduced
pressure and the resulting residue was partitioned between CH2C12 and brine.
The
organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the
crude
283
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
product. Purification by chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, CH2C12 to 95%
CH2C12, 4% MeOH and 1% Et3N) afforded 720 mg of a 1:1 mixture of 6-(2-Chloro-
pyridin-3-yl)-3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole and 6-(2-bromo-
pyridin-
3-yl)-3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole.
Preparation of (4-methoxy-benzyl)-[3-(3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-imidazo [2,1-
b] thiazol-6-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine:
-0
X
SY :N -N HN
N / ~ / S:"~N N
~N_
N ~
0\~j N
O
X = Cl/Br
The 1:1 mixture of 6-(2-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-
imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole and 6-(2-bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-3-inorpholin-4-ylmethyl-
imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole (600 mg) was mixed with 15 mL of toluene along with
0.47 mL
of 4-methoxybenzylamine and stirred under reflux for 5 days. The reaction
inixture
was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between CH2C12 and brine. The
organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the
crude
product. Purification by chromatography (Isco, gradient elution, CH2C12 to 95%
CH2C12, 4% MeOH and 1% Et3N) afforded 200 mg of (4-methoxy-benzyl)-[3-(3-
morpholin-4-ylmethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-ainine.
284
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of 3-(3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl)-pyridin-2-
ylamine:
-0
HN
S JN -N H2N
\ N 5x)
O,
(4-Methoxy-benzyl)-[3-(3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl)-
pyridin-2-yl]-amine (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) was inixed witli 2 mL of CH2C12 along
with
triethylsilane (0.11 mL, 2 eq). Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added and the
reaction
mixture was stirred at room teinperature for 18 hours. The following day, the
reaction
mixture was concentrated. The resulting residue was triturated with Et20 to
afford
essentially quantitative yield of 3-(3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-imidazo[2,1-
b]thiazol-6-
yl)-pyridin-2-ylamine as the TFA salt.
Preparation of Compound 621:
N~ N
H2N 0
S :~N -N HN
SN N
N /
O ~ N
\
The TFA salt of 3-(3-morpholin-4-yhnethyl-imidazo[2,1-b]thiazol-6-yl)-
pyridin-2-ylamine (0.1 ininol) was mixed with 1 mL of pyridine along with 0.1
mmol
of 2-quinoxaloyl chloride. The reaction mixture was reacted in a microwave
reactor at
160 C for 10 inin. It was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated to
afford
the crude product. Purification by preparative HPLC using a mixture of aqueous
285
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
CH3CN that has been buffered with 0.1 % TFA afforded 18 mg of the desired
product as
the TFA salt (MS, M++ H = 472).
Preparation of N-(4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)-3-nitrobenzamide:
I~ OH IY OH I~ OH
--~
N.~// N / N /
NO2 NHZ NH
O NO2
A suspension of 4-hydroxy-3-nitropyridine (40 g) and 10% Pd/C (4 g) in EtOH
(700 mL) and dichloromethane (50 inL) was stirred under H2 (1 atm) at room
temperature for 4 days. TLC indicated completion of the reaction. The reaction
mixture was filtered through a Celite pad, and the filtrate was concentrated
in vacuo to
give crude 3-amino-4-hydroxypyridine as a red foam (32 g, yield: 100%,
confirmed by
MS), which was used directly for the next step.
A solution of 3-nitrobenzoyl chloride (3.339 g, 18.0 mmol) in pyridine (54.0
mL) was added dropwise to a solution of 3-amino-4-hydroxypyridine (2.376 g,
21.6
minol) in pyridine (36.0 mL) at 10 C and the resultant mixture was stirred
overnight.
Na2CO3 (1.145 g, 10.8 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 h. The
solid
was collected by filtration, washed with 10% HOAc (30 mLx 3) and water (30 mLx
3),
and dried under vacuo to afford N-(4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)-3-nitrobenzamide as
yellow
solid (3.70 g, yield: 66%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-dB6B) 8: 6.34 (1H, d, J= 7.2
Hz), 7.74 (1H, d, J= 8.0 Hz), 7.84 (1H, t, J= 8.0 Hz), 8.34 (1H, d, J= 7.2
Hz), 8.44
(1H, t, J= 8.0 Hz), 8.66 (1H, s), 8.73 (1H, s), 9.66 (1H, s), 11.65 (1H, br
s); MS (ESI)
calcd. for C12H9N304 (nc/z): 259, found: 260 [M+1]+.
Preparation of 2-(3-nitrophenyl)oxazolo [4,5-c] pyridine:
OH N02
N / NH NI N
O ~ NO2
~ /
A solution of N-(4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)-3-nitrobenzamide (1.554 g, 6 mmol) in
polyphosphoric acid (12.0 mL) was stirred at 150 C for 6 h. The reaction
mixture was
poured into distilled water and sodium hydroxide was added until pH = 5. The
286
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water until neutral and
dried in
vacuo oven (50 C) to afford 2-(3-nitrophenyl)oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine as a
yellow solid
(1.389 g, yield: 96%). MS (ESI) calcd. for C12H7NO3 (nz/z): 241, found: 242
[M+1]+.
Preparation of 3-(oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzenamine:
NOz NH2
O O
NI / N N
A suspension of 2-(3-nitrophenyl)oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine (1.50 g, 6.2 minol),
iron powder (1.867 g, 31.8 mmol) and NH4C1(2.86 g, 53.5 mmol) in CH3OH/HZO (4:
1, 311.2 mL) was refluxed for 6 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate
was
evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel
(eluted
with petroleum ether: EtOAc : Et3N = 160 : 40: 1) to afford 3-(oxazolo[4,5-
c]pyridin-
2-yl)benzenamine as a white solid (1.107 g, yield: 85%). 'H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-
d6) b: 5.54 (2H, s), 6.82 (1H, d, J= 8.0 Hz), 7.24 (1H, t, J= 8.0 Hz), 7.35
(1H, d, J=
8.0 Hz), 7.44 (1H, s), 7.86 (1H, d, J= 5.6 Hz), 8.56 (1H, d, J= 5.6 Hz), 9.07
(1H, s);
MS (ESI) calcd. for C12H9N30 (m/z): 211, found: 212 [M+1]+.
General Procedure for preparing Compounds 296, 297, 298, 299, 311, 343, 344,
345, 346, 347, and 348:
H R
NH2 N-~
~ 0 O O
N / 20 N N
The acid chlorides, in turn, were either commercially available or prepared
from
the corresponding carboxylic acid as follows: 1.0 g of the carboxylic acid was
refluxed
in 10 mL of thionyl chloride and 0.1 mL of DMF for 2 hours. The reaction
mixture
was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure to
afford the
desired acid chloride. A inixture of the 3-(oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-
yl)benzenamine
(0.2 minol eacll) and the appropriate acid cliloride (0.24 ininol each) in
pyridine (2 mL)
was agitated at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted
wit11
H20 (5 mL each). The precipitates were collected by filtration and triturated
witll
287
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
MeOH (5 mL) and dried to give library compounds, which were analyzed by HPLC &
MS. The library compounds were further purified by passing through silica gel
pad
eluted with CHaCla/EtOAc or petroleum ether/EtOAc.
Preparation of 2-(3-nitrophenyl)thiazolo[4,5-c]pyridine:
OH NO2
~ S
aNH
N /
N
O NO2
A mixture of N-(4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)-3-nitrobenzamide (1.33 g, 5.2 mmol)
and P2S5 (2.40 g, 10.4 mmol) in pyridine (6.0 mL) and p-xylene (24 mL) was
stirred at
140 C for 18 h. The solvent was removed under vacuo while hot and the residue
was
purified by recrystallization from EtOH to afford 2-(3-
nitrophenyl)thiazolo[4,5-
c]pyridine as a yellow solid (1.08 g, yield: 81%). MS (ESI) calcd. for
C12H7N302S
(m/z): 257, found: 258 [M+1 ]}.
Preparation of 3-(thiazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzenamine:
NO2 NHZ
S - \ S -
N N
A mixture of 2-(3-nitrophenyl)thiazolo[4,5-c]pyridine (1.53 g, 5.9 minol),
NH4Cl (2.76 g, 51.6 ininol), iron powder (1.80 g, 32.2 mmol), H20 (30 mL) and
methanol (120 mL) was heated to reflux for 5.5 h under N2. The mixture was
filtered
and the filtrate was diluted with H20 (400 mL). The precipitate was collected
by
filtration and dried in vacuo to afford 3-(thiazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-
yl)benzenamine as a
brown solid (841 mg, 63%). 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) S: 9.28 (1H, s); 8.52 (1H,
s); 8.21(1H, s); 7.23-7.38 (3H, d), 6.79 (IH, s), 5.51 (2H, s); MS (ESI)
calcd. for
C12HqN3S (m/z): 227, found: 228 [M+H]P
288
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
General Procedure for Preparing Compounds 272, 273, 400, 401, 402, and 403:
H R
NH2 N
S - \ S O
-~ I
N N
N
Essentially the same procedure as detailed above for the preparation of
Compound 343 using 3-(thiazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzenainine as the starting
material and the appropriate acid chloride.
Preparation of N-(4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)-4-nitrobenzamide:
OH ~ rI \ OH
N~ NI
NHZ NH
O I \
NO2
A solution ofp-nitrobenzoyl chloride (4.8 g, 25.7 mmol) in pyridine (77.0 mL)
was added dropwise to a solution of 3-amino-4-hydroxypyridine (3.4 g, 30.9
mmol) in
pyridine (51.0 mL) at 10 C and stirred overnight. A solution of Na2CO3 (1.7
g) in
water (65 mL) was added and the resultant mixture was stirred for 1 h. The
reaction
mixture was neutralized with 10% AcOH. The precipitate was collected by
filtration,
washed with 10% AcOH, and dried in vacuo (50 C) to afford N-(4-hydroxypyridin-
3-
yl)-4-nitrobenzamide as a light green powder (4.1 g, Yield : 62%). 1HNMR
(400MHz,
DMSO-d6) 6: 11.64 (1H, br s), 9.57 (1H, s), 9.07 (1H, s), 8.75 (1H, d, J= 4.4
Hz), 8.36
(1H, d, J= 8.8 Hz), 8.20 (1H, d, J= 8.8 Hz), 7.74 (1H, d, J= 4.4 Hz), 6.33
(1H, s);
MS(ESI) calcd for C12H9N30 (m/z): 211, found: 212 [M+1]+.
Preparation of 2-(4-nitrophenyl)oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine:
OH
I \
N NH N N ~~ NO2
p I \
/ NOZ
289
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
A solution of N-(4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)-4-nitrobenzamide (2.59 g, 10.0 mmol)
and polyphosphoric acid (20 mL) was stirred at 140 C for 6 h. The reaction
mixture
was poured into distilled water (200 inL) and sodium hydroxide was added until
pH =
5. The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water until
neutral and dried
under vacuum to afford 2-(4-nitrophenyl)oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine as a yellow
solid
(2.261 g, Yield: 94%). MS(ESI) calcd. for C12H7NO3 (Tn/z): 241, found: 242
[M+1]+.
Preparation of 4-(oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzenamine:
~ ~
N N N02 ' N/ N NH2
2-(4-Nitrophenyl)oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine (2.261 g, 9.3 minol), iron powder
(2.814 g, 48.0 mmol) and NH4C1(4.314 g, 80.1 mmol) were refluxed in CH3OH/H20
(4:1, 469 mL) for 6 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was
evaporated in
vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluted with
petroleum
ether:ethyl acetate: Et3N = 160 : 40 : 1 to afford 4-(oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-
yl)benzenamine as a yellow solid (1.215 g, yield: 62%). 'H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-
d6) 8: 6.11 (2H, s), 6.69 (2H, d, J= 8.4 Hz), 7.75 (1 H, d, J= 5.6 Hz), 7.87
(2H, d, J=
8.4 Hz), 8.46 (1H, d, J= 5.6 Hz), 8.94 (1H, s); MS(ESI) calcd. for C12H9N30
(nz/z):
211, found: 212 [M+1]+.
General procedure for preparing Compounds 339, 340, 341, 342, 449, 410, 411,
and 412:
0
O _ 0 - R
-
N N ~ ~ ~ NHz ' N N ~ ~ H
Compounds 339, 340, 341, 342, 449, 410, 411, and 412 were prepared by
essentially the same procedure as detailed above for the preparation of
Compound 343
using 4-(oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzenainine as the starting material and
the
appropriate acid chloride.
290
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of 2-(4-nitrophenyl)thiazolo[4,5-c]pyridine:
\ OH
\ s
I -~
N NOZ
N/ NH N s \~
0
NO2
A mixture of N-(4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)-4-nitrobenzamide (5.18 g, 0.02 mol)
and P2S5 (8.90 g, 0.04 mol) in pyridine (25 mL) and p-xylene (100 mL) was
stirred at
140 C for 18 h. The solvent was reinoved under vacuo while hot and the
residue was
purified by recrystallization from EtOH to afford 2-(4-
nitrophenyl)thiazolo[4,5-
c]pyridine as a yellow solid (3.00 g, yield: 59%). MS (ESI), calcd for
C12H7N302S
(m/z): 257, found: 258 [M+1 ]+.
Preparation of 4-(thiazolo [4,5-c] pyridin-2-yl)benzenamine:
s - s
N N ~~ N~z N ~~ NH~
2-(4-nitrophenyl)thiazolo[4,5-c]pyridine (2.57 g, O.Olmo1), iron powder (2.8
g,
0.05 mmol) and NH4C1(4.32 g, 0.08 mol) were refluxed in CH3OH/H2O (4:1, 200
mL)
for 6 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo.
The residue
was washed with water (30m1) to give 4-(thiazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-
yl)benzenamine as a
white solid (1.37 g, Yield: 60%).
General procedure for Preparing Compounds 322, 323, 324, 325, 409 and 450:
0
S R
S - \
N H
- N / N \ / H
N
Compounds 322, 323, 324, 325, 409 and 450 were prepared by essentially the
same procedure as detailed above for the preparation of Compound 343 using 4-
(oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)benzenainine as the starting material and the
appropriate
acid chloride.
291
CA 02618370 2008-01-31
WO 2007/019417 PCT/US2006/030661
Preparation of N-(4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)-5-nitrothiophene-2-carboxamide:
OH OH
NH2 NH
S
I 11 NOZ
A mixture of 5-nitrothiophene-2-carboxylic acid (5.000 g, 28.9 inmol) in SOC12
(40 mL) was refluxed for 2 h. The excess SOC12 was evaporated in vacuo and 3-
amino-
4-hydroxypyridine (2.65 g, 24.1 mmol) in pyridine (150 inL) was added
dropwise. The
reaction mixture was stirred at 10 C overnight. Na2CO3 (1.533 g, 14.5 mmol)
in water
(100 mL) was added and the resultant mixture was stirred for additional 1 h.
The
precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with 10% Na2CO3 (120 mL), and
dried in
vacuo to afford N-(4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)-5-nitrothiophene-2-carboxamide as a
yellow
powder (5.87 g, yield: 92%).
Preparation of 2-(5-nitrothiophen-2-yl)oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine:
NO2
N OH \ O j\1
~
NH N N
> S
I / NO2
A solution of N-(4-hydroxypyridin-3 -yl)-5-nitrothiophene-2-carboxamide
(2.385 g, 9.0 mmol) in polyphosphoric acid (18 mL) was stirred at 140 C for 6
h. The
reaction inixture was poured into distilled water and sodium hydroxide was
added until
pH = 5. The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water until
neutral and
dried to afford 2-(5-nitrothiophen-2-yl)oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine as a yellow
solid (1.775
g, yield: 80%). MS (ESI) calcd. for C10H5N303S (m/z): 247, found: 248 [M+1]+.
Preparation of 5-(oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)thiophen-2-amine:
~ 0 S NO2 I\ O g NH2
N/ N 1 N/ N \01
2-(5-nitrothiophen-2-yl)oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine (1.775 g, 7.2 ininol), iron
powder (2.108 g, 36.0 ininol) and NH4C1(3.081 g, 57.6 ininol) were refluxed in
CH3OH/H20 (4:1, 360 mL) for 6 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtration
was
292
DEMANDE OU BREVET VOLUMINEUX
LA PRESENTE PARTIE DE CETTE DEMANDE OU CE BREVET COMPREND
PLUS D'UN TOME.
CECI EST LE TOME 1 DE 2
CONTENANT LES PAGES 1 A 292
NOTE : Pour les tomes additionels, veuillez contacter le Bureau canadien des
brevets
JUMBO APPLICATIONS/PATENTS
THIS SECTION OF THE APPLICATION/PATENT CONTAINS MORE THAN ONE
VOLUME
THIS IS VOLUME 1 OF 2
CONTAINING PAGES 1 TO 292
NOTE: For additional volumes, please contact the Canadian Patent Office
NOM DU FICHIER / FILE NAME:
NOTE POUR LE TOME / VOLUME NOTE:
